ARTICLE 9.
1 - GENERAL CONDITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS
Chapter 9. Watercraft
ARTICLE 9.1 - GENERAL CONDITIONS AND
REQUIREMENTS
9.1.1 Purpose, Scope, and Classification
9.1.1.1 Purpose. The purpose of this chapter is
to establish the requirements for the construction,
installation, operation and maintenance of the electrical
propulsion machinery, electrical equipment and wiring
systems for watercrafts.
9.1.1.2 Scope. This chapter covers electrical equipment
and wiring installed on and within the following:
(A) Watercraft without limitations (Unrestricted service
and purpose);
(B) Watercraft with special limitations (Restricted
service and purpose); and
(C) Watercraft nav igating in Philippine waters.
9.1.1.3 Definitions.
Dangerous Space: Spaces where dangerous goods, such
as inflammable liquids and solids, gases, explosives,
radioactive and corrosive substances, poisonous (toxic),
infectious, oxidizing substances, and organic peroxides
are stowed and where those stored or liable to escape
into.
Grounded System: Any electrical system which
utilizes the common ground point of the watercraft only
as a means to maintain the return conductors of one side
of the system at the ground potential.
Grounding Plate: A grounding plate of pure copper
with an area of not less than 0.2 square meter exposed
area for big watercraft or 0.093 square meter exposed
area for small watercraft which shall be installed at the
aft underwater portion of the hull external surface below
the light \,;ater line to where the lightning conductor
terminates and attached firmly by means of clamps.
Steering Gear, Electric: One which is powered by an
electric motor and its associated electrical equipment:
Steering Gear, Auxiliary: Equipment which is
provided for effecting movement of the rudder for the
purpose of steering the watercraft in the event of failure
of the main steering gear.
Steering Gear, Main: It is the main means of applying
torque to the rudder stock (e.g. tiller or quadrant)
necessary for effecting movement of the rudder for the
purpose of steering the watercraft under normal service
conditions .
Steering Gear Control System, Remote: It is the
means by which the required rudder movements are
controlled remotely from the navigating bridge to the
steering gear power unit controls.
9.1.1.4 Classification of Watercraft. Watercrafts are
classified as liners or carriers, according to type, purpose
and service, and place of operation as for international,
short international, coastwise, bay and lake or river-sea
operations. These include the following:
(A) Passenger ship or ferry boat, hydrofoil or hovercraft;
(B) Cargo vessel (as bulk, log or timber, ore or metal,
coal, grain, cement in bags, flour, reefer, mobile vehicle,
live animals, general cargo, as container van or multi-
purpose cargo carriers). Roll-on/Roll-off vessels;
(C) Vessel for carriage of all classes of dangerous
cargoes;
(D) Tankship (Tanker or Supertanker) (Oil, gasoline,
liquefied or compressed gases, chemicals in liquid,
solid or substance forms) :
(E) Yacht for pleasure use;
(F) Expoship and watercraft for amusement and display
purposes;
(G) Fishing boat (for trawling, fishing, freezing, canning
and processing);
(H) Vessel/barge for salvaging, dredging, pile-driving;
(I) Watercraft for cable-laying or pipe-laying operations;
(J) Floating power plant barge;
(K) Training or hospital ship;
(L) Tugboat or pusher boat, workboat or supply boat;
(M) Fireboat for firefighting;
(N) Floating tourist hotel, restaurant or casino;
(0) Watercraft for pollution control;
(P) Watercraft for geodetic and ocean research;
(Q) Search and rescue vessels;
(R) Naval and coast guard vessels;
(S) Motor launches for pilotage use;
(T) Patrol boat or speed boat;
(U) Mobile offshore oil drilling rig/production platform
and habitat;
(V) Survey and exploration ship.
817
 ARTICLE 9.1 - GENERAL CONDITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS
9.1.2 Electrical Plans and Specifications
9.1.2.1 General. Electrical plans and specifications
shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions
of this article, in addition to applicable provisions of
Article 1.3.
9.1.2.2 Application. Electrical plans and specifications
shall apply to new, existing, additional, and remodeling
installations, including those of watercrafts of foreign
construction acquired for Philippine Ownership.
9.1.2.3 Plan Requirements.
(A) Title Block or Nameplate. In addition to the
requirements of Section 1.3.2.2 it shall show:
(1) Name and identification number of watercraft.
(2) Type of service operation.
(B) Equipment Layout. Layout plans shall show
the location/arrangement of the following electrical
machineries and equipment on profile and deck plans,
drawn to scale:
(1) Main and emergency generators,
(2) Accumulator batteries,
(3) Transformers, power rectifiers and inverters,
(4) Switchboards, distribution panels,
panelboards,
(5) Electrical propulsion machineries,
(6) Motors,
(7) Steering gear machineries,
(8) Lighting fixtures,
(9) Navigation (running) lights and navigational
instruments, and
(10) Signaling and communications equipment.
(C) Schematic or One Line Diagram. Schematic or
one line diagrams shall be for the following:
(1) Main generator supply,
(2) Emergency power,
(3) Electric propulsion,
(4) Steering gear,
(5) Navigational lights,
(6) Fire protection,
(7) Ground protection,
(8) Shore power supply, and
(9) Survival crafts.
81
(D) Wiring Plan. Wiring drawings on profile and deck
plans, drawn to scale shall include the follo,,·ing :
(1) Power Circuits.
a. Generator, main and emergency.
b. Accumulator batteries,
c. Switchboards and metering instrument.
d. Circuit breakers/fuses, and
e. Motors and control devices.
(2) Lighting and Receptacle Circuits.
a. Lighting and receptacle outlets for main and
emergency systems,
b. Lighting fixtures: location, type, and rating.
and
c. Complete feeder list and branch circuit load
with voltage drop for longest run of each size
cable. Size of wire, if other than 2 .0 mm2
stranded and size of raceway if other than 13
mm (16mm) nominal diameter of conduit;
the number of wires in each raceway by the
corresponding number of crossbars.
(3) Navigation and Communications Circuits.
and
a. Navigation (running) light, and navigation
indicator panel,
b. Navigation equipment, such as marine radar,
marine sonar, marine loran, echo-sounder,
maiine global positioning system (gps)
navigator, gyro compass/standard magnetic
compass, doppler log, and color video sounder,
c. General alarm, fire alarm and emergency alarm
systems,
d. Signaling and monitoring systems,
e. Electronic and communications equipment,
such as radio, television, video, telephone,
engine order telegraph, call bells, and
f. Rudder angle, propeller pitch and shaft speed
indicators.
(4) Instrumentation and Control Circuits.
a. Generators and synchronizing devices,
b. Accumulator batteries,
c. Motors and controls,
d. Propulsion system,
e. Steering gear system,
 ARTICLE 9.1 - GENERAL CONDITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS
f. Watertight doors, electrically actuated,
g. Ventilating system,
h. Inert gas system,
i. Cathodic electrode protection, and
j. Refrigerated cargo space.
(E) Design Computations. Design computations or
design analyses shall b e included on the plans/drawings
or maybe submitted on separate sheets of uniform size
paper.
(F) Schedule of Loads. Schedule of loads in tabulated
form of power. lighting, and other loads of normal
operating loads on the system, estimated for the different
operating conditions expected for main and emergency
systems.
(G) Legend. Refer to Appendix A - Electrical
Symbols.
9. 1.2 .4 Specifications and Data Requirements.
Specifications or dara \\TIUen on the plans dra\\ings
shall be submined on uniform -ize paper -haJ: CO\"er :he
fo llov,ing:
(A) Propulsion :\lachinery. :'.\lain and Emergency
Generators, and Vital Motors 100 kW and Over.
Complete ratings and class of insulation.
(B) Main and Emergency Generators, and \ 1ta.l
Motors Below 100 kW Rating. Complete ratings.
class of insulation and type of enclosure.
(C) Motor Control Equipment. Type of controls, type
of enclosure, running overcurrent protection, contactor
standard size or rating.
(D) Short Circuit Data. In order to establish that the
protective devices on the main switchboard have a
sufficient short circuit interrupting capacity, data shall
be submitted giving the maximum calculated short-
circuit current available at the main busbars. Similar
calculations shall be made on the other points in the
distribution systems where necessary to determine the
adequacy of the interrupting capacities of protective
devices.
(E) Cable Grouping. Data or plan indicating the criteria
to be followed on the cable grouping (e.g. segregation
on the cable tray by type, size and voltage rating, and
cable banking). (See Section 3.62.1.5).
(F) Special Equipment. Indicating ratings, and
classification of service, or duty cycle of:
(1) Transformers,
(2) Inverters,
(3) Rectifiers,
(4) Heaters,
(5) X-ray apparatus,
(6) Electric welding equipment, and
(7) Others.
9.1.2.5 Other Details. The following details shall be
prepared in addition to those required in Section 1.3 .2.3.
(A) Hazardous Zones and Spaces. An arrangement
plan showing the location of electrical equipment in
these areas, indicating:
(1) Type of equipment;
(2) Type of protection;
(3) Temperature rise;
(4) Certifying authority.
(5) Certificate number; and
(6) Installation instruction, and certification agency
restriction for intrinsically safe systems.
(B) Low Energy Power a nd Low Voltage Power
Installations. Low energy pO\\·ers and low voltage
powe:- ::is-.al:ation shm\ing:
(1) De:ails of banery installation and or other source
o: :ow \·o:~ ge or lo\\· energy power;
(2) Equ:p:::.e::i:. wirog. acruating mechanism and
pre\·enti\·e rie\-ices: and
(3) \·emilation details ofbarrery room.
(C) Lightning Protection System.
(D) DraY\ing. Typical dra\\·ing of standard practices
and details of:
(1) Cable supports and sealing;
(2) Cable stuffing tubes as pipe sleeves and packing
glands;
(3) Cable splicing:
(4) Bulkhead and deck penetration; and
(5) Watertight and explosion proof connections to
equipment.
(E) Grounding Systems.
9.1.2.6 Additional and Remodeling Plans. Layout
and wiring plans for additions, or remodeling shall
be submitted to the government agency having
jurisdiction. No addition, temporary or permanent,
shall be connected to the approved load of an existing
819
 ARTICLE 9.1 - GENERAL CONDITIONS AND REQUIREME 1TS
i:lstallation until it has been ascertained that the current
carrying capacity and the conditions of the existing
accessories, conductors, switchgears and generation
plant are adequate.
9.1.3 Requirements for Electrical Installation
9.1.3.1 Approval Required. The conductors, wiring
methods and equipment required by this Code shall be
acceptable only when approved.
9.1.3.2 Other Requirements. Conductors and
equipment for installation shall comply with the
provisions of Article 1.10 in addition to the general and
special requirements provided in this Chapter.
9.1.4 General Requirements
9.1.4.1 Equipment Location. Electrical equipment
shall be so placed or protected as to minimize the
probability of mechanical injury or damage from the
accumulation of dust, oil vapor, steam or dripping
liquids.
Apparatus liable to arcing shall be ventilated or placed
in ventilated compartments in which flammable gases,
acid fumes and oil vapors cannot accumulate.
Skylights and ventilators shall be so arranged as to
avoid the probability of flooding the apparatus.
9.1.4.2 Protection from Bilge Water. All generators,
motors and electric couplings shall be so arranged
that they cannot be damaged by bilge water, and, if
necessary, a watertight coaming shall be provided to
form a well around the base of such equipment with
provision for removing the water from the well. Where
electric power is used for propulsion, the equipment
shall be so arranged that it will operate satisfactorily
in the event of paitial flooding of bilge water above the
tank top up to the floor plate level.
9.1.4.3 Accessibility. The design and arrangement of
electrical equipment is to provide accessibility to parts
requiring inspection or adjustments. Armature and field
coils, rotors and revolving fields shall be removable and
where air ducts are used, there shall be means of access.
9.1.4.4 Watertight Equipment. All electrical
equipment exposed to the weather or located in spaces
where it would be exposed to sea splashing or other
severe moisture conditions, shall be of the watertight
type or be protected by means of watertight enclosures,
which shall be such as to prevent the exposure of the
equipment to temperatures in excess of that for which
they have been designed.
820
9.1.4.5 Materials. In general, all electrical equipmcr.:
shall be constructed of durable and flame retardar.:
materials. Materials shall be resistant to corrosior:.
moisture, high and low temperatures, and shall han!
qualities necessary to prevent deterioration in the
ambient conditions the equipment may be expected to
encounter.
9.1.4.6 Lubricating System. Lubricating system
shall not be adversely affected by vibration and shock
which in normal operation, and with the watercraft
inclined from the normal at any angle up to 15 degrees
transversely and 10 degrees longitudinally, and when
rolling up to 22.5 degrees from the vertical.
9.1.4.7 Equipment and Cables Locations from
Magnetic Compass. Electrical equipment and cables
shall be so placed at such a distance from the magnetic
compasses or shall be so screened that the interfering
external magnetic field is negligible, even when circuits
are switched ON and OFF.
9.1.4.8 Electrical Hardware. Nuts, screws, bolts, pins,
and the like used in connection with current carrying
parts and working parts shall be effectively tight and
mechanically locked to prevent loosening.
9.1.4.9 Insulating Materials and Insulated Winding.
Insulating materials and insulated windings shall be
resistant to moisture, sea air, oil vapor, and fungus.
9.1.4.10 Hazardous Locations, Installations and
Equipment.
(A) Electrical Equipment. Electrical equipment in
hazardous locations shall be of a type suitable for such
locations.
(B) Cables. Cables in hazardous locations shall be
armored or mineral-insulated metal-sheathed and when
passing through boundaries of such locations, they shall
be run through gastight fittings.
(C) Lighting Circuits. Lighting circuits in hazardous
spaces shall be controlled by double-pole switches
located outside such spaces.
9.1.4.11 Reference Ambient Temperature.
(A) Watercrafts for Unrestricted Service, and for
Navigating in Philippine Waters.
(B) Watercrafts for Restricted Service. Watercrafts
intended solely for operation in northern or southc~
waters outside the tropical belt.
 ARTICLE 9.1 - GENERAL CONDITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS
9.l.4.12 Precautions Against Shock, Fire, and Other
Hazards of Electrical Origin.
(A) Passenger Ships and Cargo Ships.
Reference Ambient Temperature (0 C)
(1) Primary cooling water supply 30
(2) All equipment located in machinery spaces 45
(engine room, boiler room and the like) and on
weather decks
(3) All equipment located in all other spaces 40
Exception: For rotating machines located in 50
(2) above
(1) Exposed Metal Parts and Frames. All exposed
metal parts of electrical machines or equipment
which are not intended to b e energized but
0
Reference Ambient Temperature ( C)
(1) Primary cooling water supply 25
(2) All equipment located in all other spaces 40
Exception: For rotating machines located in 45
machinery spaces and/or weather decks
are liable to become energized under fault
conditions, shall be grounded; and all electrical
apparatus shall be so constructed and so installed
that danger of injury in ordinary handling shall
not exist.
Metal frames of all portable electric lamps,
tools and similar apparatus, supplied as ship's
equipment shall be grounded through a suitable
conductor, unless equivalent provisions are made
such as by double insulation or by an isolating
transformer.
(2) :\lain and Emergency Switchboard. Main and
emergency switchboards shall be totally enclosed
so arranged as to give easy access at back and
fronL without danger to personnel. The sides and
backs and. \,·here necessary the fronts shall be
suitably guarded. Exposed current carrying parts
at Yoltage to ground exceeding safe voltage shall
not be installed on the face of any switchboard or
control panel.
(3) Hull Return. Where the hull return system of
distribution is used. special precautions shall be
made and approved. Hull return shall not be used
in tankers/tankship/supertankers.
(4) Cables. All metal sheaths and armor of cables
shall be electrically and mechanically continuous
and shall be grounded. Where the cables are
neither sheathed nor armored and there might be
a risk of fire in the event of an electrical fault.
precautions shall be made to prevent fire.
(5) Lighting Fittings. Lighting fittings shall be
arranged to prevent temperatures that would be
injurious to the wiring, and to prevent surrounding
materials from becoming excessively hot.
(6) Wiring. Wiring shall be supported in such a
manner as to avoid chafing or other injury. Each
separate circuit shall be protected against short-
circuit and overload.
(7) Accumulator Batteries. Accumulator batteries
shall be secured in place and suitably housed. The
compartments shall be properly constructed and
adequately ventilated.
(8) Communication Wiring System. Wiring for
interior communication essential for safety and
for emergency alarm and fire detection shall be
so arranged as to avoid galleys, machinery spaces
and other enclosed spaces having high risk of fire
except those necessary to provide communication
or to give alarm within these spaces or to detect
fire occurrences.
(B) Passenger Ships Only.
(1) Distribution System. Distribution system shall
be so arranged that fire in any fire zone will not
interfere with essential services in any other fire
zone.
(2) Cables. Electric cables shall be of a flame-
retarding type/fire-resisting type.
(3) Hazardous Spaces. In spaces where flammable
mixtures are liable to collect, no electrical
equipment shall be installed unless it is of a type,
which will not ignite the mixture concerned, such
as flameproof or explosion proof or intrinsically-
safe equipment.
(4) Lighting Circuit. Lighting circuit in a bunker or
hold shall be provided with an isolating switch
outside the space.
(5) Joints. Joints in all conductors except for low
voltage communications circuits shall be made
only in junction or outlet boxes. All such boxes
or wiring devices shall be so constructed as to
prevent the spread of the fire from the box or
device. Where splicing is employed it shall only
be by an approved method such that it retains the
original mechanical and electrical properties of
the cable.
 ARTICLE 9.2 - SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR CERTAIN LOCATIONS AND SYSTEMS
(6) Wiring Systems. Wiring for interior
communications essential for safety and for
emergency alarm systems shall be arranged
to avoid galleys, machinery spaces and other
enclosed spaces having a high risk of fire except
those necessary to provide communication or to
give alarm within those spaces.
(C) Cargo Ships Only. Devices liable to arcing shall not
be installed in any compartment assigned principally to
accumulator batteries unless the devices are flameproof
or explosion proof.
ARTICLE 9.2 - SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
FOR CERTAIN LOCATIONS AND SYSTEMS
9.2.1 Locations
9.2.1.1 Hospital or Dispensary Spaces Certified for
Use on Watercrafts. The electrical installation and
electrical equipment in anesthetizing locations and in
storage spaces for combustible anesthetic or disinfecting
agents shall be approved types for use in Class 1, Group
C hazardous locations.
9.2.1.2 Locations Where Gasoline or Other Highly
Volatile Motor Fuel is Stowed.
(A) Equipment Installed Within 460 Millimeters
Above the Deck. Equipment such as cutouts. sv.'itches.
convenience outlets, lampholders, generators and
motors, or other electrical equipment haYing make-or-
break or sliding contacts, when installed \\ithin 460
mm above the deck, shall be of type approwd for Class
I, Group C hazardous locations.
(B) Equipment Installed at or Over 460 Millimeters
Above the Deck. Electrical equipment installed at or
over 460 mm above the deck shall be of the totally
enclosed type.
9.2.1.3 Submersible Motor-Driven Bilge Pumps.
(A) Installation. The electric motor driving the
submersible bilge pump shall be installed in an open
end air-bell such that flooding of the compartment in
which it is located to the bulkhead deck will not cause
the water to enter the motor. The motor may be outside
of the open end air-bell provided it is protected against
splashing water from the bottom. Cables to the motor
shall enter through the open bottom of the air-bell.
(B) Continuous Operation. The motor shall be capable
of continuous operation at rated load under normal and
emergency conditions.
(C) Location. The motor controller shall be located
above the bulkhead deck.
822
(D) Master Switch. The master switch at the motor
shall be connected so that it could be completely
disconnected from the circuit when the motor is started
or stopped from the remote master switch.
9.2.2 Auxiliary Systems
9.2.2.1 Electrically Operated Watertight Door
System.
(A) Power Supply. Electrically operated watertight
door shall b e supplied by the emergency power system
if the main power source becomes inoperative.
(B) Cables. All cables used in connection with the
watertight door system shall be either lead sheathed and
armored, impervious sheathed and armored, or mineral-
insulated metal sheathed.
9.2.2.2 Fire-Screen Door Holding and Release
Systems.
(A) Fire-Screen Door Holding and Release
Mechanism. The fire-screen door holding and release
mechanism shall consist of an electromagnet with a
self-aligning armature plate on each door to be seized
and held by the electromagnet when the fire-screen door
is fully open; a control switch located adjacent to the
door to interrupt the current to the electromagnet; and a
central control in the wheel-house or fire control room
to interrupt remotely the current to all holding magnets.
(B) Fire-Screen Door Holding Circuit. The fire-
-creen door holding circuit hall be so arranged that
!oss of potential from any cause will release the doors.
except Ihar momem:ary inrerruptions of Ihe circuit that
may result from the operation of automatic bus-transfer
de,ices in connection with Ihe emergency lighting and
power syStem. will not release the doors.
(C) Central Control Station and Local Control
s~itch. The central control station and local control
S"-itch shall each consist of an enclosed externally
operable fused switch, circuit breaker, or magnetic
contactor of suitable rating.
(D) Simultaneous Release. Where several doors are
in close proximity to each other, a single local control
station switch of suitable rating may be used to release
them simultaneously.
(E) Electrical Supply Arrangement. When the
arrangement of the electrical supply involves transfer
relays to connect the supply from a normal to a
temporary source, a door-holding electromagnet shall
be the armature so that, with a pull on the armature of
50 kilograms, the armature will be held in the closed
position for approximately 0.25 second after the circuit
 ARTICLE 9.2 - SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR CERTAIN LOCATIONS AND SYSTEMS
to the electromagnet is opened. The electromagnet
shall be designed for continuous duty in an ambient air
temperature of 50°C with a temperature rise of not more
than 55°C for Class A insulation nor more than 75°C for
Class B insulation. The magnet enclosure shall be either
dripproof or watertight.
(F) Power Supply. The source of power for the fire-
screen door holding and release system shall be from
the main and emergency power systems.
(G) Subdivided Circuits. On large watercrafts where
simultaneous closing of all fire-screen doors will
interfere with the fire-fighting operations, the fire-
screen door release system shall be subdivided into
several circuits so that it will be possible to isolate any
compartment in which a fire is registered.
9.2.2.3 Electric Motor for Lifeboat Handling.
(A} Waterproof. Electric motors installed m
conjunction with lifeboat handling shall be of
waterproof construction subject to the spray-tight test.
Before conducting this test, all joints painted or having
gaskets or sealing compounds, shall be broken and
reassembled three (3) times.
(B) Enclosure Test Methods. Each enclosure for
motor controller and switching device, when installed
in locations exposed to the weather, shall be subjected
to one of the following methods of submergence for a
period of five (5) continuous minutes for water leakage.
Method 1. The enclosure shall be submerged in water
to a depth so that the highest point of the enclosure in its
normally mounted position is under water of 900 mm
head. or
~Iethod 2. The enclosure shall be submerged in water
toa depth at least 75 mm at the highest point in an open
tank. Sufficient Yacuum shall then be applied to the
inside of the enclosure to produce an external pressure
equiYalen: to 900 mm head of water.
(q Additional Test. The additional test shall be
conduc:ed immediarely after completion of either of
the abo\·e rest me:hods and while the enclosure is still
submerged. an internal air pressure shall be applied for
a period of fiye (5) minutes equal to 1 056 kilograms per
square meter. plus a pressure equiYalem to the depth of
submergence.
(D) Enclosure Considered Spra~iight Gnder these
test, the enclosure ·will be considered spra)tight if no
water is found inside the enclosure, and if no air bubbles
are seen to emerge. Where a shaft enters the enclosure,
the shaft shall be operated twice while submerged.
9.2.2.4 Wiring of Lifeboat Winch Components.
(A) Main Line Emergency Switch. When the motor
controller of a lifeboat winch power unit is located
adjacent to the winch, the main line emergency switch
shall disconnect all parts of the lifeboat power unit,
including the motor controller and limit switches, from
all sources of potential.
(B) Switch Disconnect. When the motor controller of
a lifeboat winch power unit is remotely located with
relation to the winch, a switch shall be provided at
the controller arranged to disconnect the entire winch
electrical installation from all sources of potential.
(C) Davit Arm Limit Switches. Davit arm limit
switches, whether connected in the power circuit or
in the control circuit, shall disconnect all ungrounded
conductors of the circuit controlled. These switches
shall be arranged to stop the travel of the davit arms
not less than 300 mm from their final stowed position
and they shall remain open until the davit arms move
outboard beyond the tripping position of the switches.
(D) Main Line Emergency, Clutch Interlock, and
Master Switches. When one motor is used with two
winches, a main line emergency switch, a clutch
interlock switch, and a master switch shall be provided
for each winch. The main line emergency switch shall
be connected in series ahead of the motor controller. The
master switches shall be connected in parallel and each
in series with the corresponding clutch interlock switch
for that winch. The clutch interlock switches shall open
the circuit to its master switch except when the power
unit is clutched to the associated winch. Means shall
be provided to prevent the power unit operating both
winches simultaneously.
(E) Power Disconnecting Means. Where power-driven
winches are used, satisfactory means shall be provided
to disconnect power to the winch before a hand crank
can be engaged with the winch operating shaft and this
interruption of power shall b e maintained while the
hand crank is so engaged.
(F) Location. The main line emergency disconnect
s,,itch shall be so located as to be:
(1) Adjacent to the master S\,·itch;
(2) Within reach of the winch switch;
(3) In a position accessible to the person in-charge of
the boat stov:;age; and
(4) In a position from which the movement of both
davit arms can be observed as they approach the
final stowed position.
823
 ARTICLE 9.2 - SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR CERTAIN LOCATIONS AND SYSTEMS
9.2.2.5 Electric Heater.
(A) Risk of Fire. Electric heaters shall be so constructed,
installed and protected that clothing, bedding and other
flammable materials cannot come in contact with flame
in such a way to cause risk of fire.
(B) Heating by Convection. Cabin electric heaters
shall be designed to heat surrounding air principally by
convection. Heater elements shall be of the enclosed
type, the element case or jacket to be of a corrosion-
resistant material.
(C) Overheating Protection. Heaters shall be provided
with a suitable regulating switch having a thermal cutout
of the manually-reset type that will prevent overheating.
The external temperature of the heater enclosing case
shall not exceed a temperature of 125°C, except that the
external temperature of the enclosure of flush-mounted
heaters shall not exceed a temperature of 100°C.
(D) Maximum Temperature of Deck or Bulkhead
Surface. When heaters are mounted upon, or adjacent
to, the deck of bulkhead, the construction of the heater
shall be such that the temperature of the nearest deck
or bulkhead surface will not exceed 55°C. For test
purposes, an ambient temperature of25°C shall be used.
(E) Control Switch. Cabin heaters shall be controlled
by a single-pole switch.
9.2.2.6 Electric Cooking and Ylotor-Driven
Commissary Equipment. Electric cooking and motor-
driven commissary equipment shall be proYided with:
(A) Grab Rails. Grab rail where necessary for the
safety of the crew
(B) Sea Rails on Ranges. Sea rails on ranges with
adjustable barriers to resist accidental pot moYement.
(C) Grease or Fat Collector. Means for grease or fat
collection to prevent spillage thereof onto the deck.
(D) Suitable Mounting and Anchorage. Suitable
mounting and anchorage to prevent dislodgement by
roll and/or pitch, whether arranged for fixed wiring or
portable wiring.
(E) Disconnecting Means. Each equipment shall
be provided with a means for disconnecting it from
all circuit conductors within sight of the controlled
equipment. The disconnecting means may be an integral
part of the equipment, provided this device remains
unaffected by the heat of the equipment.
(F) Watertight Enclosure. The enclosures of motors
and controls of motor-driven commissary equipment
shall be either watertight or totally enclosed.
82~
9.2.2.7 Electric Steering System.
(A) Two Steering Systems. Where two steering gear
motors and two separate and independent means of
controlling the rudder from the pilothouse are installed,
there shall be two steering systems, each consisting of
a motor, control equipment, and steering gear feeder.
(B) Separate Installation. In general, these two
steering systems shall be separately installed on a port
and starboard basis.
(C) Interlocks. If a means of transfer is provided in the
steering gear room so that either steering gear motor and
associated control equipment can be connected to either
of the two steering gear branch circuits, interlocks shall
be provided to prevent both steering systems from being
connected to the same branch circuit simultaneously.
(D) Short-Circuit Protection. Pilothouse steering
control systems and any other electric means for
controlling the rudder remote from the steering gear
room shall be provided with short-circuit protection
rated at 400% - 500% of the ampacity of the circuit.
(E) Pilot Light. A pilot light for each steering gear motor
and each auxiliary motor controlling the rudder shall
be provided at the propulsion control station, and other
locations to indicate when the motors are energized.
(F) Automatic Indicator. The opening of steering gear
branch-circuit breaker shall automatically be indicated
at the propulsion control station by the sounding of an
audible alarm.
(G) Tank Vessels of 10 000 Gross Tonnage and Above.
The steering gear systems of tankers/supertankers of
10000 gross tonnage or above that carry oil or hazardous
materials in bulk, shall include the following:
(1) Two or more identical steering gear power units
operable separately from the navigating bridge
by remote control systems;
(2) An alternative power supply to the steering gear
power units;
(3) Main steering gear control in the steering gear
compartment;
(4) A rudder angle indicator on the navigating bridge
and in the steering gear compartment;
(5) A means of automatically starting each steering
gear power unit when power is restored after a
power failure;
(6) An audible and visual alarm that is acti,·ated o::
the navigating bridge upon loss of power :o 2
steering gear power unit or to the remote tee:-.::;
 ARTICLE 9.2 ~ SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR CERTAIN LOCATIONS AND SYSTEMS
gear control systems; and
(7) A means of communication between the
navigating bridge, control stations and steering
gear compartment.
9.2.2.8 Control of Ship.
(A) Passenger Ships and Cargo Ships. Ships shall
have sufficient power for going astern to secure proper
control of the ship in all normal circumstances.
(B) Passenger Ships Only. The ability of the machinery
to reverse the direction of thrust of the propeller in
sufficient time, under normal maneuvering conditions,
and so to bring the ship to rest from maximum ahead
service speed shall be demonstrated at the initial survey.
9.2.2.9 Maneuvering Controls.
(A) Indicating Lights. Where two or more control
stations are provided, indicating lights shall be located
at each control to indicate which station is in control.
(B) Alternative Control. Where bridge or deck control
is employed, alternative control in the engine room
shall be provided.
(C) Suitable Interlocks. Suitable interlocks, operating
preferably by mechanical means, shall be provided
to prevent damage to the power plant as a result of
incorrect switching, such as the opening of switches or
contactors not intended to be operated while carrying
current.
9.2.2.10 External Electrical Supply.
(A) Shore Power Connection Box. Where arrangements
are made for the supply of electricity from a source on
shore or elsewhere, like from a nearby ship or floating
power plant and repair dockyard, a connection box,
commonly called a Shore Power Connection Box, shall
be installed in a position suitable for the convenient
reception of flexible cables from the external source
and containing a circuit breaker or isolating switch and
fuses and terminal of ample size and suitable shape
to facilitate a satisfactory connection. Suitable cables,
permanently fixed, shall be provided, connecting the
terminals to a linked switch and/or circuit breaker at the
main switchboard.
(B) Grounded Terminal. In addition a grounded
terminal shall be provided for the reception of three-
phase external supplies with grounded neutrals.
(C) Indicator. The external connection shall be
:;rO\ided \\ith an indicator at the main switchboard in
c:cer :o show when the cables are energized.
(D) Polarity Checking. Means shall be provided for
checking the polarity (for de) or the phase sequence (for
three-phase ac) of the incoming supply.
(E) Full Information Notice. At the shore power
connection box a notice shall be provided giving full
information on the system of supply and the normal
voltage (and frequency if ac) of the installation's system
and the procedure for carrying out the connection.
9.2.2.11 Fire Detection and Extinguishing Systems.
(A) Power Supply. Where an electrically driven fire
pump is supplied from the emergency generator the
supply to such pump shall not pass through the main
machinery spaces.
(B) Served by Two Circuits. Electrical equipment used
in operating fire detecting equipment shall be served by
two circuits, one fed from the main power source and
one from an emergency power source. Such feeders
shall be connected to an automatic change-over switch
situated near to the fire detection panel.
(C) Additional Requirement for Passenger Ships. In
addition to (a) and (b) above, the following requirements
shall apply to passenger ships:
(1) Where automatic sprinkler systems are provided
and electrical power is used for the operation
of sea water pumps, air compressors and alarm
fitted in conjunction with such system at least
two sources of power shall be arranged, the main
generator and the emergency source of power.
One supply shall be taken from the switchboard
by separate feeder reserved solely for this
purpose. Such feeders shall be run to a change-
over switch situated near the sprinkler unit, and
the switch shall be clearly labeled and no switch
other than those at the switchboard is permitted in
these feeders.
(2) In passenger ships with aluminum superstructures
where feeders from the emergency generator
to the sprinkler unit passes through any space
constituting a fire risk the cables shall be of
fireproof type.
9.2.2.12 Remote Stops for Ventilating Fans and
Pumps.
(A) Means for Stopping Ventilating Fans. Means
shall be provided for stopping ventilating fans serving
machinery spaces. These means shall be capable of
being operated from outside such spaces in case of fire.
(B) Fitted with Remote Controls. Machinery driving
825
 ARTICLE 9.3 - SYSTEMS OF SUPPLY AND DISTRIBUTION
forced and induced draft fans, independently driven
pumps delivering oil to main propulsion machinery for
bearing lubrication and piston cooling, oil fuel transfer
pumps, oil fuel unit pumps and other similar fuel pumps
shall be fitted with remote controls situated outside the
space concerned so that they may be stopped in the event
of fire arising in the space in which they are located.
(C) For Passenger Ships Carrying More Than 36
Passengers. All power ventilation systems, except
cargo and machinery space ventilation, which shall be
in accordance with requirements of (a) and (b) above,
shall be provided with master controls so that all fans
may be stopped from either of two separate positions
which shall be situated as far apart as practicable.
9.2.2.13 Discharge Protection.
(A) Means for Limiting Induced Voltage for
Protection of Field Windings/Cables. For the
protection of field windings and cables, means shall be
provided for limiting the induced voltage when the field
circuits are opened or, alternatively, the induced voltage
when the field circuits are opened shall be taken at the
nominal design voltage.
(B) Means to Limit Induced Voltage at Busbars.
Where excitation is obtained from the auxiliary busbars,
means shall be provided to limit the voltage induced
at the busbars when the auxiliary circuit breaker or the
distribution circuit breaker opens.
(C) Shunt Resistors. Shunt resistors which are
connected across the field circuit of synchronous
propulsion motors, when they are functioning as
asynchronous motors, shall be suitably insulated from
the voltage induced when reversing, and shall be amply
rated to allow for inadvertent delay during the reversing
operation.
9.2.2.14 Electrical Equipment for Use in Explosive
Gas Atmospheres.
(A) Safe Type. Where electrical equipment is installed
in areas where explosive gas atmospheres may be
present, it shall be of a SAFE TYPE, certified for the
gases/vapors involved.
(B) Types of Protection. Certified safe type equipment
includes the following types of protection:
Intrinsically safe Ex " i"
Increased safety Ex "e"
Flameproof Ex "d"
Pressurized enclosure Ex "p"
(C) In Hazardous Zones. When "SAFE T YPE"
equipment is permitted in hazardous zones or spaces
826
all switches, and protective devices are to interrupt all
lines or phases and, where practicable, shall be located
in a nonhazardous zone or space unless specifically
permitted otherwise. Such equipment, switches
and protective devices shall be suitably labeled for
identification purposes.
9.2.2.15 Safety Devices.
(A) Means to Prevent Reversal of Direction of
Rotation of DC Generator. Where separately driven
direct-current generators are connected electrically in
series, means shall be provided to prevent reversal of
the direction of rotation of any of them on the failure of
the prime mover.
(B) Means for Absorbing/Limiting Regenerated
Energy. Where, on stopping or reversing the propeller,
the regenerated energy transmitted by the propulsion
motor is such as to cause a dangerous increase of speed
in the prime mover, means shall be provided for suitably
absorbing or limiting such energy.
(C) Means for Forcibly Opening of Contactors and
Switches. Contactors and switches used for reversing
the rotation of the propulsion motors shall be provided
with means for forcibly opening them if they should
inadvertently remain closed, and they shall be so
interlocked as to prevent the circuits for "ahead" and
"astern" being closed simultaneously.
9.2.2.16 General Alarm. In all passenger and cargo
ships, and ferry boats, and oil offshore drilling rigs
protection platforms, and habitat unit, electrically
operated alarms for summoning passengers and crews to
muster stations shall be provided and shall be operable
from the navigating bridge.
ARTICLE 9.3 - SYSTEMS OF SUPPLY A-'\TD
DISTRIBUTION
9.3.1 General
9.3.1.1 Wiring Systems. The supply and distribution
wiring installation on or inside watercraft shall be one
or combination of the following:
(A) Parallel Systems with Constant Pressure.
(1) With Hull Return. In hull return systems, every
conductor carrying the current from a circuit to
the steel hull shall have the same cross- section
as the corresponding insulated conductor. In de
the negative pole of generators and of current
consuming appliances shall be grounded in
readily accessible places.
 ARTICLE 9.4 -
a. DC two-wire.
b. AC single-phase, two-wire.
c. AC three-phase, three-wire.
d. AC four-wire with neutral grounded but without
hull returns.
(2) Passenger Ships, Cargo Ships, and Tankers/
Supertankers (No Hull Return).
a. DC two-wire, insulated.
b. AC single-phase, two-wire, insulated.
c. A C three-phase, three-wire, insulated.
Systems voltages for both alternating current and direct
current shall not exceed: (1) 500 V for cooking and
heating equipment permanently connected to fixed
wiring; (2) 250 V for lighting, heaters in cabins and
public rooms, and other applications not mentioned
above; and (3) 55 V for emergency systems.
(B) Series Systems with Constant Current. (Direct
current only).
9.3.1.2 High Voltage System.
(A) System Voltage. System voltage shall not exceed:
(1) 7000 volts ac or 1500 volts de for electric
propulsion equipment; and
(2) 7000 Yolts ac for large generators and ac power
equipment.
(B) Yoltage Supply and Primary Distribution. For
high Yolrage supply and primary distribution, three-
phase. three-wire. neutral grounded is acceptable. If the
primary distribution is extended to areas remote from
the machinery pace. i olating transformers or other
means hall be p.a,ided ro preYent ground fault current
fio"ing through dangerous zones.
9.3.1.3 Low Yoltage System.
(A) System Yoltage. System ,·oh.age shall not exceed
55 \'Olts.
(B) Wiring Installation. Low voltage wi....:.ng :.:s.a]a:ion
shall be provided for emergency gene:-al ~ighring and
navigational aids, and general alarm systems.
9.3.1.4 Standard F requency. A frequency of 60 henz is
recognized as standard for all alternating current y-:ems.
9.3.1.5 Operation Under Volt.age and Frequency
Fluctuations.
(A) DC Equipment. DC equipment shall operate
satisfactorily under voltage fluctuation of plus 6% or
minus 10%.
GROUNDING SYSTEM
(B) AC Equipment. AC equipment shall operate
satisfactorily under voltage fluctuation of plus 6% or
minus I 0% at rated frequency, and under frequency
fluctuation of plus or minus 5% at the rated voltage.
(C) Contactor and Similar Equipment. Contactor and
similar equipment shall not drop out at or above 85% of
the rated voltage.
ARTICLE 9.4 - GROUNDING SYSTEM
9.4.1 General
9.4.1.1 Requirements.
(A) Grounding. No current-carrying parts of an
insulated distribution system shall be grounded (refer
to Section 2.50.2.7). However, components used for
the suppression of radio interference may be connected
between the insulated system and ground.
(B) Indication. Every insulated distribution system
shall be provided w ith lamps or other means to indicate
the state of insulation from ground.
(C) Protection. Current-carrying parts with voltage to
ground shall be protected agsainst accidental contact.
(D) Detection. A ground detector device for insulated
system shall be installed to continuously monitor the
insulation level, particularly of circuits (other than
intrinsically safe circuits) which pass through dangerous
or hazardous zones or spaces or which are connected to
apparatus installed in such zones or spaces . The device
shall operate an alarm in the event of abnormally low
level of insulation.
(E) Metallic Riggings. All metallic riggings shall be
grounded by flexible galvanized steel cables lashed
to the rigging and securely fastened by solderless lug
connectors to the metal hull.
9.4.2 Grounding Electrical Equipment
9.4.2.1 Portable Electrical Equipment. Metal frames
of all ponable lamps. tools and similar apparatus
supplied as sen-ice or unit's equipment and rated in
excess of 5 - rn!Is shall be grounded through a suitable
conductor unles equiYalent safety provisions are
made such as by double insulation or by an isolating
rransformer.
9.4.2.2 Permanent Electrical Equipment. In general,
the frames or casings of all permanently installed
generators, motors, controllers, instruments, and similar
equipment, for which the arrangement and method of
installation does not assure positive grounding, shall
be permanently grounded through separate conductor
and protected against damage. Where outlets, switches
and similar fittings are of nonmetallic construction,
827
 ARTICLE 9.4 -
a. DC two-wire.
b. AC single-phase, two-wire.
c. AC three-phase, three-wire.
d. AC four-wire with neutral grounded but without
hull returns.
(2) Passenger Ships, Cargo Ships, and Tankers/
Supertankers (No Hull Return).
a. DC two-wire, insulated.
b. AC single-phase, two-wire, insulated.
c. AC three-phase, three-wire, insulated.
Systems voltages for both alternating current and direct
current shall not exceed: ( 1) 500 V for cooking and
heating equipment permanently connected to fixed
wiring; (2) 250 V for lighting, heaters in cabins and
public rooms, and other applications not mentioned
above; and (3) 55 V for emergency systems.
(B) Series Systems with Constant Current. (Direct
current only).
9.3.1.2 High Yoltage System.
(A) System Yoltage. System voltage shall not exceed:
(1) 7000 rnlts ac or 1500 volts de for electric
propulsion equipment; and
(2) 7000 Yolts ac for large generators and ac power
equipment.
(B) Voltage Supply and Primary Distribution. For
high voltage supply and primary distribution, three-
phase, three-wire, neutral grounded is acceptable. If the
primary distribution is extended to areas remote from
the machinery space, isolating transformers or other
means shall be provided to prevent ground fault current
flowing through dangerous zones.
9.3.1.3 L ow Voltage System.
(A) System Voltage. System voltage shall not exceed
55 volts.
(B) Wiring Installation. Low voltage wiring installation
shall be provided for emergency general lighting and
navigational aids, and general alarm systems.
9.3.1.4 Standard Frequency. A frequency of 60 hertz is
recognized as standard for all alternating current systems.
9.3.1.5 Operation Under Voltage and Frequency
Fluctuations.
(A) DC Equipment. DC equipment shall operate
satisfactorily under voltage fluctuation of plus 6% or
minus 10%.
GROUNDING SYSTEM
(B) AC Equipment. AC equipment shall operate
satisfactorily under voltage fluctuation of plus 6% or
minus 10% at rated frequency, and under frequency
fluctuation of plus or minus 5% at the rated voltage.
(C) Contactor and Similar Equipment. Contactor and
similar equipment shall not drop out at or above 85% of
the rated voltage.
ARTICLE 9.4 - GROUNDING SYSTEM
9.4.1 General
9.4.1.1 Requirements.
(A) Grounding. No current-carrying parts of an
insulated distribution system shall be grounded (refer
to Section 2.50.2.7). However, components used for
the suppression of radio interference may be connected
between the insulated system and ground.
(B) Indication. Every insulated distribution system
shall be provided with lamps or other means to indicate
the state of insulation from ground.
(C) Protection. Current-carrying parts with voltage to
ground shall be protected agsainst accidental contact.
(D) Detection. A ground detector device for insulated
system shall be installed to continuously monitor the
insulation level, particularly of circuits (other than
intrinsically safe circuits) which pass through dangerous
or hazardous zones or spaces or which are connected to
apparatus installed in such zones or spaces. The device
shall operate an alarm in the event of abnormally low
level of insulation.
(E) Metallic Riggings. All metallic riggings shall be
grounded by flexible galvanized steel cables lashed
to the rigging and securely fastened by solderless lug
connectors to the metal hull.
9.4.2 Grounding Electrical Equipment
9.4.2.1 Portable Electrical Equipment. Metal frames
of all portable lamps, tools and similar apparatus
supplied as service or unit's equipment and rated in
excess of 55 volts shall be grounded through a suitable
conductor unless equivalent safety provisions are
made such as by double insulation or by an isolating
transformer.
9.4.2.2 Permanent Electrical Equipment. In general,
the frames or casings of all permanently installed
generators, motors, controllers, instruments, and similar
equipment, for which the arrangement and method of
installation does not assure positive grounding, shall
be permanently grounded through separate conductor
and protected against damage. Where outlets, switches
and similar fittings are of nonmetallic construction,
827
 ARTICLE 9.4 - GROUNDING SYSTEM
grounding of all exposed metal parts shall be insured.
9.4.3 Grounded Neutral Systems
9.4.3.1 Grounding Resistor. When the grounded
neutral system of generation and distribution is used,
grounding shall be through a resistor. The resistor shall
be such that ground-fault-current is limited to a value
which is not greater than the full-load current of the
largest generator on a switchboard section nor less than
three times the minimum current required to operate
any device against ground fault.
9.4.3.2 Harmonic Content. Generator neutrals may be
connected in common, provided that the third harmonic
content of the waveform of each generator does not
exceed 5%.
9.4.3.3 Dual Voltage AC Distribution. For dual
voltage, grounded neutral, ac distribution systems, an
ammeter shall be provided to indicate current fl.owing
in the ground connection. The ammeter shall have a
full scale range of 10 amperes. An ammeter switch of
the spring return to ON (ammeter read) type shall b e
provided. Where the ammeter is located remote from
the ground connection and a current transformer is
used, a suitable protective device shall be provided near
the current transformer to prevent high voltage in the
event of an open circuit. The ammeter and associated
instrument shall be capable of sustaining without
damage the maximum fault-current available.
9.4.3.4 Dual Voltage DC Distribution. For three-wire
dual voltage, grounded neutral, de distribution systems,
shall be solidly grounded at the generator switchboard
with a zero-center ammeter in the ground connection.
The zero-center ammeter shall have a full-scale reading
of 150% of the neutral-current rating of the largest
generator and shall be marked to indicate the polarity of
grounds. The ground connection shall be made in such
a manner that it will not prevent checking the insulation
resistance of the generator to ground before the
generator is connected to the bus. The grounded neutral
conductor of a three-wire feeder shall be provided with
a means for disconnecting and shall be so arranged
that the grounded conductor cannot be opened without
simultaneously opening the ungrounded conductors.
9.4.3.5 Connection to the Metal Hull. All grounding
resistors shall be connected to the metal hull. In order
to eliminate possible interference with radio, radar
and communication circuits, it is recommended that
grounding resistors be bonded together on the hull
828
side of the resistors, and that the means of bonding be
separate from that provided by the hull.
9.4.3.6 Switchboard Grounding. Where a switchboar.:
is split into sections operated independently o:-
where there are separate switchboards, a grounding
resistor shall be provided for each section or for eacc
switchboard. Means shall be provided to ensure that the
ground connection is not removed when generators are
isolated.
9.4.3.7 Emergency Switchboard. No direct ground
connection shall be provided at the emergency
switchboard. The neutral bus shall be solidly and
permanently connected to the neutral bus of the main
switchboard. No interrupting device shall be provided
in the neutral conductor of the bus-tie feeder connectino
c
the two switchboards.
9.4.3.8 Ampacity. The ampacity of the neutral
conductor of a dual-voltage feeder shall be 100% of the
ampacity of the ungrounded conductors.
9.4.4 Bonding Ground System
9.4.4.1 Watercrafts with Fixed Electrical Installation.
All watercrafts provided with fixed electrical installation
shall be equipped with a bonding system to:
(A) Prevent stray current corrosion by confining stray
current leakage inside the hull.
(B) Provide a low resistance path to ground for voltages
that may b e considerably in excess of those for which
the system is designed.
9.4.4.2 Ground Connection at One Point. On
watercrafts with grounded electrical systems, the
bonding ground system and the system ground
connection shall be made at one point.
9.4.4.3 Independent System. The bonding ground
system shall be independent of the electrical system
ground conductors except at the common ground point.
9.4.5 Grounding Conductor
9.4.5.1 Material. Grounding conductor shall be copper
or other approved material and shall be protected against
damage and, where necessary, from electrolytic action.
9.4.5.2 Size. The size of grounding conductor shall
be equal to the cross-section of the current-carrying
conductor up to 14 mm2 • Above this figure they shall
be equal to at least half the cross-section of the curre=:-
carrying conductor with a minimum of 14 rnrn1.
 ARTICLE 9.4 - GROUNDING SYSTEM
9.4.6 Ground Indicators/Detectors
9A.6.I Lamp Indicators.
(A) Power and Lighting Systems. Power and lighting
system isolated from a watercraft's main power and
lighting distribution by transformers or motor-generator
hall be provided with a means of detecting grounds.
If lamps are used for ground detection, they shall
haYe a rating of not more than 25 volts. Every isolated
distribution system shall be provided with lamps or
other means to indicate the state of insulation from
ground.
(B) Excitation Circuits. Excitation circuits shall be
provided with lamps, voltmeters or other means to
indicate continuously the state of the insulation of the
excitation circuits under running conditions.
9.4.6.2 Ground Leakage Detection.
(A) Main Propulsion Circuit. The main propulsion
circuit shall be provided with means for detecting
ground faults. For de equipment exceeding 500 volts
and for all ac equipment, aural and visual alarms
shall be automatically operated on the occurrence of a
ground fault, but the operation of such devices is not to
interrupt the power supply. A switch may be provided to
switch off the aural device, but in such cases the visual
alarm shall remain switched on to indicate that the aural
device is switched off.
(B) Automatic Opening. If a ground connection is
used for operating the detector arrangements, then in
de systems the ground circuit shall be automatically
opened in order to stop the circulation of fault current.
In ac systems, the fault current shall be interrupted or
limited to a safe value.
(C) Ground Leakage Devices. Ground leakage devices
shall be arranged to function for all ground faults
exceeding 5 amperes. In three-phase star-connected ac
generators and motors with neutral points grounded, the
ground leakage device shall operate on the occurrence of
a ground fault in the windings of the machine, provided
that 5% of the coils at the neutral and of each phase may
be left unprotected by the device. In high voltage ac
systems, where the capacitive leakage current is high,
consideration shall be given to increasing the figure to
5%.
9.4.7 Grounding of Metal Coverings of Cables
9.4.7.1 Metal Covering of Cables. Metal covering
of cables shall be effectively grounded at both ends of
the cable, except in final subcircuits other than those
installed in hazardous zones and spaces. Grounding at
the supply end only will be considered adequate. This
does not necessarily apply to instrumentation cables
where single point grounding may be desirable for
technical reasons.
9.4.7.2 Electrical Continuity. The electrical continuity
of all metal coverings of cables throughout the length
of the cable, particularly any joints and tappings, shall
be ensured.
9.4.7.3 Lead-Sheathed Cables. The lead sheath of
lead-sheathed cables shall not to be used as the sole
means of grounding the noncurrent-carrying parts of
equipment.
9.4.8 Ground Continuity
9.4.8.1 Ground Continuity. Means shall be provided
for ascertaining that all ground continuity are effective
and that the bonding and grounding of metallic conduit
and/or sheathing of metallic conduit and/or sheathing of
cables is effective.
9.4.9 Grounding of Metal Conduit System
9.4.9.1 Metal Conduit Systems. Metal conduit
systems shall be grounded and shall be mechanically
and electrically continuous across joints. Individual
short lengths of conduits need not be grounded.
9.4.10 Grounding Pole for Receptacle Outlets and
Attachment Plugs
9.4.10.1 Receptacle Outlets. Receptacle outlets
operating at 50 volts or more shall have a grounding
pole.
9.4.10.2 Attachment Plugs. Attachment plugs for
permanently fitted equipment operating at 50 volts
or more shall have a grounding pole and grounding
conductor in the portable cord to ground the noncurrent-
carrying metal parts of the equipment.
9.4.11 Grounding of Instrument Transformers
9.4.11.1 Secondary Winding. The secondary windings
of instrument transformers shall be grounded.
ARTICLE 9.5 - LIGHTNING PROTECTION
SYSTEM
9.5.1 General
9.5.1.1 Requirement. Lightning conductors shall be
provided for the following watercrafts:
829
 ARTICLE 9.5 - LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM
(A) Each wooden mast or topmast of all wooden,
fiberglass, composite and steel ships;
(B) Steel ships having steel masts or topmasts need not
be provided except tank vessels, tankers, tankships or
supertankers;
(C) Mobile offshore oil drilling rig/production platform
and habitat.
9.5.1.2 Construction.
(A) Wooden Masts or Topmasts. In wooden, :fiberglass
and composite watercrafts provided with wooden masts
or topmasts, the lightning conductors shall be composed
of continuous copper tape and/or rope, having a
section not less than 100 mm2 which shall be riveted
with copper rivets or fastened with copper clamps to a
suitable copper spike not less than 13 mm in diameter,
projecting at least 150 mm above the top of the mast
or topmast. Where tape is u sed the lower end of the tape
is to terminate at the point at which the shrouds leave
the mast or topmast, and shall be securely clamped to
a copper rope of not less than 13 mm diameter. This
copper rope shall be led down the shrouds and shall be
securely clamped to a copper plate not less than 0.2 m2
exposed area, fixed well below the light waterline and
attached to the ship's side in such a manner that it will
be immersed under all conditions of heel.
(B) Steel Mast or Topmast. In wooden, fiberglass and
composite watercrafts provided with steel masts or
topmasts, each mast or topmast shall be connected to
a copper plate in accordance with (a) above, the copper
rope being securely attached to and in good electrical
contact with the mast or topmast at or above the point at
which the shrouds leave the mast or topmast.
(C) Steel Ships. In steel ships provided with wooden
masts or topmasts, the lightning conductors shall be
composed of copper tape or rope terminating in a spike,
as set forth in (a) above. At the lower end this copper
tape or rope shall be securely clamped to the nearest
metal forming part of the hull of the watercraft.
(D) Size of the Lightning Conductor. A lightning
conductor shall run as straight as possible, and sharp
bends in the conductor shall be avoided. All clamps shall
be brass or copper, preferably of the serrated contact
type, and efficiently locked. No connection shall be
dependent on a soldered j oint. The lightning conductor
shall be composed of continuous flat copper straps of
flexible copper cables having a sectional area not less
than 100 mm2 and attached by means of clamps.
830
(E) Resistance of the Lightning Conductor. The
resistance of the lightning conductor, m easured between
the mast head and the position on the copper plate or
hull point to which the lightning conductor is grounded.
is not to exceed 0.02 ohm.
9.5.1.3 Protection of Sailboats (Nonmetallic).
(A) Sailboats. Sailboats with metallic standing
rigging shall be adequately protected that all riggings
are grounded, so that the mast and rigging w ill ser,e
as the protective mast, and shall comply with Section
9.5.1.2(B).
(B) Open Day Sailers. Open sailboats shall be
adequately protected if any shroud and back stays. and
any continuous metallic track on the mast and boom a:e
grounded to a copper plate of 0.093 m 2 exposed area or
to a metal rudder or metal center keel.
(C) Cruising Sailboats. All stays and all sail trac~ o:
cruising sailboats shall be grounded since it i- .:5-;.G:ed
that p ersons will be in proximity of fore-smy - as -;.·c::
as after-stays.
9.5.1.4 Protection of Small Watercraft:s. -=3.·:
watercrafts may be protected by meai-i o~ 2 :e:::;.. _ ~.-
lightning protective mast, which shall be e:e;::e..: ·., ::~
lightning conditions are obsen-ed in the d:s:a.--:;:e_
Grounding provisions shall be made ::-:: =~=s o::-
flexible copper tape or rope of nm :ess --;...,,_ _) ===
cross-sectional area to a copper p:a:e o~- _. =::: ==
exposed area.
ARTICLE 9.6 - DISTRIBCTIO:\ Y TE~I
PROTECTIO:\ (DISTRIBCTIO:\ A_'--0 CIRClTI
PROTECTIO:\)
9.6.1 General
9.6.1.1 \\'atercraft"s Structure. -:-.::e ·.,.::.:=:-~::: :s
structure shall not be u ed as a norma: i:.r.e::1:-.:-~-=-:::.::g
conductor for power. heating and lighri..,g sy-:e-.
FP1 : Hull current which may arise from !.he fui~c~•-=.; z:-~ :-.u:
considered to contraYene this requirement: (a) sac:-..=.:-..i ~oce
protective systems and impressed current cathodic p~o:e.::10n
system for outer protection or for installations ,.\ii::., ±e
machinery space; (b) limited and locally grounded syste:::s. such
as starting systems of oil engines.
9.6.1.2 Current-Carrying Part Not to Be Grounded.
No current-carrying part of an insulated distribution
system shall be grounded, other than through components
used for the suppression of radio interference.
 ARTICLE 9.6 - DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM PROTECTION (DISTRIBUTION AND CIRCUIT PROTECTION)
9.6.1.3 Hull Return. Hull return shall not be used in 9.6.1.12 Capacitor Circuit Protection. Where
tankers/tank.ship/super-tankers, and for tank vessels for capacitors for suppression of radio interference are
carriage of dangerous cargoes, and in passengers and fitted to busbars, generators, or steering gear, fuses of
cargo ships. [See Section 9.3.1. l (A)(2)] appropriate size shall be connected in the capacitor
circuit.
9.6.1.4 Short-Circuit Protection. Short-circuit
protection shall be provided in each energized pole of a 9.6.1.13 Power Circuits and Lighting Circuits. Power
de system and in each phase of an ac system. circuits and lighting circuits shall be supplied from a
switchboard independently.
9.6.1.5 Overload Protection. Overload protection shall
be provided in: 9.6.2 Diversity Factor

(A) Two-wire de or single-phase ac system - at least one

9.6.2.1 Application of Diversity Factor. Circuits
line or phase
supplying two or more final sub-circuits shall be rated in
(B) Insulated three-phase ac system - at least three accordance with the total connected load subject, where
phases. justified, to the application of a diversity factor. Where
spare ways are provided on a section or distribution
(C) Grounded three-phase ac system - all three phases.
board, an allowance for future increase of load shall be
added to the total connected load before application of
9.6.1.6 No Fuse, Non-linked Switch or Non-linked
any diversity factor.
Circuit Breaker. No fuse, non-linked switch or non-
linked circuit breaker shall be inserted in a grounded
9.6.2.2 For Cable Sizing, and Rating of Switchgear
conductor. Any switch or circuit breaker fitted shall
and Fusegear. The diversity factor shall be applied to
operate simultaneously in the grounded conductor and
the calculation for size of cable and rating of switchgear
the insulated conductors.
and fusegear.
9.6.1.7 Main Distribution Circuit Protection.
9.6.2.3 For Winches. For winches the diversity factor
Isolation and protection of each main distribution
circuit shall be ensured by a multi-pole circuit breaker shall be calculated.
or switch and fuses. The protective devices shall allow
9.6.3 Through-Feed Arrangements
excess current to pass during the normal accelerating
period of motors.
9.6.3.1 General. Where a feeder supplies more than one
distribution board or panelboard, it may be continuous
9.6.1.8 Motor Circuit Protection. Circuits which
from the switchboard to the farthest panel or it may be
supply motors fitted with overload protection shall be
served at any intermediate panel. If the busbars of any
proYided \\1th short-circuit protection only.
distribution board or panelboard carry '·through" load,
the size of the busbars shall be designed for the total
9.6.1.9 Lighting Circuit Protection. Lighting circuits
current. The size of feeder conduc:ors shall normally be
shall be prm·ided \\ith oYerload and short-circuit
uniform for the total length. bm may be reduced at any
protection.
intermediate distribution board or panelboard. provided
thar the smalleSt section ofthe feeder is protected by the
9.6.1.10 Power Transformer Primary Circuit
OYerload de\·ice at the distribution switchboard.
Protection. The primary circuits of power transformer
shall be protected against short-circuit by circuit
9.6.4 Lighting Circuits
breakers or fuses. When transformers are arranged to
operate in parallel, means of isolation shall be prmided
9.6.4.1 Rating. A final subcircuit of rating exceeding 15
on the secondary windings. Switches and circuit
A is not to supply more than one point. The number of
breakers shall be capable of withstanding surge current.
lighting points supplied by a final subcircuit of rating 15
A or less shall not exceed:
9.6.1.11 Instruments Protection. Protection shall be
provided for voltmeters, voltage coils of measuring 10 for 24 55 volts circuits
instruments, ground indicating devices and pilot lamps, 14 for 110 - 130 volts circuits
together with their connecting leads. 18 for 220 - 250 volts circuits

831
 ARTICLE 9.6 - DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM PROTECTION (DISTRIBUTION AND CIRCUIT PROTECTIO. 1)
Exception: In final subcircuits for cornice lighting,
panel lighting and electric signs where lampholders
are closely grouped, the number of points supplied is
unrestricted provided the maximum operating current
in the subcircuit does not exceed 10 A.
9.6.4.2 In Machinery Spaces. Lighting for machinery
spaces, control stations and work spaces shall be
supplied from at least two final subcircuits and from the
emergency system, in such a way that failure of any one
of the circuits does not leave the space in darkness.
9.6.4.3 In Hazardous Areas. Lighting in hazardous
areas, switches shall be of the double pole type and
wherever practicable located in a nonhazardous area.
9.6.4.4 In Unattended Spaces. Lighting of unattended
spaces such as cargo spaces shall be controlled by
multi-pole linked switches situated outside such spaces.
Provision shall be made for the complete isolation of
these circuits and locking in the OFF position of the
means of control.
9.6.4.5 In Pump Rooms. Pump rooms immediately
adjoining an engine room or similar nondangerous
space may be lighted permanently fitted glass lenses
or ports fitted in the bulkheads or deck so arranged as
to maintain integrity of the structure. The externally
mounted lighting :fixture shall be so designed that the
gastight flanged post forms part of the fixture. The
lighting fixtures and wiring shall be located in the
nondangerous space, alternatively flame-proof lighting
fitting shall be fitted. The fittings shall be arranged on
at least two independent final branch circuit to permit
light from one circuit to be retained while maintenance
is carried out on the other.
9.6.5 Unbalanced Load
9.6.5.1 Three-Wire DC Systems. Unbalanced loads
between an outer conductor and the middle wire at the
sv.itchboards, section boards and distribution boards is
not to exceed 15% of the full load current as much as
possible.
9.6.5.2 Three-Wire AC Systems. Unbalanced loads
on each phase at the switchboards, section boards and
cistribution boards is not to exceed 15% of the full load
current as much as possible.
9.6.6 Branch Circuits
9.6.6.1 Branch Circuits. All branch circuits shall
x p:-otected at panelboard only and any reduction in
.:o:::ductor size shall be protected.
9.6.7 Motor Circuits
9.6.7.1 Subcircuit. A separate final subcircuit shall be
provided for every motor required for essential services
and for nonessential services having a full load current
rating of 6 amperes or more.
9.6.7.2 Ampacity. The motor circuit shall have an
ampacity of not less than 100% of the motor full-load
current rating.
9.6.7.3 Conductor Size. No motor circuit shall have
conductors less than 2.0 mm2.
9.6.8 Essential Services
9.6.8.1 Essential Services. Essential services are those
services, together with the power sources for supplying
them, necessary for the propulsion and safety of the
\';atercraft, such as the following:
(A) Air compressors for heavy oil engines;
(B) Air pumps;
(C) Ballast pumps;
(D) Bilge pumps;
(E) Circulating and cooling water pumps;
(F) Condenser circulating pumps;
(G) Extraction pumps;
(H) Fans for forced draft to boilers;
(I) Feed water pumps;
(J) Fire pumps;
(K) Fuel valve cooling pumps;
(L) Lubricating oil pumps;
C\ I) ~1ain lighting system for those parts ofthe watercraft
normally accessible to and used by personnel;
(X) ~ aYigational aids where required;
(0) ~ a\·igational lights and special purpose lights
where required;
(P) Oil fuel pumps and oil fuel burnings units;
(Q) Oil separators;
(R) Scavenge blowers;
(S) Steering gears;
(T) Ventilating fans for engine and boiler rooms; and
(U) Windlasses .
 ARTICLE 9.6 - DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM PROTECTION (DISTRIBUTION AND CIRCUIT PROTECTIO:'i)
9.6.8.2 Duplication of Services. Essential services
that are duplicated shall be served by individual
circuits separated throughout their length as widely as
is practicable and without the use of common feeders,
protective devices or control circuits.
9.6.8.3 Excess Nonessential Load. Where generators
are operated in parallel and essential machinery is
electrically driven, arrangement shall be made to
disconnect automatically the excess nonessential load
when the generators are overloaded. If required, this
load shedding may be can-ied out in one or more stages.
In cargo ships, circuits for cargo refrigeration machinery
shall be included in the last group to be disconnected.
9.6.9 Circuits in Vicinity of Magnetic Compass
9.6.9.1 Apparatus and Wiring Connection
Precautions. Precautions shall be taken in connection
with apparatus and wiring in the vicinity of the magnetic
compass to prevent disturbance of the needle from
external magnetic fields.
9.6.10 Watercraft's Service Power Circuits
9.6.10.1 Segregation of Vital Circuits. Power feeders
supplying apparatus required for essential services
shall not be used for supplying apparatus which shall be
disconnected when the watercraft is underway unless
the branch circuit for the latter are so an-anged that they
can be disconnected at panelboards without interfering
with the safe operation and safety of the watercraft.
9.6.10.2 Independently Supplied Circuits. In general,
separate feeders shall be run for such groups as engine
room and fireroom auxiliaries, radio transmitters, arc
searchlights and ventilation sets, and motors for cargo
preservation and handling gears.
9.6.10.3 Power Feeders to Be Disconnected. Power
feeders for cargo elevators, hoists, and winches, which
shall be disconnected when the watercraft is underway,
shall not be used to supply ventilation sets, drainage
pump motors, or any apparatus required for handling
the watercraft.
9.6.10.4 Drainage Pumps. Drainage pumps outside of
engine and firerooms and galley appliances should be
run from a common feeder.
9.6.10.5 Cargo Spaces. All lighting and power circuits
terminating in a cargo space shall be provided with
::nultiple pole disconnect switches outside the space.
9.6.11 Distribution Circuits for Passenger Service
9.6.11.1 Arrangement. On watercraft for passenger
service constructed with firescreen bulkheads forming
fire zones, distribution circuits shall be so an-anged
that fire in any main fire zone will not interfere with
essential services in any other fire zone.
9.6.12 Ventilating Systems
9.6.12.1 Cargo-Ventilating Fans. Cargo-ventilating
fans and those for ventilating accommodation spaces
shall not be supplied from the same feeders. All
electrical ventilation systems shall be provided with
means for stopping the motors in case of fire or other
emergency.
9.6.12.2 Cargo and Accommodation Ventilation
Systems. Cargo and accommodation ventilation
systems shall be provided with two emergency stop
stations as follows:
(A) First Emergency Stop Station. One station
located in the wheelhouse or fire control room or in an
accessible position in the passageway leading to, but
outside of, the space ventilated.
(B) Second Emergency Stop Station. The second
station shall be located as distant as practicable from
the other, except that the ventilation circuit breakers
at the main watercraft's service switchboard may
be considered as the second station provided all are
grouped together and are conspicuously marked IN
CASE OF FIRE, TRIP TO STOP VENTILATION.
9.6.12.3 Closed Recirculation System. The
requirements of Section 9 .6.1 2.2 shall not apply
to closed recirculation system, or to include close
ventilation systems for a motor or generator, diffuser
fans for refrigerated spaces, room circulating fans, or
exhaust fans for private toilets.
9.6.12.4 Machinery Space Ventilating Systems.
Machinery space ventilating systems shall have the
controls located in the passageway leading to, but
outside of such space.
9.6.12.5 Remote Emergency Stop Stations. The
remote emergency stop stations shall be protected by
enclosures with glass paneled doors on the front ofwhich
shall be marked IN CASE OF FIRE, BREAK GLASS
AND OPERATE SWITCH TO STOP VENTILATION.
9.6.12.6 Stop for Each Control Switch. Each control
switch shall have the STOP position clearly identified
833
 ARTICLE 9.6 - DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM PROTECTION (DISTRIBUTION AND CIRCUIT PROTECTION)
and shall be provided with a nameplate showing the
system with which it is associated.
9.6.12.7 Undervoltage Protection Type. The remote
control system shall be of the undervoltage protection
type and so arranged that damage to the master switch
or cable will automatically stop the fans.
9.6.13 Steering Gear
9.6.13.1 Electric and Electro-Hydraulic Steering
Gears. Electric and electro-hydraulic steering gears
shall be served by two circuits from the watercraft's
service switchboard.
9.6.13.2 One Circuit from Emergency Switchboard.
One of the two circuits should be taken from the
emergency switchboard if the rating of the emergency
generator is sufficient to supply the steering gear in
addition to the emergency loads specified in Section
9.6.30.3.
9.6.13.3 Circuits. The circuits shall be separated
throughout their length as widely as practicable.
9.6.13.4 Ampacity. Each circuit shall have adequate
ampacity for supplying all motors and control
equipment normally connected to it and which operate
simultaneously.
9.6.14 Shore Connection
9.6.14.1 Installation of Connection Boxes. \\"here
arrangements are made for the supply of electricity from
a source on shore, a connection box shall be installed in
a suitable position in the watercraft. In case where shore
connection cable can be drawn into a switchboard easily
and put into service safely, the connection box may be
omitted provided the protective devices and checking
devices stipulated in Section 9.6. 14.2 are installed in
the switchboard.
9.6.14.2 Connection Boxes. The connection box shall
contain terminals to facilitate a satisfactory connection
and a circuit breaker or an isolating switch with fuses.
Means shall be provided for checking the phase
sequence (for three-phase ac) or the polarity (for de).
9.6.14.3 Cables Between Connection Box and
Switchboard. The cables between the connection box
and switchboard shall be permanently fixed and a pilot
lamp for source and a switch or a circuit breaker shall
be provided on the switchboard.
834
9.6.15 Emergency Systems
9.6.15.1 Feeders.
(A) Watercraft with Fire-Screen Bulkheads Forming
Fire Zones. For watercraft provided with fire-screen
bulkheads forming fire zones, at least one emergency
lighting feeder shall be provided to supply only the
emergency lights between n:vo adjacent main vertical
fire zone bulkheads. The emergency lighting feeder
shall be separated as widely as possible from the normal
lighting feeders supplying the same space.
(B) Emergency Feeders. Emergency feeders shall
emanate only from the emergency switchboard, which
shall be located near the emergency source of supply.
The switchboard shall be so arranged that the circuits
may be energized from either watercraft's emergency or
main plant. The feeder for this purpose from the main
watercraft's supply shall be fitted with a breaker, switch
or equivalent disconnecting device at the emergency
panel.
(C) Emergency Cables. Emergency cables for power,
lighting and control equipment located outside the
machinery space shall be installed so as not to pass
through the machinery space or casings to ensure their
functioning in the event of fire or other casualty causing
failure of the main electrical installation. In addition,
these cables shall be kept clear of the bulkheads and
decks forming the boundaries of machinery spaces and
casmgs.
(D) Separate Emergency Lighting Feeders. On
watercrafts fitted ,,ith an emergency power and lighting
system. a separate emergency lighting feeders shall be
pro,ided for emergency lights located in, or controlled
from the wheelhouse. A distribution panel for these
lights with a fused switch or circuit breaker for each
branch circuit shall be provided.
(E) Separate Emergency Feeder. A separate
emergency feeder shall be provided for the navigation
light indicator panel.
9.6.16 Navigation Lights
9.6.16.1 Final Subcircuits of Navigation Lights.
Navigation lights shall be connected separately to a
distribution board, commonly called "NAVIGATION
LIGHTINDICATORPANEL",reservedforthispurpose
only, and connected directly or through transformers to
the main and/or emergency switchboards.
9.6.16.2 Control and Protection. Each navigation light
shall be controlled and protected in each insulated pole
by a switch and fuse or circuit-breaker mounted on the
indicator board.
 ARTICLE 9.6 - DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM PROTECTION (DISTRIBUTION AND CIRCUIT PROTECTION)
9.6.16.3 Regarded as an Extension to the Main
Switchboard. Where the navigation indicator panel
is situated in the midships house, the midships
subswitchboard is regarded as an extension to the main
switchboard provided that it is supplied from the main
switchboard by two cables each capable of carrying full
load.
9.6.16.4 Automatic Indicator. Each navigation light
shall be provided with an automatic indicator giving
aural and/or visual indication of failure of the light. If
an aural device alone is fitted, it shall be connected to a
primary or secondary battery. If a visual signal is used
connected in series with the navigation light, means
shall be provided to prevent extinction of the navigation
light due to failure of the signal.
The requirements of this section do not apply to tugs,
trawlers, fishing and similar small watercrafts.
9.6.16.5 Provision. Provision shall be made on the
bridge for such navigation lights to be transferred to an
alternative circuit.
9.6.17 Lighting Feeders
9.6.17.1 Watercraft for Passenger Service. On
watercrafts for passenger service constructed with
fire-screen bulkheads forming fire zones, the lighting
distribution system shall be so arranged that fire in any
main fire zone will not interfere with the lighting in any
other main fire zone.
9.6.17.2 Requirements.
(A) Lighting Supply and Arrangement. In engine
room, boiler room, large machinery spaces, large
galleys. alleyways, stairways leading to boat-decks and
public spaces, lighting shall be supplied from at least
two circuits and shall be so arranged that failure of any
one circuit will not leave these spaces in darkness. One
of the circuits shall be emergency lighting circuit.
(B) Lighting Supply in Passageways, Public Spaces
and Passenger Berthing Spaces. The supply to lights
in passageways, public spaces and passenger berthing
spaces accommodating more than l 00 persons shall be
divided between two or more branch circuits, one of
which shall be the emergency circuit.
(C) Lighting for the Wheelhouse, Navigating Bridge
and Chart Room. Lighting for the wheel house,
navigating bridge and chart room shall be supplied
from two or more circuits, one of which shall be the
emergency circuit.
(D) Separate Circuits for Cargo Space Lighting.
Separate circuits shall be provided for cargo space
lighting. The distribution panel of these circuits shall
be located outside of the cargo spaces. The fixed
lighting fittings of cargo spaces shall be controlled by
multipole linked switches situated outside these spaces.
Provisions shall be made for the complete isolation of
these circuits and locking in the OFF position of the
switches or switch box.
9.6.17.3 Daylight Signaling Lamp Circuit. A separate
branch circuit shall be provided for the daylight
signaling lamp, which shall also be connected to the
emergency source of power supply.
9.6.17.4 Feeder Circuit for Radio Transceiver. Feeder
circuit for radio transceiver shall be in accordance with
the requirements of Article 9 .31 .
9.6.17.5 Internal Communications Equipment
Circuits. Feeder circuits of internal communications
equipment shall be in accordance with the requirements
for communications systems. (See Chapter 8, and
Article 9 .31)
9.6.17.6 Exit Lights. Exit lights shall be provided at
each point. The word EXIT shall be in red letters not
less than 50 mm high.
9.6.17.7 Survival Craft Floodlights.
(A) Lifeboat Floodlights. Lifeboat floodlights shall be
mounted so that they can be quickly directed manually
either to the launching gear or to the lifeboat alongside
without the use of tools. The floodlights shall be directly
connected to the supply circuit by means of heavy duty
cord, type S or the equiYalem. and no receptacle outlet
shall be employed.
(B) Liferaft Floodlights. Watercraft equipped with
liferaft (inflatable or other approYed or listed types) shall
haYe floodlights for illuminating the storage station and
their launching gears. if any. and water into which the
liferafts are launched.
9.6.17.8 Crew Spaces and Work Areas. All spaces
where the crew are regularly employed or quartered,
shall be adequately lighted. Berth lights shall be
provided for each crew member, permanently mounted
and wired without the use of portable cords. The lights
shall be installed so that beddings will not interfere with
their operation.
9.6.17.9 Washrooms, Toilet Rooms, Etc. Washrooms,
toilets, hospitals and other rooms shall be properly
lighted.
835
 ARTICLE 9.6 - DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM PROTECTION (DISTRIBUTION AND CIRCUIT PROTECTIO);)
9.6.17.10 Electric Heaters.
(A) Installation and Construction. Electric heaters, if
used, shall be fixed in position and be so constructed as
to reduce fire risks to a minimum.
(B) Type Not Permitted. Electric heaters of the
exposed-element type shall not be used
(C) Connection. Each heater shall be connected to
a separate final subcircuit except that up to 10 small
heaters of aggregate current rating not exceeding 15
amperes can be connected to a single final subcircuit.
9.6.17.11 Refrigerated Cargo-Space Circuits. It is
recommended that separate feeders and visual tell-tales
be installed for all refrigerated-cargo spaces. Fan and
diffuser rooms serving sub-freezing compartments shall
be provided with an alarm, or the equivalent, operable
from within the space for the protection of personnel
locked inside. Usually the alarm is heard from the
passageway leading to and from the galley.
9.6.17.12 Engine-Starting Battery Systems. Battery
systems for engine-starting purposes shall be of the
one-wire type and the ground lead shall be carried to
the engine frame.
9.6.17.13 Fire-Alarm System. Alarm bells shall be
producing distinctive and strong sounds and installed in
accordance with the requirements of Article 9 .31.
9.6.18 Branch Lighting Circuits
9.6.18.1 General. Branch lighting circuits shall be
protected by overcurrent protective devices rated or set
at not more than 30 amperes. For detail refer to Article
3.1.
9.6.19 Pilot Ladders
9.6.19.1 Illumination. Means shall be provided to
illuminate pilot ladders at night.
9.6.20 Call Bell Circuits
9.6.20.1 Call Bell Circuits. Call bell circuits shall be
run in suitable tubing or molding, but when passing
through crew's quarters or work spaces where they are
subject to mechanical injury they shall be run in conduit.
9.6.21 Oil Pump Rooms and Spaces Adjoining Oil
Tanks
9.6.21.1 Oil Pump Rooms and Spaces Adjoining
Oil Tanks. Oil pump rooms and spaces immediately
adjoining oil tanks shall be lighted by lamps wired
entirely with explosion-proof wiring or with lead-
covered armored cable run through gastight fittings
36
having stuffing glands at inlet and outlet. The lamp:
shall be enclosed in airtight glass globes protected b:
heavy wire guards with controlling switches loca-ce
outside the pump room.
No portable lamps other than self-contained banery-
fed lamps of a listed type shall be used in spaces \Yhe::-~
vapor or gas may accumulate.
9.6.22 Motor of 0.25 Hp or More and Apparatus of
More Than 660 Volt-Amperes
9.6.22.1 Connection to Lighting Circuits ~ot
Permitted. Motors larger than 0.25 Hp and apparatus
consuming more than 660 volt-amperes other than
incandescent lamps shall not be connected to lighting
circuits unless specially approved.
9.6.23 Receptacle Outlets
9.6.23.1 Watertight Receptacle Outlets. Watertight
receptacle outlets shall be provided for chain lockers,
windlass, steering gear and deck machinery spaces,
boiler manholes, boiler rooms, coal bunkers, engine
rooms, shaft tunnel recesses, and refrigerating
machinery.
9.6.23.2 Nonwatertight Receptacle Outlets.
Nonwatertight receptacle outlets shall be used in
baggage rooms, mail rooms, deck lockers, deck fan
rooms, and similar occupancies and locations.
9.6.23.3 Number of Receptacle Outlets. A sufficient
number of receptacle outlets shall be provided in the
machinery spaces to permit lighting of any machine
vital to the operation of the watercraft with a portable
light having a cord 22 m long.
A sufficient number of receptacle outlets shall be
provided in berth spaces to permit the use of electric
razors, radios, computers, adding machine and electric
typewriters, and other portable electric equipment
or gadgets without u sing portable cords of excessive
length.
FPN: Berth lights with cords are not permitted in passenger
accommodations and crew's quarters. Joints in flexible conductors
are not permitted.
9.6.24 Lighting Fixtures
9.6.24.1 General Requirements.
(A) Permanent Watertight Lighting Fixture .
Permanent watertight lighting fixtures shall be usec
outside and in forecastle, poop deck, mess spaces ::;::
 ARTICLE 9.6 ~ DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM PROTECTION (DISTRIBUTION AND CIRCUIT PROTECTION)
used as living quarter, cargo spaces, engine room, boiler
room, fireroom, steering gear, winch, and windlass ·
rooms, deck and auxiliary machinery spaces, oil pump
and inert gas rooms. These fixtures and their fittings
shall be of noncorrodible material rendered watertight
by means of glass globes protected by substantial metal
guards. Their circuits shall be completely wired. No
ground wires shall be employed to carry load current.
(B) Open Arc Lamps. Open arc lamps shall not be used
except for searchlight, cargo and survival floodlights,
and motion picture projectors.
(C) Fixture Globes. Fixture globes shall be protected
by guards except in living quarters, wheelhouse, gyro
room, radio room, galley, and similar spaces where they
are not subjected to mechanical damage.
(D) Incandescent Lamps Lighting Fixtures. The
lamps of incandescent lighting fixtures located in
propulsion machinery spaces, boiler and engine rooms,
and other spaces where flammable liquids are piped
under pressure shall be protected by glass globes, or by
similar means that w ill prevent a liquid from impinging
directly on the lamp when sprayed on the fixture from
any direction.
(E) Construction/Installation. Fixtures shall be so
constructed or installed, or equipped \\itb shades and/or
guards that combustible material will not be subjected
to temperature in excess of 90,,C.
(F) :\'ot to Be Lsed as Connection Boxes. Fixtures
shall not be used as connection boxes for circuits other
than the branch crrcuit supplying the fhcture, except for
the follov.ing conditions:
Condition 1: One or more lamp ofa multi lamp fixtures
are supplied from an emergency lighting circuit.
Condition 2: When the number of lamps of a fixture
exceeds the capacity of a single circuiL
9.6.24.2 Lighting Fixture Installation and
Construction.
(A) Exposed to Weather. Fixtures installed in locations
exposed to weather or in places reached by splashing
water shall be of watertight construction.
(B) In Wet or Damp Locations. Fixtures installed in
wet or damp locations shall be at least of the dripproof
type approved for the purpose.
(C) Covered with Noncombustible Material. Any
combustible bulkhead or ceiling finish exposed between
the edge of a fixture canopy or pan and the outlet box
shall be covered with noncombustible material.
(D) Outlet Cover. Each outlet, after completion of
installation, shall be provided with a cover unless it is
covered by means of a fixture canopy, lampholder, or
similar device.
(E) Support. Fixtures, lampholders, and receptacle
outlets shall be securely supported, except that they
shall not be screwed to the hull directly.
(F) Pendant Fixtures. Pendant fixtures shall be
suspended by, and supplied through, threaded rigid
conduit stems.
9.6.25 Grounding of Lighting Equipment
9.6.25.1 To Be Grounded. Lighting equipment,
including fixtures, shall be grounded.
9.6.25.2 Considered Grounded. Lighting equipment
shall be considered as grounded when mechanically
connected in a permanent and effective manner to the
metal structure of the watercraft, the armor of armored
cable, or a grounding connector.
9.6.26 Final Subcircuits
9.6.26.1 Motor Circuits. In general, a separate final
subcircuit shall be provided for every motor for
important use and for every motor of rating at 1 kW or
more.
9.6.26.2 Final Subcircuits for Lighting.
(A) Lighting Fittings Supply. Lighting fittings shall
be supplied by final subcircuits separate from those for
heating and power. This requirement does not apply to
cabin fans and electrical appliances for domestic use.
(B) Final Subcircuit of Rating 15 Amperes or Less.
The number of lighting points supplied by a final
subcircuit of rating 15 amperes or less shall not to
exceed:
(1) 10 for the circuits up to 50 volts;
(2) 14 for the circuits from 51 volts up to 130 volts;
and
(3) 24 for the circuits from 131 volts up to 250 volts.
In case where the number of lighting points and total
load current are invariable, more than the number of
points specified above it should be connected to a final
subcircuit, provided that the aggregate load current
does not exceed 80% of the rating of protective device
in the circuit.
(C) For Panel Lighting and Electric Signs. In a final
subcircuits for panel lighting and electric signs, where
lamps holders are closely grouped, the number of points
supplied is unrestricted, provided that the maximum
837
 ARTICLE 9.6 - DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM PROTECTION (DISTRIBUTION AND CIRCUIT PROTECTIO
operating current in the subcircuit does not exceed 10
amperes.
(D) Heater Connection. Each heater shall be connected
to a separate final subcircuit except that up to 10 small
heaters of aggregate current rating not exceeding 15
amperes may be connected to a single final subcircuit.
9.6.26.3 Final Subcircuit of Rating Exceeding 15
Amperes. A final subcircuit of rating exceeding 15
amperes shall not supply more than one point as a rule.
9.6.26.4 Protection of Final Subcircuits. Each
insulated pole of final subcircuits shall be protected by
a fuse or a circuit breaker.
9.6.27 Circuit Protection
9.6.27.1 General. All conductors shall be protected
in accordance with Sections 9.6.17.2 and 9.6.27.3.
Feeders and branch circuits for lighting. heating or
watercraft's service power shall haYe each ungrounded
conductor protected by a circuit breaker or fuse of
suitable interrupting capacity. Circuit breakers shall be
independent-arm or trip-free type. C;.rcuit breakers may
be equipped w ith time trip . instantaneous trips or trips
consisting of both time o,·ercurre:n a:id instantaneous
features.
9.6.27.2 System Protection. Dual-\"Oltage systems
having a grounded neutral shall not ha\·e fuses in
the neutral conductor, but a circuit breaker which
simultaneously opens all conductors may be instaEed
when desired. In no case is the dual-Yolrage ~ --rem to
extend beyond the final panelboard. Circuits hall be
so disposed that the load will be balanced \\ ithin 15° o.
9.6.27.3 Overcurrent Protection Devices. Fu e rating
and ratings (or settings, if adjustable) of time-delay trip
elements of circuit breakers shall not exceed the rated
current capacity of the conductor to be protected as listed
in the tables of Part 4.30.14, except otherwise permitted
for motor and transformer branch-circuit protection. If
the standard ratings and settings of overcurrent devices
do not correspond with the rating and setting allO\\·ed
for conductors, the next higher standard rating and
setting may be used, but not exceeding 150% of the
allowable rated ampacity of the conductor. Except as
otherwise permitted for motor and transformer branch-
circuit protection, adjustable-trip circuit breakers of the
time-delay or instantaneous type shall be set to operate
at not more than 150% of the rated ampacity of the
conductor to be protected.
838
1)
9.6.27.4 Motor Branch Circuits. Overcurrent
protection devices for motor branch circuits shall be in
accordance with the following:
(A) Direct Current Motor Branch Circuits. The
maximum fuse rating or the setting of the time-delay
trip element shall be the standard rating or setting equal
to or, if not in exact agreement, next above 150% of the
full-load rating of the motor served.
(B) Alternating Current Motor Branch Circuits.
The maximum fuse rating or setting of the trip element
shall be the standard value equal to or, if not in exact
agreement, next above the value stated below:
Rating or
Setting in
% Motor
Full-Load
Type of Motor Current
Squirrel-cage and Synchronous
Full-voltage, Reactor-or Resistor- 250
Starting
Autotransformer Starting 200
Wound Rotor 150
The setting of magnetic instantaneous trips provided for
short-circuit protection only. and responsive to transient
inrush. shall be the standard Yalue nearest to. but not
less than 10 times full-load motor current.
(C) Steering Gear :Vlotor Circuits. For any breaker
protecting teering-gear moror branch circuits. the trip
erring hall be in accordance with Section 9.6.30.2.
9.6.17.5 Transformer Circuits. Each power and
lighting transformer feeder shall be protected by an
oYercurrent deYice rated or set at not more than 125% of
rated primary current. When a transformer is provided
with an overcurrent device in the secondary circuit rated
or set at not more than 125% of rated secondary current,
the feeder overcurrent device shall be rated or set at a
value not to exceed 250% of rated primary current.
9.6.27.6 Motor Running Protection. Running
protection shall be provided for all motors except
such protection shall not be provided for steering gear
motors. The running protection shall be set between
100 % and 125% of the motor rated current.
9.6.28 Protection of Watercraft's Service Generators
9.6.28.1 General. Generators of less than 25 kW not
arranged for parallel operation shall be protected by
fuses. All generators of25 kW and over shall be protected
by a trip-free air circuit breaker providing long-time
overcurrent protection not exceeding 15% above either
 ARTICLE 9.6 - DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM PROTECTION (DISTRIBUTION AND CIRCUIT PROTECTION)
the full-load rating of continuous-rated machines or the
overload rating of special-rated machines. The shutting
down of the prime mover shall cause the tripping of the
service generator circuit breaker.
9.6.28.2 AC Generators. Alternating-current generator
circuit breakers shall be provided with short-time delay
trips, except that for generators with a capacity of
less than 200 kW having prime movers such as diesel
engines or gas turbines which operate independently
of the electrical system, consideration will be given to
elimination of the requirement for short-time delay trips
if instantaneous and long time delay trips are provided.
In addition, where three or more generators are arranged
for parallel operation, instantaneous trips shall be
installed and set at a value in excess of the maximum
short-circuit contribution of the individual generator.
The instantaneous and short-time overcurrent trips shall
be set at the lowest values of current and time which
will coordinate with the trip setting of feeder circuit
breakers.
9.6.28.3 DC Generators. Direct-current generator
circuit breakers shall be provided with an instantaneous
trip set below the generator maximum short-circuit
current. This trip shall be set at the lowest value of
current which will coordinate with the trip-settings of
feeder circuit breakers supplied by the generator.
9.6.28.4 Protective Device Tripping. Selective
tripping shall be provided between generator, bus tie,
bus feeder and feeder protective devices to insure the
proper coordination indicated in Sections 9.6 .28.2 and
9.6.28.3. In circuits supplying vital services, selective
tripping shall also be provided between feeder and
branch circuit protective devices. Each protective
de\·ice shall ha\·e interrupting rating not less than the
maximum shon-circuit current possible at the point of
installation.
9.6.28.5 Generator Circuits for Parallel Operation.
Direct-current ge::iera:ors arranged for parallel operation
shall be pro\ided v.iih re\·er:.e-curren: circuit-breakers
trips. Genera1or arnmeie::- shunts _hall be o located
that the ammeters indicate total generator current.
Alternating-current generators arranged for parallel
operation shall be proYided \\ith reYerse-power relay .
9.6.29 Three-Wire Dual-Yoltage DC System
9.6.29.1 Three-Wire DC Generators. Separate
circuit-breakers poles shall be provided for the
positive, negative, neutral and also for the equalizer
leads unless protection is provided by the main poles.
When equalizer poles are provided for the three-wire
generators, the overload trips shall be of the "algebraic"
type. No overload trip shall be provided for the neutral
pole, but it shall operate simultaneously with the main
poles. A neutral overcurrent relay and alarm system
shall be provided and set to function at a current value
equal to the neutral rating.
9.6.29.2 Neutral Grounding.
(A) Main Switchboard. The neutral of three-wire dual-
voltage direct-current systems shall be solidly grounded
at the generator switchboard with a zero-center ammeter
in the ground connection. The zero-center ammeter
shall have a full-scale reading of 105% of the neutral-
current rating of the largest generator and shall be
marked to indicate the polarity of grounds. The ground
connection shall be made in such a manner that it will
not prevent checking the insulation resistance of the
generator to ground before the generator is connected
to the bus. The neutrals of three-wire de emergency
power systems shall be grounded at all times w hen they
are supplied from the emergency generator or storage
battery. The grounded neutral conductor of a three-wire
feeder shall be provided with a means for disconnecting
and shall be so arranged that the grounded conductor
cannot be opened without simultaneously opening the
ungrounded conductors.
(B) Emergency Switchboard. No direct ground
connection shall be provided at the emergency
switchboard. The neutral bus or busses shall be solidly
and permanently connected to the neutral bus of the
main switchboard. No interrupting deYice shall be
provided in the neutral conductor of the bus-tie feeder
connecting the two switchboards.
9.6.29.3 Size of :\"eutral Conductor. The ampacity of
the neutral conductor of a dual-\·oltage feeder shall be
l 00~ o of the ampaciry of the ungrounded conductors.
9.6.30 Steering-Gear Circuits
9.6.30.1 Feeders. Electric and electrohydraulic
steering-gear shall be sen-ed by two circuits fed from
the main switchboard. One of the circuits may pass
through the emergency switchboard. Each circuit shall
haYe adequate capacity to supply all motors, control
systems and instrumentation which are normally
connected to it and which operate simultaneously. If
the transfer arrangements are provided in the steering-
gear room to permit either circuit to supply any motor
or combination of motors, the capacity of each circuit
shall be adequate for the most severe load condition.
The circuits shall be separated throughout their length
as widely as is practicable on a port and starboard basis.
839
 ARTICLE 9.6 - DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM PROTECTION (DISTRIBUTION AND CIRCUIT PROTECTION)
9.6.30.2 Protection.
(A) Short Circuit Protection. Each steering-gear
feeder shall be provided with short-circuit protection
only which shall be located at the main or emergency
switchboard.
(1) DC Motors. For direct-current motors the feeder
circuit breaker shall be set to trip instantaneously
at not less than 300% and not more than 375%
of the rated full-load current of the steering-gear
motor, except that the feeder circuit breaker on
the emergency switchboard shall be set to trip at
not less than 200%.
(2) AC Motors. For alternating-current motors the
instantaneous trip setting of the feeder circuit
breaker shall be 200% of the steady-state locked-
rotor current of one steering-gear motor plus all
other loads that may be on this feeder.
(3) Fuses as Motor-Feeder Protection. The use
of fuses instead of circuit breakers for steering-
gear motor-feeder short-circuit protection is not
permitted.
(B) Undervoltage Release. Power unit motor
controllers and other automatic motor controllers shall
be fitted with undervoltage release.
9.6.30.3 Emergency Power Supply for Steering-Gear.
Power from either the emergency source of power or
from a source of power located within the steering-gear
compartment shall be provided automatically within
45 seconds for all watercrafts having a required upper
rudder stock diameter of 230 mm or more. This source
of power shall be capable of moving the rudder from 15
degrees on one side to 15 degrees on the other side in
not more than 60 seconds with the ship at summer draft
while running at one half the maximum speed ahead
of 7 knots whichever is greater. In every vessel of 10
000 gross tonnage and upward, the capacity shall be
sufficient for at least 30 minutes of continuous operation
and in any other watercraft for at least 10 minutes of
continuous operation.
9.6.30.4 Control, Instrumentation, and Alarms.
Requirements for instrumentation and alarms are
contained in Article 9 .31.
9.6.31 AC Propulsion Circuits
9.6.31.1 General. A lternating-current propulsion
circuits shall be provided with a ground detector alarm
or indicator. If the neutral is grounded for this purpose,
it shall be through an arrangement, which w ill limit the
current at full- to ground in the propulsion system. An
unbalance relay shall be provided which is to open the
generator and motor-field circuits upon the occurrence
of an appreciable unbalanced fault.
9.6.32 DC Propulsion Circuits
9.6.32.1 Protection. Direct-current propulsion circuits
shall not have fuses fitted, but each circuit shall be
protected by overload relays to open the field circuits or
by remote-controlled main-circuit interrupting devices.
Provisions shall be made for closing circuit breakers
promptly after opening.
9.6.33 Propulsion Excitation
9.6.33.1 Excitation Circuits. Excitation circuits shall
not be fitted with overload circuit-interrupting devices
except those intended to function in connection with
the protection for the propulsion generator. In such
cases the field circuit breaker shall be provided with a
discharge resistor unless a permanent discharge resistor
is proYided.
9.6.33.2 Excitation Supply-Service Generator
Connection. Where the excitation supply is obtained
from the ship's service generators, the connection shall
be made to the generator side of the generator circuit
breaker w ith the excitation supply passing through the
oYerload current device of the breaker.
9.6.34 AC Three-Phase System
9.6.34.1 General. Three-phase, 3-wire ac circuits shall
be protected by a triple-pole circuit breaker with three
oYerload trips, or by a triple-pole switch with a fuse in
each phase.
9.6.35 Electric Depth-Sounding Devices and
Impressed Current Cathodic Protection
9.6.35.1 Electric Depth-Sounding Devices. Electric
depth-sounding devices hermetically enclosed, located
clear of the cargo tank bulkhead shall be provided with
feeder cable installed in heavy gauge steel pipes with
gastight joints up to the main deck.
9.6.35.2 Impressed Current Cathodic Protection.
Where impressed current cathodic protection systems
are fitted (for external hull protection only), and if it is
essential for the cables to pass through cofferdams, the
cables shall be installed in heavy gauge steel pipes v,ith
gastight joints up to the main deck. Corrosion-resistant
 ARTICLE 9.7 - LIGHTING FITTINGS, HEATING APPLIANCES AND WIRING ACCESSORIES
conduits, providing adequate mechanical protection
shall be used in compartments, which may be filled
with sea water (e.g. permanent ballast tanks).
ARTICLE 9.7 - LIGHTING FITTINGS,
HEATING APPLIANCES AND WIRING
ACCESSORIES
9.7.1 General
9.7.1.1 Requirements. Lighting fittings, heating
appliances and wiring accessories shall comply with
the provision in other chapters of this Code, insofar
as applicable, in addition with the requirements in this
article.
9.7.2 Lighting Fittings
9.7.2.1 Construction and Location.
(A) Enclosure Composition. Enclosures shall be
composed of metal, glass or synthetic resin having
a sufficient degree of protection depending on their
location. Synthetic resin enclosures, which support
current-carrying parts, shall be flame-retardant.
(B) Terminal Box and the Leading-in Part of Cables.
The terminal box and the leading-in part of cables
shall be of construction suitable for marine cables.
Consideration shall be given so that the insulation of
cables will not be deteriorated at an early stage due to
the temperature rise on terminals and other parts.
(C) Protection. Lighting fittings installed in machinery
spaces or similar spaces which are exposed to the risk
of mechanical damage shall be provided with suitable
grilled metallic guards and glass globes to protect their
lamps against such damage.
9.7.2.2 Fluorescent Lighting Fittings.
(A) Mounting. Reactors, capacitors and other
auxiliaries shall not be mounted on surfaces, which are
liable to be subjected to high temperatures.
(B) Protection Every capacitor of 0.5 microfarad or
more shall be provided with a protective leak or other
protective means which reduces the voltage of the
capacitor to not more than 50 volts within one minute
after disconnection from the supply source.
(C) Installation. Inductors and high reactance
transformers shall be installed as close as practicable to
the associated discharge lamps.
9.7.3 Heating Appliances
9.7.3.1 Construction and Location.
(A) Not Allowable. In principle, no bare heating
element shall be used.
(B) Anti-corrosive Metal Sheath. Where the heatino:::,
element is employed in liquid, it shall be protected by
anti-corrosive metal sheath.
(C) Protection. The high temperature parts of electric
heating appliances shall be so protected as to be kept
from the risk of a combustible material coming in touch
under normal working condition.
(D) Installation. Space heaters shall be installed in
such a manner as to have no risk of dangerous heating
of the deck or bulkhead or other surroundings.
9.7.3.2 Control Switches. Heating appliances shall be
controlled by a fixed switch. Where a plug is used for
the appliance, the fixed switch shall be placed in the
immediate vicinity of the socket-outlet.
9.7.4 Wiring Accessories
9.7.4.1 Material.
(A) Metal or Flame-Retardant. Enclosures shall be of
metal or of flame-retardant material.
(B) Flame-Retardant and Non-Hygroscopic. Toe
insulating material of energized parts shall be of flame-
retardant and non-hygroscopic material.
9.7.4.2 Temperature Rise. The temperature nse on
energized parts shall not exceed 30°C.
9.7.4.3 Switches. Switches shall be capable of breaking
and making safely a load current equal to 150% of their
rated current at the rated voltage.
9.7.4.4 Plugs and Receptacle-Outlets.
(A) Switch Interlocked. Receptacle-outlets of rated
current exceeding 15 amperes shall be provided with a
switch so interlocked that the plug cannot be inserted or
withdrawn when the switch is in the ON position.
(B) Design. Where distribution systems of different
voltages are in use, the receptacle outlets and plugs
shall be of such design that an incorrect connection
cannot be made.
(C) Additional Contact for Grounding Conductor.
Each receptacle-outlet and plug for 100 volts or more
de and 55 volts or more ac shall be provided with an
additional contact for grounding conductor, except
those for double insulated appliances and for small
84 1
 ARTICLE 9.8 - SWITCHBOARDS, SECTION AND DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
electrical appliances having no noncurrent-carrying 9.7.5.3 Discharge Lighting.
metal parts for which grounding is required. Where it
(A) Warning Notice. Where cold cathode luminous
is necessary to ground the noncurrent-carrying parts of
discharge lamps of normal operating voltage above
portable or transportable equipment, an effective means
250 volts are used, a w arning notice calling attention to
of grounding shall be provided at the receptacle outlet.
the voltage shall be displayed at points of access to the
(D) Construction. Receptacle outlet and plugs shall lamps and where otherwise necessary.
be so constructed that they cannot be readily short-
ARTICLE 9.8 - SWITCHBOARDS, SECTION
circuited whether, the plug is in or out, and so that a pin
AND DISTRIBUTION BOA RDS
of the plug cannot be made to ground either pole of the
receptacle outlet. 9.8.1 General

(E) Effectively Shielded. On weather deck, galleys,
laundries, machinery spaces and all wet situations,
receptacle outlet and plugs shall be effectively shielded
against rain and spray and shall be provided with means
of maintaining quality after removal of the plug.
9.8.1. 1 Scope. The requirements in this ru.1icle apply
to the regulation and distribution of generated power
through control equipment and protective devices
of switchboards, section and d istribution boards for
compliance, in addition to the provisions of Article 4.8.

9.7.5 Luminaires
9.8.1.2 Controlling Equipment. Equipment controlling
9.7.5.1 General. Lighting which is essential for the propulsion and various service equipm ent of the
safety and the w orking of the unit shall comply with watercraft shall include the apparatus necessary for
the following requirements of Sections 9.7.2.2, 9.7.5.2, starting, stopping, reversing and controlling the speed
and 9.7.5.3. of motors, together with essential safety devices. All
wearing parts of controllers shall be readily renewable.
9.7.5.2 Incandescent Lighting.
9.8.1.3 Switchboard Installation and Location.
(A) Voltage Limit. The voltage of tungsten filament
lampholders shall not exceed: (A) In Dry Places. Sw itchboards shall be installed in
(1) Bayonet Fitting. dry places away from the vicinity of steam, water and
oil pipes. and shall be accessible from the front and rear.
Normal B 22 250V
Pipes shall not be installed directly above or infront of
Small (Single Contact) B 15s 130V or behind witchboards. If such is unavoidable suitable
Small (Double Contact) B 15d 130\' protection shall be pro\·ided.
(2) Screw Fitting. (B) Secured to Solid Foundations. Switchboards shall
be secured to solid foundations. clear oYerhead deck
Goliath E 40 250\" beams by at least 100 mm, bulkheads by at least -l-60
Medium E 27 2.::0\" mm. and shall be either self-supported or braced to
:be bi.:],head or deck aboYe. :\1eans of bracing hail be
Small E 14 _50\" :iexible to allow deflection of the deck without bu kling
Miniature E 10 24\" :.ce o::r:-ol ce] or asse:nbly srru rure.
(B) Wattage Limit. Lamps shall be in accordance with
the following: 9.8.1..4 pace for Operation and :.'\laintenance.
S"itchbo:i.rd.s :,t:a!'. be . :-o'>-:ded w:± a ciea:- wo~ ing
B 22 up to 200 W space o: a: leas: : 000 :::-~T a: :.1-:e ::-o::: a:::.c a wo::-;:i::g
E 27 up to 200 space in the :-ea:- of :::.ot ks- than rna: grwr. =:-: Table
9.8.1.4. for switchboards which a::-e enc·o-ed at the
E 40 no limit rear and are fu[y e:-\-: eao:e from the ::-om. clearance
(C) Construction. Lampholders shall be constructed at the rear will not be required unles nece -sar:,· for
of flame-retarding and non-hygroscopic material. All cooling. The working space shall permit operation and
metal parts shall be of robu st construction. Goliath maintenance of disconnecting witches. switches. fuse
lampholders shall be provided with means for locking and other parts.
the lamp in the holder. The temperature of cable
connections shall not exceed the maximum conductor 9.8.1.5 Switchboard Mechanical Safety Protection.
temperatures permitted for the cable. Where the energized parts of switchboards are adjacent
to a passageway, the following means shall be provided.

842
 ARTICLE 9.8 - SWITCHBOARDS, SECTION AND DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
Table 9.8.1.4 Rear Clear Working Space (B) Not to Be Protected Against Overcurrent.
Circuits, the opening of which would create a hazard
Potential Clear Working Space
in Rear of Switchboard in the operation of the watercraft, shall not be protected
Between
in Millimeters against overcurrent. Such circuit usually includes
Phases or
Accessible
electric propulsion control circuits, voltage regulator
Conductors Accessible
of Opposite Switchboard From One From Two supply circuits, and service generator circuit breaker '
Polarity Width End Only Ends tripping control circuits.
Single panel not (C) Grounded. Metal casings of instruments, relays,
exceeding 1 000 610* 500 meters, and the secondary windings of instrument
mm in width transformers located on switchboards shall be grounded.
250 volts or More than one
less panel or single 9.8.2 Switchboard Construction
panel exceeding 800* 610
1000 mm Ill 9.8.2.1 Enclosures and Assemblies. Switchboard
width enclosures and assemblies shall be constructed of steel
Single panel not or other suitable incombustible, moisture-resistant
exceeding 1000 800* 610 materials and reinforced as necessary to withstand
Over 250 mm in width the mechanical, electrical (magnetic) and thermal
volts but More than one stresses likely to be encountered in service and shall be
less than 600 panel or single protected against corrosion. Insulating materials used in
volts panel exceeding 950* 800 switchboard construction shall be flame retardant and
1000 mm in moisture resistant.
width
9.8.2.2 Panels. Panels, should be made of impregnated
600 volts or Any width
1000* 1000 ebony asbestos, laminated phenolic material or the
over
•May be reduced by not more than 150 mm by use ot stitteners and trame or equivalent. They should be made of metal if the
by equipment on a single panel in the switchboard. mountings are properly insulated. The supporting
(A) Nonconducting Handrails and Guardrails. framework for all panels shall be of rigid construction.
Nonconducting handrails at the front and nonconducting No wood shall be used in the construction of
guardrails at the rear. switchboards, except that hardwork or non-conducting
handrail shall be provided.
(B) Nonconducting Mats or Gratings. Nonconducting
mats or gratings on deck flooring at the sides and rears 9.8.2.3 Dead Front. Switchboards of the metal clad
of switchboards to protect the personnel from contact type shall be used where \·oltage to ground or between
with energized parts to ground poles exceeds 55 Yolts ac or de.

(C) Drip-Cowrs. Drip-coYers oYer top of witchboards
when ubj ec: 10 damage by :eaks or falling obj ect-.
(D) Positioners and Stops. H:nged panels o ~dead :rom
sv.itchboards shall be pro\ided \\ith posito=ers a::d
stop_
(E) Enclosure. The sides of \\·itchboards hal! be
enclo ed and the space in the rear made inaccessible to
other than qualified persons.
(F) Cleared of Any Object. Rear of switchboards shall
always be cleared of any object.
9.8.1.6 Protection of Instrument Circuits.
(A) Overcurrent Protective Devices. Switchboard
devices, such as pilot lights, ground detectors, lights
for illumination, potential transformers, instruments
and meters, shall be supplied by circuits protected by
overcurrent devices.
9.8.2.4 Short C ircuit Rating. Circuit breakers and
busbars shall be so mourned. braced and located so as
to withstand the thermal effects and magnetic forces
resu!ring from the maximum prospective short circuit
cur.en:_ Swirchboard iasrruments. control, etc. shall be
loca:e<l \,icb re-pect t0 circuit breakers so as to minimize
:he the:mal effects due to short circuit currents .
9.8.2.5 Terminal Arrangements. All generators shall
be protected against accidental contact, mechanical
damage and where necessary, against dripping moisture
by drip shields or dripproof enclosures. Where cables
enter dripproof enclosures from the side or the top, they
shall be provided with terminal tubes.
9.8.2.6 Mechanical Strength of Working Parts.
All levers, handles, handwheels, interlocks and their
connecting links, shafts and bearings for the operation
of switches and contactors shall be of such proportion

843
 ARTICLE 9.8 - SWITCHBOARDS, SECTION AND DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
that they will not be broken or distorted by manual
operation.
9.8.2.7 Nameplates. Nameplates shall be provided for
each piece of apparatus to indicate clearly its service.
Nameplates for feeders and branch circuits shall include
the circuit designation, description of the load served,
and the rating or setting of the overcurrent protection
devices.
9.8.2.8 Cable Entries. Cable entries of switchboards
shall be so constructed that no water leakage is permitted
into the switchboard along the cables.
9.8.2.9 Insulating Materials. Insulating materials
used in the construction of switchboards shall be
mechanically strong, flame-retardant and moisture-
resistant.
9.8.2.10 Switchboard Mountings. Busbars, circuit
breakers and other electrical equipment of the
switchboard shall be so arranged that the important
electrical equipment installed in duplicate will not
become unusable simultaneou sly by a single fault.
9.8.3 Switchboard Busbars and Contacts
9.8.3.1 Requirements.
(A) Generator Switchboard. Generator switchboard
shall be provided for each generator. and me
switchboards adj oining each other shall be partitioned
by the walls of steel or flame-retardant material. In case
where the total output of the main generators i nor
greater than 3 megawatts, the requiremem- may be
exempted. Where the total installed electrical power of
the main generating sets is in excess of 3 000 k K. me
main busbars shall be subdivided into at least two parr-
which shall be connected by removable link or oilier
approved means. The connection of generating ets and
any other duplicated equipment shall be equally diYided
between the parts.
(B) Generator Busbars. Generator busbars shall be
designed on a basis of maximum generator rating.
(C) Ampacity. The ampacity of connection busbars for
each generating unit shall not be less than the continuous
rating of the generator plus 25% overload.
(D) Other Busbars and Busbar Connections. All
other busbars and bus bar connections shall be designed
for at least 75% of the combined full-load rated currents
of all apparatus they supply, plus not less than 50% of
the combined ratings of the spare switches or circuit
breaker elements connected to the busbar except that
when they supply one unit or any group of units in
continuous operation they shall be designed for full-
load.
844
9.8.3.2 Current Rating of Busbars. Busbars shall be
proportioned to avoid temperature, which w ill affect the
normal operation of electrical devices mounted on the
board.
9.8.3.3 Arrangement.
(A) Bus bars and Wiring. The arrangement of busbars
and wiring on the back of switchboards shall be such
that all lugs are readily accessible. Soldering lugs,
,Yhere used. shall ha,·e a solder contact length of at least
one and one-half times the diameter of the conductor.
(B) :\uts and Connection. All nuts and connections
shall be fined with locking devices to prevent loosening
due to Yibration.
9.8.3.4 Busbar Capacity. For more than one generator,
with a[ generating capacity feeding through one section
of the b;i:,bar. the capacity of the busbar shall be 125%
of the larges: generator plus 80% of the continuous
rati:1g o:~ each added generator.
9.8.3.5 Conducrhity. Busbars shall be of copper having
me co::d:.:c::, ::y o;-9- o o or more.
9.8.3.6 Resistance to Corrosion and Oxidation.
Bu bac 0~1ec::o:is i:a'.: be so made as to inhibit
co::-o ion a.,d ox:cbr.0:1.
9.8.3.i upport. Busba:-s arid busbar connection shall
be :-o suppor:ed a - to withstand the electromagnetic
:o :.:-c :-outed from hon-circuiting.
9.8.3.8 :\laximum Allowable Temperature. The
maximum allowable temperature ofbusbars, connecting
conductors and their connections shall not exceed 90°C
(at the maximum reference ambient temperature of
45 C) when carrying full load current.
9.8.3.9 Clearances and Creepage Distances. Bare
main busbars in main and emergency switchboards, but
not including the conductors between the main busbars
and the supply side of outgoing units, shall have
minimum clearances (in air) and creepage distances
(across surfaces) in accordance with the Table 9.8.3.9
The values shall apply to clearances and creepage
distances between energized parts as well as between
energized parts and exposed conductive parts, including
grounding.
9.8.4 Equalizer for DC Generator
9.8.4.1 Current Rating of Equalizer Connections and
Equalizer Switches. The cun-ent rating of equalizer
connections and equalizer switches shall not be less
than half of the rated full-load current of the generator.
 ARTICLE 9.8 - SWITCHBOARDS, SECTION AND DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
Table 9.8.3.9 Clearances and Creepage Distances
9.8.5.2 Watercraft Service AC Generator Panels.
Rated Insulation Minimum Minimum
Watercraft service ac generator panels shall at least be
Voltage Clearances Creepage
provided with the instruments given in Table 9.8.5.2.
(V) (mm) Distance (mm)
Up to 250 15 20 9.8.6 Switchboard Equipment Requirements
From 25 1 to 660 20 30
Above 660 25 35 9.8.6.1 ACB Contact Clearance from Watercraft
Structure. Air circuit breaker contacts shall b e kept at
9.8.4.2 Current Rating of Equalizer Busbars. The
least 300 mm from watercraft structure unless insulation
current rating of equalizer busbars shall not be less than
barriers are installed.
half of the rated full-load current of the largest generator
in the group.
9.8.6.2 Clearance for Energized Front Switchboards.
For energized front switchboards, the clearance between
9.8.5 Measuring Instruments for s,-..,itchboards
current-carrying parts base channel shall not be less
9.8.5.1 Watercraft Service DC Generator Panels. than 100 mm.
Watercraft service de generator panels shall at least be
provided with the instruments given in Table 9.8.5.1.
Table 9.8.5.1 Instruments for DC Generator Panel
:\"umber Required
Operation Instrument 2-Wire System 3-Wire System
Ammeter 1 for each gene:a.o:- pos:::Ye pole) *2 for each generator (positive and negative poles)
Voltmeter I for each generator (Yoltage measurement between
Not Parallel
1 for each gene::-a:o:- positiYe and negatiYe poles or between positive or
:iegari,·e pole and neutral pole)
Ammeter I "'~ :o:- each generator (in case of compound winding,
1 for each genera:o:- pos:::-..e ?O:e be:\.-ee::1 equalizer and armature, and in case of shunt
;;.~6g. :or positi,·e and negative poles)
Parallel
Voltmeter
2 (busbzr a.--:d e2z:: :;e::~.:r.) I : ,·o::age measurement bem·een busbar and positive and
::ega::,·e poles of each generator, or between positive or
::1ega.i,·e pole and neutral)
Note
' I . \\lien emplo~ed neurral line grou:.de • -. ----- -·---
?\ote 2: One of the \·o!cr.eie:s sh:L be ~:e of==-;~~-;:-::• ·,c:·-.::e
-~
.. ,,
- ... ,,~,,_e:::_ ~ Li!":, - - - · - - ~ - . , . - ... ·~ ,,.., ~ _ _ ~be zd.... _d to the numb,r marked wtth m the above table.
..;~ 0
x·

=
:\"ote 3: \\llere a control pace! 15 p:O\-:ded fo: z,.::=::: ~~-.,: c: ;?"~__.rs_ :::.e =--=i:'::"3 rte abo\·e table shall be installed on the control panel, except that,
if the control panel is llb---:.a'.!eci outSuie e::ig:ne :oc:=s.. :be-·- ·~ - - ~ c: = -::--=e-:::.:s :-e.;.::.--ec :o ca., y out single or parallel operation of generators shall be
mounted on switchboa.-ds.
Table 9.8 ..5.2 Instruments for AC Generator Panel
Operation Instrument :\"umber Required
Ammeter l for each genera:or CU!Te::n measurement of each line)
Voltmeter 1 for each generaror cmeasurement of each phase Yoltage)
Not Parallel Wattmeter l for each generator ( Ir may be omined for 50 kV A or less)
Frequency meter l (frequency measurement of each generator)
*Ammeter l fo r exciting circuit of each generator
Ammeter 1 for each generator ( current measurement of each line)
Voltmeter 2 (measurement ofbusbar's voltage and each phase voltage of generator)
Wattmeter 1 for each generator
Parallel
Frequency meter 2 (Frequency measurement of each generator and busbar)
Synchroscope 1
*Ammeter 1 for exciting circuit of each generator
:--lote I: In the above table the ammeter marked with~ shall be p ro\'1ded where necessary onl.
y
Note 2: One of the voltmeters shall be capable of measuring shore supply voltage.
Note 3: Where a control panel is provided for automatic control of generators, the instruments in the above table shall be installed on the control panel, except that,
if the control panel is installed outside engine rooms, the minimum number of instruments required to carry out single or parallel operation of generators shall be
mounted on switchboards.
845
 ARTICLE 9.8 - SWITCHBOARDS, SECTION AND DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
9.8.6.3 Voltage Regulator Element. Voltage regulator
element shall be totally enclosed.
9.8.6.4 Ventilated and Isolated. Rheostats or other
devices that may operate at high temperature shall be
naturally ventilated and so isolated by barriers as to
prevent transfer of excessive heat to adjacent devices.
9.8.6.S Fuses Mounting. In general, all fuses shall be
mounted so as to be readily renewable.
9.8.6.6 Wiring Protection. All wiring on the back of
boards for voltmeter, pilot and ground lamps shall be
protected by fuses.
9.8.7 Instrument Scales
9.8.7.1 Ammeter. The upper limit of the scales of every
ammeter shall be approximately 130% of the normal
rating of the circuit.
9.8.7.2 Voltmeter. The upper limit of the scales of every
voltmeter shall be approximately 120% of the normal
voltage of the circuit.
9.8.7.3 Ammeters and Wattmeters. Ammeters for
use with de generators and wattmeters for use with
ac generators, which may operate in parallel, shall be
capable of indicating reverse current or reverse power
up to 15% respectively.
9.8.8 Ground Indication
9.8.8.1 Ground Indication. Every insulated distribution
system shall be provided with lamps or other means
to indicate the state of insulation from ground. [See
Section 9.4.6.l(A)].
9.8.9 Switchboard Wiring
9.8.9.1 Instrument and Control Wiring. Instrument
and control wiring shall be of the stranded type not
smaller than 1.25 mm2 and shall have flame-retardant
and moisture resistant insulation having the maximum
permissible conductor temperature not less than 75°C.
9.8.9.2 Hinged Panels Wiring. Wiring from hinged
panels shall be of the extra flexible type.
9.8.9.3 Ducts and Straps Wiring. Ducts and straps for
wiring shall be of the flame-retardant material.
9.8.9.4 Conductor of Different Circuits. Insulated
wires for control and instrument circuits shall not be
bunched together with wires for main circuits, unless the
rated voltage and maximum permissible temperature of
both wires are the same.
846
9.8.10 Protective Devices
9.8.10.1 General.
(A) Overcurrent Protection. Electrical installations
of watercrafts shall be protected against accidental
overcurrents including short-circuit. The protecti\'e
devices shall be capable of continuou ·Iy sen·icing other
circuit as far as possible by breaking a fault circuit and
eliminating damage to the system and hazard of fire.
(B) Short-Circuit Protection. Each pole and ph2se
of all insulated circuits except neu::-z: 2:-ici equ2lize::-
circuits shall be provided with shon-c::-.:i.::: ;:-::-0:e.::tio:1.
(C) Overload Protection. All circcts :1:10:e to ::-e
overloaded shall be provided with O\ e:-:02..: p::-0:e.:::o=
as indicated below:
(1) Two-wire de or a single-phase ac sys:e::: - :1: :e'35:
one line or phase.
(2) Three-wire de system - both ot:te::- :::::~
(3) Three-phase, three-wire systeo - .:-::.::: :;:-·-.,,;:
(4) Three-phase, four-wire system - ea::: ;:_:_se
(D) Fuse, Non-linked Switch or :'.\on-linked Circuit
Breaker. Fuse, non-linked switch or r.o::-:::-..:,.=..:. ::: -:::.::
breaker shall not be inserted in a grol:.:..:e.: : : :::.:::::0::-
and a neutral line.
9.8.10.2 Circuit Breakers and Fuses.
(A) Compliance with Chapters 2, 3. and 4. C:::::::
breakers and fuses shall comply with the -c-::···-;-..,,-:s
of Chapters 2, 3, and 4.
(B) Repairing and Replacing. Circuit bre~C::, ~ .., ··
be such that repairing and replacing c2: ::-e =::.:e
without disconnecting from the busbar co:1..~e:::2:-_s ::..::-:
switching off the power source. In case w2e::-e :3'c::1::0::
switch is provided additionally, the require=:::::: s=.:-:::ci
be exempted.
(C) Adjustable Current Setting and Time-delay
Characteristics. Overcurrent relays of c:::-.::.::: ::-::-ei:,ers.
except molded-case circuit breakers sha:: :Je .:2;>able
of adjusting their current setting ar.d ::..-::e-delay
characteristics.
9.8.10.3 Protection Against Overload.
(A) Thermal Capacity. The owrcurrent trip
characteristics of circuit breakers and the fusing
characteristic of fuses shall be chosen suitably taking
into consideration the thermal capacity of electrical
equipment and cables to be protected thereby.
 ARTICLE 9.8 - SWITCHBOARDS, SECTION AND DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
(B) Fuses Above 200 Amperes. Fuses above 200 A
shall not be used for overload protection.
9.8.10.4 Protection Against Short-Circuit.
(A) Breaking Capacity. The breaking capacity of every
protective device shall not be less than the maximum
value of the short-circuit current which can flow at the
point of installation at the instant of contact separation.
(B) Not in Compliance. In case where the rated
breaking capacity of short-circuit protection is not in
compliance with the requirements of (a) above, fuses
or circuit breakers having the breaking capacity not less
the prospective short-circuit current shall be provided
at the power source side of the foregoing short circuit
protection. The generator breaker shall not be used
for this purpose. The circuit breakers connected to the
load side shall not be excessively damaged and shall be
capable of further service in the following conditions:
Condition 1: When the short-circuit current 1s
broken by the back-up circuit breaker or fuse.
Condition 2: When the circuit breaker connected to
the load side is closed on the short-circuit current, while
the back-up circuit breaker or fuse is broken.
(C) \faking Capacity. The making capacity of every
circuit breaker or s,, itch intended to be capable of being
closed, shall not be less than maximum value of short-
circuit current at the point of installation.
(D) Alternative. In the absence of precise data of
rotating machine, the following short-circuit currents
at the machine terminals shall be assumed. \\nere the
loads are motors, the short-circuit current shall be the
sum of short-circuit currents of generators and that of
motors.
(1) DC System. Ten times the full load current for
generators normally connected (including reserve
unit). Six times the full load current for motors
simultaneously in service.
(2) AC System. Ten times the full load cuuent for
generators normally connected (including reserve
unit). Three times the full load current for motors
simultaneously in service.
9.8.10.5 Protection of Generators.
(A) Short-Circuit and Overcurrent Protection.
Generators shall be protected against short-circuit and
overcurrent by a multipole circuit breaker arranged to
open simultaneously all insulated poles, or in the case
of generators less than 50 kW not auanged to run in
parallel, shall be protected by a multipole-linked switch
with fuse or a circuit breaker in each insulated pole.
The overload protection shall be suitable to the thermal
capacity of generators.
(B) DC Generators in Parallel Operation. For de
generators arranged to operate in parallel, in addition
to the requirement in (a) above, an instantaneous
reverse-cuuent protection, operating at a fixed value
of reverse-current within the limits of 2% to 15% of
the rated current of generators, shall be provided. This
requirement, how ever, does not apply to the reverse-
current generated from load side, e .g. cargo winch
motors, etc.
(C) AC Generators in Parallel Operation. For ac
generators arranged to operate in parallel, in addition
to the requirements in (a) above, a reverse-power
protection, with time delay, selected and set w ithin the
limits of 2% to 15% of the full load to a value fixed in
accordance with the characteristics of the prime mover,
shall be provided.
9.8.10.6 Protection of Power and Lighting
Transformers.
(A) Primary Circuits. The primary circuits of power
and lighting transformers shall be protected against
short-circuit and overload by circuit breakers or fuses.
(Refer to Section 9 .10.1.5).
(B) P arallel Operation. \\ nen the transformers are
arranged to operate in parallel. means of isolation shall
be pro,ided on the secondary circuits. Switches and
circuit breakers shall be capable of withstanding surge
currents.
9.8.10.7 Protection of \Iotor s.
O In Accordance mth Article -t.30. Protection of
motors shall be in accocdance with the provisions of
Article 4.3 0.
(B) Motor of \fore Than 0.5 k\\ -. \.fotors of rating
exceeding 0.5 kW and all motors for essential (vital)
use shall be pro\·ided indi\-idually against overload and
short-circuit, except the motors for steering-gears.
(C) Delay Characteristic. The protectiYe device shall
have a delay characteristic to enable the motor to start.
(D) For Intermittent Seni ce. For motors for
intermittent service, the current setting and the time
delay shall be chosen in relation to the load factor of
the motor.
9.8.10.8 Protection of Feeder Circuits.
(A) Circuit Breakers or Fuses. Supply circuits to
847
 ARTICLE 9.8 - SWITCHBOARDS, SECTION AND DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
section boards, distribution boards, grouped starters and
the like shall be protected with circuit breakers or fuses.
In case where the fuses are used, the switches shall be
provided at the power source side of the fuses.
(B) Supply Circuit with Overload Protection.
Each supply circuit for the motor fitted with overload
protection should be provided with short-circuit
protection only.
(C) Protection Against Single Phasing. When
fuses are used to protect polyphase ac motor circuits,
consideration shall be given to protection against single
phasing.
(D) Overvoltage Protective Devices. In case where
condensers for phase advance are used, overvoltage
protective devices shall b e installed as required.
9.8.10.9 Protection of Essential (Vital) Services.
Where generators are operated in parallel and essential
(vital) machinery is electrically driven, arrangement
shall be made to disconnect automatically the excess
non-essential (non-vital) load when the generators are
overloaded. If required, the preference tripping should
be carried out in one or more stages.
9.8.10.10 Protection of Batteries. Batteries other
than engine starting batteries shall be protected against
overload and short-circuit with devices placed as near
as practicable to the batteries. Emergency batteries
supplying essential or emergency services may have
short-circuit protection only.
9.8.10.11 Protection of Pilot Lamps and Control
Circuits.
(A) Fuses Fitted to Each Insulating Pole. Protection
shall be provided for voltmeters, voltage coils of
measuring instruments, ground indicating devices and
pilot lamps with their connecting leads by means of
fuses fitted to each insulating pole. A pilot lamp installed
as an integral part of another item of equipment need
not be individually protected, provided that any damage
of pilot lamp circuit does not cause failures on the
supply to essential (vital) equipment. For other circuits,
consideration shall be given to the omission of fuses in
circuits such as those of automatic voltage regulators
where loss of voltage might have serious consequences.
(B) Insulated Wires for Control and Instrument
Circuits. Insulated wires for control and instrument
circuits, directly led from busbars and generators mains
shall be protected by fuses at the nearest location to the
connecting points. Insulated wires between the fuses
and the connecting points shall not be bunched together
848
with the wires for other circuits.
9.8.11 Section Board and Distribution Board
9.8.11.1 Location. Section board and distributio::
board shall be located in accessible positions and no:
in such spaces as bunkers, storerooms, cargo holds o::-
compartments allotted alternately to passenger or cargo.
9.8.11 .2 Protective Enclosures. Section b oard and
distribution board shall have suitable protectiYe
enclosures that are mechanically strong. Where
exposed to weather or other severe moisture conditions.
they shall have protective enclosures of the approved
non-combustible non-hygroscopic material made
waterproof.
9.8.11.3 Switchboard-Type Distribution Panels.
Distribution panels of the switchboard type, unless
installed in machinery spaces or in compartment assigned
exclusively to electric equipment and accessible only to
authorized personnel, shall be completely enclosed or
protected against accidental contact and unauthorized
operation.
9.8.11.4 Safety-Type Boards or Panels. If the method
of operation demands the handling of switches by
unfamiliar personnel with electrical equipment, the
section and distribution boards or panels shall be of the
safety type.
9.8.11.5 Arrangement of Equipment. In case where
the same section-board or distribution-board is used
for the supply circuits having different voltages, all
equipment shall be so arranged that the wires of different
rated voltages can be laid without contacting each other
within the boards. The section-board and distribution-
board or emergency distribution circuits are in principle
to be provided independently.
9.8.11.6 Circuit-Disconnecting Devices. Panelboards
for distribution to motor, appliance, lighting or other
branch circuits, except the emergency bus-tie and
general alarm circuits, shall be fitted with multipole
switches having a pole for each conductor. Overload
protection shall be provided for each ungrounded
conductor offeeders and each conductor of final branch
circuits. Circuits shall be connected to the fuse end of
switches and to the coil end of circuit breakers. The
rating of the disconnecting devices shall be coordinated
with the voltage and current requirements of the load.
 ARTICLE 9.9 - SOURCES OF ELECTRICAL POWER
ARTICLE 9.9 - SOURCES OF ELECTRICAL
POWER
9.9.1 General
9.9.1.1 Propulsion Use. The electrical power for the
propulsion equipment should be derived from one or
more propulsion generators whose exciters may either
be direct-connected or independent.
9.9.1.2 Various Service Use. At least two mam
generating sets of sufficient capacity to carry the
necessary sea load essential for the navigation and safety
of the watercraft and everybody on board, preservation
of cargoes and provisions under normal condition, and
continuity of services needed for the specific operation,
with any one generator in reserve.
9.9.1.3 Emergency Use. A storage battery and/or self-
contained generators, driven by a suitable prime mover
with an independent fuel supply and with approved
starting arrangements, the fuel used shall have a
:flashpoint of not less than 43°C.
FPN: For small watercrafts in domestic trade, a shaft
generator belt-driven from the shaft of the propulsion
engine should be used.
(A) Emergency Loads. The following emergency
loads shall be supplied with emergency power:
(1) Navigation lights;
(2) Daylight signaling lamp, if electricity operated
from the main source of power;
(3) :\ifachinery spaces and control stations (such as
the fire control and recording stations);
(4) Generating set spaces (main, emergency,
tranSitional or temporary, and storage battery
room). and their control stations;
(5) Accommoda:ion and sef\·ice spaces:
(6) ...\lleyways. s-1.airways. exirs:
(7) Public space. such as mes hall. lounge spaces:
(8) ~a,igaring bridge and chart roo:ns:
(9) Radio and communication rooms:
(I 0) Inert gas and oil pump roo:n control stations
(for tankers);
(11) General alarm including electrical signaling
equipment for emergency calls;
(12) Engine order telegraph, if electrically operated
from the main source of power;
(13) Main steering gear power unit compartment;
(14) Watertight door gears, and indicating and sound
signals;
(15) Every survival craft (lifeboat/lifecraft) stations
and storage areas on deck and oversides, also
lighting of embarkation stations during the
preparation for the process of launching;
(16) Refrigeration spaces and their alarm circuits;
(17) Sprinkler pump;
(18) Emergency fire/bilge pump(s); and
(19) Fire detectors.
9.9.1.4 Transitional (Temporary) Use in Emergency.
Two banks or more storage battery, with one bank
in operation and the other banks in reserve, capable
of carrying the emergency loads (as required for a
particular class of watercraft) as specified in Section
9.9.1.3, are used, and shall operate even when the
watercraft is inclined 22.5 degrees and the trim is 10
degrees.
9.9.1.5 Charger or Alternator. For watercrafts
in domestic cargo carrier trade (passenger and
ferry not included) with not more than 4 hours of
navigation from point to point coastwise, charger
or alternator shall be used to power the navigation
and general lighting and bilging equipment.
9.9.1.6 Shore Power. During the dry docking of the
watercraft, shore electrical power shall be supplied
through the shore connection safety switch box of the
watercraft, for general lighting, cooking and services
for accommodation spaces, and for radio equipment.
(A) Installation of Connection Boxes. Where
arrangements are made for the supply of electricity from
a source on shore, a connection box shall be installed in
a suitable position in the watercraft. In case where shore
connection cables can be drawn into a switchboard
easily and put into service safely, the connection box
may be omitted provided the protective devices and
checking devices stipulated in (b) below are equipped
on the switchboard.
(B) Connection Boxes. The connection box shall
contain terminals to facilitate a satisfactory connection
and a circuit breaker or an isolating switch with fuses.
Yleans shall be provided for checking the phase
sequence (for three-phase ac) or the polarity (for de).
(C) Cables Between Connection Box and
Switchboard. The cables between the connection box
849
 ARTICLE 9.iO- GD.ER..-\TORS
and switchboard shall be permanently fixed and a pilot
lamp for source and a switch or a circuit breaker shall
be provided on the switchboard.
ARTICLE 9.10 - GENERATORS
9.10.1 General
9.10.1.1 Scope. Generators for propulsion and for
various watercraft services shall comply with the
minimum requirements in this article, in addition to the
applicable provisions of Article 4.45.
9.10.1.2 Power Requirements. Electric power may be
derived from two or more constant voltage propulsion
generators usually provided in watercrafts propelled
by electric power. Additional watercraft's service
generators need not be fitted provided that with one
propulsion generator out of service a speed of 7 knots
or one-half of the design speed whichever is the lesser
can be maintained.
(A) Propulsion. The power for each propulsion should
be derived from a single generator.
(B) Service Generator. Watercraft using electricity
for service power or light shall be provided with at
least two electric generators for the watercraft service
electrical demand.
(1) Number and Rating. The number and rating of
the service generators shall be sufficient to ensure
the operation when one of the generator set is out
of service.
(2) Capacity. The capacity of the generator set or
sets shall be sufficient to carry the necessary sea
load essential for the safety of the watercraft,
preservation of the cargo, propulsion power and
minimum comfortable conditions of habitability
under normal operation with any one generator
set in service.
(C) Shaft Generator. A generator driven by a main
propulsion unit (shaft generator) which is intended
to operate at constant speed, e.g. a system where
watercraft speed and direction are controlled only by
varying propeller pitch, should be considered to be one
of the required generators. Shaft generator installations
which do not comply with this criteria should be fitted
in addition to the above required generators provided
that an alternative source of electrical power having a
capacity sufficient for the loads necessary for propulsion
and safety of the watercraft can be brought on line
automatically within 45 seconds in case of the inability
of the shaft generator to maintain voltage and frequency
within prescribed limits for any reason.
850
(D) Sizing AC Generators. In selecr:i::g ±.! .:2;,2: :::- _:·
an ac generating plant particular anemio:i sh2:: ::- ~ ;:·. .::.
in the starting current forming part of the sy ·:e:::-:.. ·,;, ::.:
one generator held in reserve as a standby. the re:::'.:::::.::.;
generator set operating in parallel, and initially ca.-:-:.:.::.;
various load necessary for operating the watercrarr s::._::
have sufficient capacity with respect to the largest =~=
motor on the watercraft so that the motor can be sra::.e.::
and the voltage drop occasioned by its starting cum~=:
will not cause any already running motor to stal: c
control equipment to drop out of service.
(E) Independent Starting. Where only hvo ma:::
generators are provided, of which one depends on the
functioning to the propulsion machine, due consideration
shall be given so that the propulsion machine can be
started independently of these two generators.
(F) Associated Load Management System. Where the
electrical power system is designed with an associated
load management system, the application of load in
multiple steps of less than 50% of rated load shall be
given special consideration.
9.10.1.3 Fault Current. Service generators shall be
capable of withstanding the mechanical and thermal
effects of fault current for the duration of any time delay,
which may be fitted in a tripping device for selective tripping.
9.10.1.4 Excitation.
(A) Service Generators and Emergency Generator.
Excitation current for service and emergency generator
shall be provided by attached rotating exciters or by
static exciters deriving their source of power from the
machine being excited.
(B) Propulsion Generators. Excitation current for
propulsion generators shall be derived from attached
rotating exciters, static exciters, excitation MG sets, or
special purpose generating unit. Power for these exciters
shall be derived from the machine being excited or from
any watercraft service, emergency, or special purpose
generating units.
(C) Propulsion Arrangements. Anangements for
propulsion generators shall be such that propulsion can
be maintained in case of failure of an excitation system
or failure of a power supply for an excitation system.
Propulsion may be at reduced power under such
conditions when two or more propulsion generators are
installed provided such reduced power is sufficient to
provide for a speed of not less than 7 knots or 0.5 of
design speed, whichever is the lesser.
(D) AC and DC Exciters. Rotating exciters shz::
conform to all applicable requirements for genera:o::-:,.
 ARTICLE 9.10 - GENERATORS
9.10.1.5 Shaft Current. Means shall be taken to prevent
the ill effects of fl.ow of current circulating between the
shaft and the bearings.
9.10.1.6 Precaution to the Effect of Condensation
of Moisture. Where there may be fear of deterioration
of insulation due to condensation of moisture in the
machine when idle, suitable means shall be provided to
avoid it. Where steam-heating coils are installed for this
purpose, there shall be no pipe joints inside the casing.
9.10.1.7 Moisture-Condensation Prevention. When
the weight of the generator, excluding the shaft, is
over 455 kg, it shall be provided with means to prevent
moisture condensation in the machine when idle. Where
steam-heating coils are installed for this purpose, there
shall be no pipe joints inside the casings.
9.10.2 Generator Construction
9.10.2.1 Frames and Pedestals. Magnet frames and
pedestals may be separated but shall be secured to a
common foundation.
9.10.2.2 Shafts. Shafting for generators shall meet the
requirements for turbine rotors. Tube shafts, tailshafrs.
and coupling bolts shall meet the requirements for
propulsion and line shaft bearing location.
9.10.2.3 Circulating Currents. Means shall be
provided to prevent circulating currents from passing
between the journals and the b earings, where the design
and arrangement of the machine is such that damaging
current may be expected.
9.10.2.4 Terminal Arrangements. All generator
terminals shall be protected against accidental
contacL mechanical damage. and where necessary.
again.st dripping moisture by drip shields or dripproof
enclosures. \\ nere cables enter dripproof enclosures
from the side or the top. they shall be proYided \'.Vith
terminal rubes.
9.10.1.5 ='iameplates.
(A) All Generators.. All generators shall be fitted with
nameplates of corrosion-resis-1.am material marked with
the following information:
(1) Yianufacrurer·s type and frame designations:
(2) Output;
(3) Kind of rating;
(4) Temperature rise at rated load and design ambient
temperature;
(5) Revolution per minute at rated load;
(6) Voltage;
(7) Amperes at rated load; and
(8) Type of winding (for de machines).
(B) AC Generators. In addition to the applicable parts
of the abovelist the following shall be included for ac
generators:
(1) Number of phases;
(2) Frequency;
(3) Power factor;
(4) Exciter voltage; and
(5) Exciting current in amperes at rating.
9.10.2.6 Temperature Detectors. AC generators
rated above 500 kVA shall be provided with means for
obtaining the temperatures of the stationary windings.
A minimum of one embedded temperature detector per
phase shall be provided for this purpose on the hot end
of the machine. The temperatures shall be indicated at
a corn·enient location, preferably the generator control
panel.
9.10.2. 7 Propulsion Generators.
(A) , ·entilation and Protection. Propulsion generators
shall be enciosed Yentilated or be provided with
substantial wire or mesh screen to prevent personnel
injury o:- entrance of foreign matters. Dampers shall
be prO\ided in \·emilating air ducts except when
recirculamg sys;:e:ns are used.
(B) Fire-E:rtinguishing Systems. Propulsion generators
which are e:::.closed or in \Yhich the air gap is not
directly exposed sha[ be fined with fire-extinguishing
systems suitable for fires in electrical equipment. This
will not be required where it can be established that the
generator insulation is self-extinguishing.
(C) Air Coolers. _.\ir cooling systems for propulsion
generators shall be in accordance with requirement of
lube oil pumps and sea suctions.
9.10.2.8 Insulation of \Yindings. Armature and field
coils shall be treated to resist oil and water.
9.10.2.9 Lubrication. In general all generators shall
be located v,ith their shafts in a fore-and-aft direction
on the watercraft and they must lubricate and operate
satisfactorily in accordance with the inclination
requirements.
851
 ARTICLE 9.11 - TRANSFORMERS
Where it is not practicable to mount the generators with
the armature shaft in the fore-and-aft direction, their
lubrication will require special considerations.
Generators depending on forced lubrication, unless
otherwise approved, shall be provided with means to
shut down their prime movers automatically on failure
of the lubricating system.
Provisions shall be provided to prevent oil or oil vapor
from passing into the machine windings.
9.10.3 Voltage Regulation
9.10.3.1 Service Generator Sets. Service generator
sets shall have voltage-regulation characteristics so
that the watercraft 's supply voltage will be maintained
within plus or minus 4% at rated full load.
9.10.3.2 DC Generators. Where automatic voltage
regulators are not supplied, the de generators shall be
approximately flat-compounded except that, if the load
fluctuation does not interfere with the operation of
essential auxiliaries, shunt-wound generators without
voltage regulators or stabilized shunt-wound machines
maybe used.
9.10.3.3 AC Generators.
(A) Voltage Regulators. In general a separate regulator
shall be supplied for each ac generator. When it is
intended that two or more generators will be operated
in parallel, reactive-droop compensating means shall be
provided to divide the reactive power properly bet\veen
the generators. The regulator in conjunction with the
exciter and the generator characteristics shall be capable
of performing in accordance with conditions set forth in
Section 9. 10.3.1.
(B) Short Circuit Conditions. Under steady-state
short-circuit conditions, the generator together with
its excitation system shall be capable of maintaining a
current of not less than 3 times its rated full load current
for a period of 2 seconds or of such magnitude and
duration as required to properly actuate the associated
electrical protective devices.
9.10.4 Parallel Operation
9.10.4.1 General. In general, when the installation
is such that two or more generators are operated in
parallel, the load on any generator shall not differ
more than plus or minus 15% of its rated kilowatt
load from its proportionate share, based on the
generator ratings, of the combined load for any
steady state condition in the combined load between
20% and I 00% of the sum of the rated loads of all
852
generators. The starting point for the determination
of the foregoing load-distribution requirements
shall be at 75% load with each generator carrying
its proportionate share.
9.10.4.2 AC Generators. For ac generating sets
intended to operate in parallel, facilities shall be
provided to adjust the governor sufficiently fine to
permit an adjustment of load not exceeding 5% of the
rated load at normal frequency.
9.10.4.3 DC Generators. DC generators which operate
in parallel shall be provided with a switch which will
trip the generator circuit breaker upon functioning of
the overspeed device.
9.10.4.4 Turbine-Driven DC Generators Operating
in Parallel. Where a turbine-driven de generator
is arranged to run in parallel with other generators,
a switch shall be fitted on each turbine emergency
governor to open the generator circuit breakers when
the emergency governor functions.
ARTICLE 9.11 - T~SFORMERS
9.11 .1 General
9.11.1.1 Scope. Transformers rated at 1 kVA or more
for single phase and at 5 kVA or more for 3-phase shall
comply with requirements in this article, in addition to
the provisions of Article 4.50.
9.11.1.2 Number and Ratings of Transformers. The
number and ratings of transformers for important use
shall be sufficient to ensure the operation of essential
services even when one of the transformers is out of
service.
9.11.1.3 Type of Cooling. Transformers in
accommodation spaces shall be of dry, naturally-cooled
type.
9.11.1.4 Windings of Transformers.
(A) Moisture, Sea Atmosphere, and Oil Vapors
Resistants. Transformer winding shall be treated to
resist moisture, sea atmosphere and oil vapors.
(B) Double Windings Transformers. Transformers
except those for motor starting shall be double wound.
9.11.1.5 Precautions Against Short-Circuit Current.
Transformers shall be capable of withstanding, withom
damage, the thermal and mechanical effects of shor:-
circuit at the terminals of any winding for two seconds.
 ARTICLE 9.12 - STORAGE BATTERIES, BATTERY ROOMS AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT
9.11.2 Temperature Rise
9.11.2.1 Limit of Temperature Rise of Transformers.
Temperature rise of transformers shall not exceed
the values given in Table 9 .11.2.1 during continuous
operation at the rated output, where, however, the
ambient temperature is not more than 40°C, shall be
increased by the difference from the values in the table.
9.11.3 Main Transformers
9.11.3.1 Main Transformers. Where transformers
or converters J an essential part of the propulsion or
watercraft's service supply system, the system shall be
arranged to ensure at least the same continuity of supply
as required in Section 9.10.1.2 for generators.
9.11.4 Voltage Regulation
9.11.4.1 Voltage Regulation of Transformers. The
voltage regulation of transformers shall not exceed the
following values at full-load and 100% power factor:
(A) Single phase 5 kVA or more, and three-phase 15
kVA or more 2.5%
(B) Single phase less than 5 kVA, and three-phase less
than 15 kVA 5.0%
ARTICLE 9.12 - STORAGE BATTERIES,
BATTERY ROOMS AND ASSOCIATED
EQUIPMENT
9.12.1 General
9.12.1.1 Scope. Storage batteries and their associated
equipment for light and power, and for engine starting
shall comply with the requirements in this article, in
addition to the provisions of Article 4.80.
9.12.1.2 Construction. All batteries for used onboard
watercrafts shall be of extra heavy duty for marine use
with the cells so constructed and secured as to prevent
spilling of the electrolyte due to the motion of the
watercraft and to prevent emission of acid and alkaline
spray.
Table 9.11.2.1 Limit of Temperature Rise of Transformers
(Based on ambient temperature 45°C)
Part Measuring Method Class A Insulation
Windings Resistance method 100
Core
. o:e: _ eta 1c parts m contact w1 or a 1acent to ms
::n ::har insulation.
9.12.2 Arrangement and Installation
9.12.2.1 Power and Lighting Batteries. Batteries for
lighting and power shall be so ananged that the trays are
accessible and with not less than 250 mm head room.
They shall be ananged in banks, series or parallel,
such that while one bank is in use the other bank is
being recharged for ready use when the former bank
is discharge. Sometimes, a third bank is installed as
standby.
9.12.2.2 Location.
(A) Near the Engine(s) Served. Cranking batteries
shall be located as closely as possible to the engine(s)
served.
(B) Not Exposed to Excessive Heat, Extreme Cold,
Etc. Batteries shall be located where they are not
exposed to excessive heat, extreme cold, spray, steam
or other conditions which might impair performance or
accelerate deterioration.
(C) Not in the Same Room. Alkaline batteries and lead
acid batteries shall not be located in the same room.
However, when placed in a compartment within the
battery room, shall be effectively identified as to type
and segregated far away as possible from each other.
(D) In Living Quarters, Work Spaces and Store, and
Paint Rooms. Batteries shall not be placed in living
quarters, work spaces and store, and paint rooms.
9.12.2.3 Large Batteries. Large batteries, those
connected to a charging device with an output of more
than 2 kW, shall be installed in a room assigned to the
battery only, but may be installed in deck locker if
such a room is not available. No equipment subject to
sparking shall be installed in a battery room unless it
is of the explosionproof type. The overload protective
device required by Part 9.12.7 shall be placed in each
battery conductor adjacent to but outside the room.
9.12.2.4 Moderate-Size Batteries. Batteries of
moderate size, those connected to a charging device
Limit of Temperature Rise •c
Class E Insulation Class B Insulation Class F Insulation Class H Insulation
115 120 140 165
Not exert injuries effect on adjacent insulation
ottest-spot wm mg temperature a Jacent
853
 ARTICLE 9.12 - STORAGE BATTERIES, BATTERY ROOMS AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT
with a power output of 0.2 kW up to and including
2 kW, may be installed in the battery room or may
be installed in battery lockers or deck boxes in the
emergency generator room, machinery space of other
suitable location.
9.12.2.5 Small Batteries. Small batteries shall be
installed in a battery box and may be arranged as
desired.
9.12.3 Battery Trays and Types
9.12.3.1 Battery Trays. Trays for batteries shall be
chocked with wood strips or equivalent to prevent
movement and each tray shall be fitted with non-
absorbent insulating supports on the bottom and with
similar space block at the side or with equivalent
provision to secure air-circulation space all around each
tray.
9.12.3.2 Battery Types. Lead acid battery and alkaline
battery when placed in the same battery compartment
shall be effectively identified as to type and segregated.
9.12.4 Ventilation
9.12.4.1 Battery Rooms.
(A) Clearances. Battery rooms shall be ventilated in
accordance with Section 4.80. l .9(A). Where batteries
are arranged in two or more tiers, all shelves shall haYe
spaces of not less than 50 mm, front and back. for air
circulation.
(B) Natural Ventilation or Ventilating Fans. The
ventilation of battery room may be conducted with
either natural ventilation or ventilating fans.
(C) Natural Ventilation Allowed. 1 ·atural Yentilation
may be employed if ducts are run directly from the top
of the battery room to the open air above.
(D) Mechanical Exhaust Ventilation. If natural
ventilation is impracticable, mechanical exhaust
ventilation shall be provided with fan intake at the top of
the room. Fans shall be capable of completely changing
the air in the battery room in not more than 2 minutes.
(E) Opening Near the Floor Surface. The battery
room shall have openings near the floor surface, for
effective air inlet.
(F) Construction. Ventilating fans shall be so
constructed and to be of such a material as to render
sparking impossible in the event of the impeller
touching the fan casing.
854
(G) Location. Any fan motor associated with a duct
used to exhaust the air from a battery space shall be
placed outside the duct.
(H) Ventilating Ducts. Ventilating ducts terminating at
least 1250 mm above in the form of gooseneck or the
equivalent shall be provided at the top of the battery
boxes. Holes for air inlets shall be provided on at least
the opposite sides of the box.
9.12.4.2 Battery Lockers. Battery lockers shall be
ventilated, if practicable, similarly to battery rooms
by a duct led from the top of the locker to the open
air or to an exhaust ventilation duct, but the duct may
terminate not less than 915 mm above the top of the
locker in machinery spaces and similar well-ventilated
compartments. Louvers or equivalent shall be provided
near the bottom for entrance of air.
9.12.4.3 Deck Boxes. Deck boxes shall be provided
with a duct from the top of the box, terminating at least
1220 mm above in a gooseneck, mushroom head or
equivalent to prevent entrance of water. Holes for air
inlet shall be provided on at least two opposite sides of
the box. The entire deck box, including openings for
ventilation, shall be watertight to prevent entrance of
spray or rain.
9.12.4.4 Small Battery Boxes. Boxes for small batteries
require no ventilation other than openings near the top
to permit escape of gas.
9.12.5 Electrical Installation in Battery
Compartment
9.12.5.1 Lighting Fittings. Lighting fittings in battery
room shall be flameproof type.
9.12.5.2 Electrical Equipment. Switches, fuses and
other electrical equipment liable to cause an arc shall
not be installed in battery compartments.
9.12.5.3 Cables. Cables with the exception of those
appertaining to the battery or the local lighting, shall
not be installed in battery compartment except where
installation in other locations is impracticable.
9.12.6 Battery Cables
9.12.6.1 Cables at the Battery Rooms. Where cables
enter battery rooms, the holes shall be bushed as required
for watertight bulkheads. All connections within battery
rooms shall be resistant to the electrolyte. Cables shall
be sealed to resist the entrance of electrolyte by spray
or creepage.
 ARTICLE 9. 13 - MOTORS, MOTOR CIRCIBTS, AND CONTROLLERS
9.12.6.2 Size of Cables. The size of the connecting
cable shall be based on current-carrying capacities
and the starting rate of charge or maximum discharge
rate, whichever is the greater, shall be taken into
consideration in determining the battery cable size.
9.12.7 Overload and Reverse-Current Protection
9.12.7.1 Protective Devices. An overload protective
device shall be placed in each battery conductor, except
that no overload protection is required for engine-
cranking batteries or any batteries with a nominal
voltage of 6 volts or less. Fuses shall be used for the
protection of emergency-lighting batteries, instead of
circuit breakers up to and including 600 amperes rating.
The charging equipment, except rectifiers, for all
batteries with a voltage more than 20% of the line
voltage shall provide automatic protection against
reversal of current.
9.12.8 Protection Against Corrosion
9.12.8.1 General. The interiors of battery rooms,
including structural parts and shelves therein, as well
as ventilation inlets and outlets shall be protected with
corrosion-resistant paint.
9.12.8.2 Lead-Acid Battery Compartment. For
interior of all lead acid battery compartments, protection
with lead-sheet lining of 1.6 mm thick of corrosion-
resistant paint is made in accordance with the following
requirements:
(A) Watertight. The entire floor and all sides/walls up
to 150 mm high or banery rooms shall be lined with
lead- heet and me lining shall be watertight.
(B) Electrolyte-Resisting Coating. Ceilings. \\·alls
other than specified in (a) abo\·e. banery shelves and
wooden crates shall be coated \\ith elecrrol~1e-re isting
coating.
(C) Lined with Lead Sheet. Banery trays and ulfuric
acid bottle base shall be lined with lead heeL
(D) Corrosion Resistant. Ventilating ducts and fans
shall be made of corrosion-resisting material or their
interior surface rendered corrosion resistant.
9.12.8.3 Alkaline Battery Compartment. For alkaline
batteries, the shelves shall be similarly lined with steel
sheet not less than 7 5 mm thick. A watertight steel pan
shall be provided over the entire deck carried up not
less than 150 mm on all sides. For small batteries lining
to a depth of 75 mm shall be provided.
9.12.9 Charging Facilities
9.12.9.1 Maximum Battery Voltages. For floating
service or for any other conditions where the load is
connected to the battery while it is on charge, the
maximum battery voltage shall not exceed the safe
value of any connected apparatus. A voltage regulator
may be provided for this purpose.
9.12.9.2 DC Generator and Series Resistor. Battery
charging facilities by means of de generator and series
resistor shall be provided with protection against
reversal of current when the charging voltage is 20% of
the line voltage or higher.
ARTICLE 9.13 - MOTORS, MOTOR
CIRCUITS, AND CONTROLLERS
9.13.1 General
9.13.1.1 Scope. Motors, motor circuits, and controllers
shall comply with the requirements of this article, in
addition to the applicable provisions of Article 4.30.
9.13.1.2 Installation Requirements.
(A) In Dangerous and Hazardous Spaces or Zones.
Motors, either for permanent installation or portable
mounted for positioning in dangerous and hazardous
spaces or zones, and for use in various services and
specific undertakings of the watercraft, as well as
propulsion motors, are generally of special construction
and materials designed for marine application.
(B) Similar Requirements for Generators. The
construction and materials, insulation, excitation,
lubrication and testing of motors shall be in accordance
with similar requirements for generators in Section
9.10.1.4 and Part 9.10.2, except that Sections 9.10.1.6,
9.1 0.2.6. 9 .10.2.7(A ) and (B) are applicable only for
propulsion motors.
(C) ::\Iotor s ~ot ::\Iounted " ith the Rotor Shafts. When
motors for serYice at sea are not mounted with the rotor
shafts in a fore-and-aft direction, the type of bearing
and lubrication shall require special consideration.
(D) Location. When intrinsically-safe components are
located by necessity w ithin enclosures that contain non-
intrinsically-safe systems, such as control consoles and
motor starters, such components shall be effectively
isolated in a sub-compartment by physical barriers
having a suitable cover or panel secured by bolts, locks,
allen-screws, or other approved methods.
(E) Inside Refrigerated Cargo Compartment. Motors
855
 ARTICLE 9.13 - MOTORS, MOTOR CIRCUITS, AND CONTROLLERS
in the air stream inside refrigerated cargo compartment
shall be totally enclosed or otherwise suitably enclosed
to withstand the effects of excessive moisture where
they are fitted between the two sections of a cooler or
where the air from the cooler passes over the motor.
9.13.1.3 Installation Approval. Where permitted,
motors of the explosion proof type and intrinsically -
safe electrical instruments, circuitry and devices shall
be of an approved type.
9.13.2 Nameplates
9.13.2.1 All Motors. All motors shall be fitted with
nameplates of corrosion-resistant material marked in
accordance with Section 4.30.1.7.
9.13.3 Motor Temperature Ratings
9.13.3.1 Maximum Allowable Temperature. The
maximum allowable temperature for propulsion motors
and those for engine and fireroom auxiliaries shall be
in accordance with Table 9 .13 .3 .1 for de and ac motors,
based on an ambient temperature of 50°C. (See Tables
9.18.2.1-1 and 9.18.2.1-2).
9.13.3.2 Ambient Temperature of 40°C. Where
provision is made for insuring an ambient temperature
being maintained at 40°C or less, as by air cooling or
by location outside of the boiler and engine rooms,
the allowable temperature of the winding hall be 10°C
higher.
9.13.3.3 Deck-winch and Direct-acting Capstan
Motors. Deck-winch and direct-acting capstan motors
shall be rated on a full-load run at least 0.5 hour.
9.13.3.4 Direct-acting Windlass Motors. Direct-
acting windlass motors shall be rated on a full-load run
of at least 0.25 hour.
9.13.3.5 Hydraulic Transmission Operation. Those
operating through hydraulic transmission shall be rated
for 30 minutes idle pump operation.
9.13.4 Watercraft's Service Motors
9.13.4.1 General. Motors for use in the engine room
or spaces where subject to mechanical injury, or
dripping of oil or vapor or water, shall be of the open
type if protected by drip covers, otherwise they shall
be waterproof or dripproof. Care shall be exercised in
locating the open type and dripproof type high enough
856
to avoid bilge water. Motors below the level of f:00:"
plates shall be waterproof or have all openings ---
ventilation located above the floor-plate level.
9.13.4.2 Pump Motors. Motors for operating plunge::-
and close-coupled pumps shall have the driving e::.:.
entirely enclosed or designed to prevent leakage fro:::
entering the motor.
9.13.4.3 Motors on Weather Decks. Motors for use or:
weather decks shall be of the watertight type or shall be
enclosed in watertight housings.
9.13.4.4 Motors Below Decks. Motors installed belo"·
decks shall be located in as dry a place as practicable
and proximity to steam, water and oil pipings shall be
avoided.
9.13.4.5 Motors for Bulk-Carriers. For use of motors
on vessels of the bulk-oil-carrier type and vessels
carrying oil having a fl.ash point less than 80°C only
explosion-proof types of construction shall be used.
(See Article 9.19)
9.13.5 Motors Controller, Controller Installation,
Protection and Disconnecting Means, and Branch
Circuits
9.13.5.1 General. Motor controllers, controller
installation, protection and disconnecting means, and
branch circuits shall be in accordance with Article 4.30
and in compliance with the provisions in this part.
(A) Low Voltage and Running Protection. Motor
controller shall be capable of providing running
protection and protection against low voltage to the
motor that it controls.
(B) Accessibility. All wearing parts of motor controllers
shall be accessible for inspection and renewal.
(C) Low-Voltage Release. Low-voltage release shall
be provided on controller for auxiliaries which are Yital
to the operation of the propelling equipment where
the automatic restart after a voltage failure will not be
hazardous, otherwise low-voltage protection shall be
used.
(D) Sequential Starting. The use of controllers of the
low-voltage release type should be limited to avoid
excessive starting current when a group of motors
with low-voltage-release controllers are restarted
automatically upon return of voltage after a power
failure. Sequential starting shall be considered.
9.13.5.2 Enclosure and Corrosion. All controllers
 ARTICLE 9.13 -
except those on main and distribution switchboards
shall be protected by enclosing cases suitable for their
location but shall not be less than dripproof protected.
Parts liable to damage by corrosion shall be rendered
corrosion-resistant.
9.13.5.3 Manual Controllers. Manually operated
controllers, if watertight, shall be arranged for operation
without opening the enclosing case. In the panel type,
the starting arm shall be arranged so that the motor will
stop if the arm is left on a starting point.
9.13.5.4 Magnetic Starters. Magnetic starters used for
adjustable-speed motors which cannot be safely started
under weak field conditions shall be provided with a
magnetic relay to short-circuit the field rheostat during
MOTORS, MOTOR CIRCUITS, AND CONTROLLERS
starting until full voltage is across the motor armature.
9.13.5.5 AC Motor Manual Auto-Starters. AC
motor manual auto-starters with self-contained auto-
transformers shall be provided with switches of the
quick-break-and-make type, and the starter shall be
arranged so that it will be impossible to throw to the
running position without having first thrown to the
starting position. Switches shall be preferably of the
contactor or air-break type.
9.13.5.6 Disconnect Switches and Circuit Breakers.
For motors rated not more than 1.5 kW and not more
than 250 volts, the starting switch should serve as a
disconnect, provided it has an ampere rating not less
than twice the rated current of the motor. For motors

Table 9.13.3.1 ~1aximum Allowable Temperature for Rotating Machine

(Based on 50°C ambient temperature)

Class A Insulation Class E Insulation Class B Insulation Class F Insulation Class H Insulation
Part of Machine T R E.T.D. T R E.T.D. T R E.T.D. T R E.T.D. T R E.T.D.
Items
1 Stator winding of *105 115 115 *110 120 120 *125 140 140 *145 165 165
*90 100 JOO
a.c machine
2 Insulated rotor - *145 -
*90 :oo - *105 115 - *11 0 120 - *125 140 165
,,indings
3A Field windings of *125 - *145 165 -
"'90 :oo - *105 115 - *110 120 - 140
multilayer
3B Low-resistance
field v.indings and ;oo 115 - 120 120 - 140 140 - 165 165 -
iOO - 11 5
Compensating
v.indings
3C Field \\indings
of single layer - 130 130 - 150 150 - 175 175 -
105 105 - : 20 1~0
with exposed bare
surface
3D Field windings
of synchronous
machine having - - - - - - - 130 - - 150 - - 165 -
cylindrical type
rotor
4 Iron core and other
parts in contact with 100 - - 115 - - 120 - - 140 - - 165 - -
windings
5 Permanently short-
circuited windings
uninsulated. Iron The temperature rise is in no case to reach such a value that there is risk of injury to any insulating material on
core and other parts adjacent parts.
not in contact w ith
windings, Brushes
and brush holders
6 Commutators and - 120 - - 130 - - 140 - -
100 - - 110 -
slip-rings

= Thermometer method.
T
R = Resistance method.
E. T.D. = Embedded temperature detector.
857
 ARTICLE 9.16- SEMICONDUCTOR RECTIFIER FOR POWER
over 2 Hp rating the disconnect means shall be a switch
with a horsepower rating not less than the motor rating or
a circuit breaker with an ampere rating at least 115% of
motor rating. Disconnect switches and circuit breakers
shall be capable of being operated without opening the
enclosures in which they are installed.
9.13.5.7 Resistor for Control Apparatus. The resistor
shall be protected against corrosion either by rust-
proofing or embedding in a protective material. Resistors
shall be located in well-ventilated compartments and
shall be mounted w ith ample clearances, about 305 mm
to prevent excessive heating of adjacent watercraft's
structure or dangerous overheating of unprotected
combustible material. The arrangement of the elecuical
equipment and wiring located within these spaces
shall be such as to prevent their exposure to ambient
temperature in excess of that for which they have been
designed.
9.13.6 Controller Installation
(Refer to Article 4.30)
9.13.7 Motor Protection and Disconnecting :\leans
(Refer to Article 4.30)
9.13.8 Motor Branch Circuits
(Refer to Article 4.30)
9.13.9 Motor Control Center
(Refer to Article 4.30)
ARTICLE 9.14 - PERMANENT WATERTIGHT
FIXTURES, PORTABLE EQUIPMENT, PLUGS,
RECEPTACLES, AND OTHER SIMILAR
APPARATUS
9.14.1 General
9.14.1.1 Permanent Watertight Fixtures.
(A) Corrosion Resistant. Permanent watertight fixtures
shall be corrosion-resistant and shall be used where
exposed to the weather or splashing water. Lighting
fixtures of this type shall be rendered watertight by
means of glass globes protected by substantial guards.
(B) Exception. Watertight lighting fixtures shall not be
required for any interior locations, except refrigerated
compartments, chain lockers when permanently
illuminated or where exposed to splashing water.
858
9.14.1.2 Receptacles and Plugs of Different Electrical
Ratings. Receptacles and plugs of different electrical
ratings shall not be interchangeable. In cases where it
is necessary to use 230 volts portable equipment, the
receptacles for their attachment shall be of a type, which
will not permit attaching 115 volts equipment.
9.14.1.3 Portable Equipment and Outlets. Portable
apparatus is any apparatus served by a flexible cord.
Portable apparatus shall not be used in cargo oil pump
rooms or other hazardous locations nor are portable
lights shall be used for berth lights in passenger
accommodations or crew's quarters.
(A) Watertight Outlets. Watertight outlets shall be
used where exposed to the weather or in spaces subject
to severe moisture conditions.
(B) Grounding. Receptacle outlets operating at 50 volts
or more shall have a grounding pole. Attachment plugs
for permanently fitted equipment operating at 50 volts
or more shall have a grounding pole and a grounding
conductor in the portable cord to ground the noncurrent
carrying metal parts of the equipment.
(C) Splices. Splices shall not be made in portable cords
for permanently fitted equipment.
ARTICLE 9.15 - FUSES, CIRCUIT-BREAKERS,
AND MAGNETIC CONTACTORS
9.15.1.1 Fuses, Circuit Breakers, and Magnetic
Contactors. Refer to Article 2.40, Part 4.30.7, and
Section 9.17.1.5.
ARTICLE 9.16 - SEMICONDUCTOR
RECTIFIER FOR POWER
9.16.1 General
9.16.1.1 Application. The requirements in this article
shall apply to the semiconductor rectifiers including
thyristor for power rating not less than 5 kW.
9.16.2 Construction and Location
9.16.2.1 Construction.
(A) Removable. Rectifier units, rectifier stacks or ce:5
shall be so arranged that they can be remoYed from
equipment without dismantling the complete unit.
(B) Suitably Installed or Protected. Air-cooled
rectifiers shall be suitably installed or protected 2g2inst
the effects of salty air and humidity.
 ARTICLE 9.16 - SEMICONDUCTOR RECTIFIER FOR POWER
(C) Air-cooled Semiconductor Rectifiers Need Not
Be Used. Where mercury vapor is liable to be generated,
self-cooling and air-cooled semiconductor rectifiers
shall not be used.
(D) Series or Parallel Connection. Where rectifier
elements are connected in series or parallel they shall be
so arranged that the voltage or current in each element
will become equal as far as practicable.
9.16.2.2 Location.
(A) Circulation of Cooling Air. Rectifiers shall be
installed in such a manner that the circulation of cooling
air is not impeded and that the temperature of the inlet
air to the air-cooled rectifier stacks does not exceed the
allowable value.
(B) Separated from Sources of Radiant Heat.
Rectifiers shall be separated from resistors, steam pipes
or other sources of radiant heat as far as practicable.
9.16.3 Protection
9.16.3.1 Protective Devices.
(A) Forced Cooling. Where forced cooling is provided,
the rectifier shall be so arranged that the rectifier cannot
remain loaded unless effective cooling is maintained.
(B) Protection Against Transient Overvoltage. Means
shall be provided to guard against transient overvoltage
caused by switching and breaking of the circuits a11d de
voltage rise due to regenerative power.
(C) Fuses for Rectifier Cells. Protecting fuses for
rectifier cells shall be coordinated with the characteristic
of the rectifier cell.
9.16.3.2 Temperature of Rectifier Cells. The
marjmum permissible temperature of junction of
rectifier cells shall be as specified by the manufacturer.
Wb.ere information is not anilable. the maximum
permissible remperanrre of junction of rectifier cells
shall nm e..,;.ceed the following Yalues:
(A) Selenium rectifier. ;o=-c:
(B) Silicon rectifier. 15(}-"C: and
(C) Silicon controlled rectifier (Thyristor). 125c-c.
9.16.3.3 Transformer for Rectifiers. Transformer for
rectifiers shall be of tv;o separate windings.
9.16.4 Thyristor Control
9.16.4.1 Gate Control Circuits. Gate control circuits
shall comply with the following requirements:
(A) Arrangement. Gate control circuits of thyristors
shall be so arranged that they can generate the gate pulse
not exceeding the gate rating and have the pulse wide
enough to fire all thyristors connected. The gate control
circuits shall also be protected from misfire caused
by electrostatic induction and or electro-magnetic
induction.
(B) Series or Parallel Connection. Where thyristors
are connected in series or parallel, gate control circuits
shall be so arranged that firing timings of each thyristor
is regular.
9.16.4.2 Thyristor Control for DC Motor. Where
de motors are controlled by thyristor, the following
requirements shall be applied:
(A) Harmonic Effect. Where commutation of de motor
may be affected by the harmonics of thyiistor output
waveform, appropriate measures shall be taken to
reduce such harmonics.
(B) Lower Power Factor Effect. Where electric sources
may be affected by lower power factor resulting from
the phase control of thyristor, means shall be provided
to compensate it.
(C) Changing-over the Field Polarity. In case where
motors are operated in either direction of rotation by
means of changing-over the field polarity, interlock
shall be made so as to reverse the polarity of field after
armature-current reaches zero, and in addition, suitable
means shall be provided to limit electrical nonlocked
conditions of armature.
9.16.5 Semiconductor Rectifiers for Propulsion
9.16.5.1 General.
(A) Corrosion-Resistant. The enclosures of
semiconductor rectifiers for propulsion and other parts
subject to corrosion shall be made of corrosion-resistant
material or of a material rendered corrosion-resistant.
(B) Performance Criteria. The temperature rise
of semiconductor rectifiers for propulsion under all
conditions shall be limited to such a value as will permit
the rectifier to meet the specified performance criteria.
(C) Inlet Cooling Water Temperature. In the case
of water-cooled rectifiers the inlet cooling water
temperature shall be considered at 30°C, unless
otherwise approved.
9.16.5.2 Nameplates. The following information shall
859
 ARTICLE 9 .17 -
be included on the rectifier nameplate:
(A) Marine semiconductor rectifier;
(B) Manufacturer's name and address;
(C) Serial number;
(D) Type (silicon, copper oxide, etc.);
(E) Rated ac volts;
(F) Rated ac amperes;
(G) Number of phases;
(H) Frequency;
{I) Rated de volts;
(J) Rated de amperes;
(K) Ambient temperature range; and
(L) Cooling medium.
9.16.5.3 Installation and Location.
(A) Away from Sources of Radiant Energy. Rectifiers
shall be installed away from sources of radiant energy
in locations where the circulation of air is not restricted
to and from the rectifier and where the temperature of
the inlet air to air-cooled rectifiers will not exceed that
for which the rectifier is designed.
(B) Nonflammable Liquid. Immersed-type rectifiers
shall use a nonflammable liquid.
(C) Forced Cooling. Where forced cooling is utilized,
the circuit shall be so designed that power cannot be
applied to or retained on rectifiers unless effective
cooling is maintained.
(D) Enclosure. Rectifier stacks shall be inside a
dripproof enclosure or better and mounted in such a
manner that they may be removed without dismantling
the complete unit.
9.16.5.4 Terminals. The alternating current terminals
shall be marked w ith the letters ac. The direct current
terminals shall be marked with a plus (+) on the positive
terminal and a minus (-) on the negative terminal.
9.16.5.5 Transformers. Transformers used with
semiconductor rectifiers shall have their windings
treated to resist moisture, sea atmosphere and oil
vapors. Voltage regulation of the transformers and any
necessary adjustment features to take care of increase
in rectifier forward resistance sha11 be provided to
obtain the necessary performance characteristics of the
rectifier equipment with which the transformer is used.
860
CONTROLGEARS
ARTICLE 9.17 - CONTROLGEARS
9.17.1 Construction
9.17.1.1 General.
(A) Durable Construction. Controlgears shall be
durably constructed and provided with efficient means
of starting, stopping, reversing and speed control o:·
motors together with essential safety devices.
(B) Protective Enclosure. Controlgears shall ha\·e
suitable protective enclosures depending on their
location and shall be so constructed that operators can
handle them safely.
(C) Intrinsically Safe Electrical Devices. In case
where intrinsically safe electrical devices are built in
controlgears, they shall be arranged for independent
installation from other electrical equipment, that is, the
wires of intrinsically-safe circuits shall be separated
from other circuits, and be shielded electrically, if
necessary. Suitable measures shall be taken to identify
the wires for intrinsically-safe circuits easily.
9.17.1.2 Wearing Parts. All wearing parts of
controlgears shall be readily renewable and accessible
for inspection and maintenance.
9.17.1.3 Controlgears for Motors Larger than 0.5
kW. Motors larger than 0.5 kW shall be provided with
the following control apparatus:
{A) Means to Prevent Undesired Restarting. Means
shall be provided to prevent undesired restarting
after stoppage due to low voltage or complete loss of
voltage. This requirement does not apply to motors,
the continuous availability of which is essential to the
safety of the watercraft and the automatic operation.
(B) Isolating Means. Means of isolation shall be
provided so that all voltages may be cut off from the
motor, except where means of isolation (that provided
at the switchboard, section board, distribution board,
etc.) are adjacent to the motor.
(C) Automatic Disconnection. Means of automatic
disconnection of the supply shall be provided in the
event of excess current due to mechanical overloading
of the motor. This requirement shall not apply to the
motors for steering gear power units (steering motors).
9.17.1.4 Clearance and Creepage for Controlgears.
(A) Insulation Clearances and Creepages. The
insulation clearances and creepages of controlgears
shall be in accordance with the requirement in Table
9.l 7.1.4(A).
 ARTICLE 9 .17 - CONTROLGEARS
Table 9.17 .1.4(A) Minimum Clearance and Creepage for Controlgears
Between Uninsulated Energized Parts of Between Uninsulated Energized Parts and
Opposite Polarity (mm) Grounded Metals (mm)
Rated Voltage Creepage Clearance Creepage
Clearance
(V)
Not Over Not Over Not Over Not Over
Over25A Over25A Over 25A Over 25 A
25A 25A 25A 25A
Not Over 60 2 3 3 5 3 5 3 5
61 up to 250 "':, 5 6 8 6 8 6 8
251 up to 380 4 6 6 20 6 8 6 10
381 up to 500 6 8 10 12 8 10 10 12

(B) Insulating Clearances and Creepages of Small
Controlgears. The insulating clearances and creepages
of small controlgears of 10 amperes and less installed
in dripproof enclosure, shall be as required in Table
9.17.1.4(A).
(C) Exceptions. The requirements in (A) and (B) above
shall not apply to the following items:
(1) Spark gaps;
(2) Devices used in secondary windings of induction
motors;
(3) Oil immersed devices;
(4) Pilot lamp fittings and sockets;
(5) Small switches in living quarters;
(6) Semiconductor devices including printed boards,
resistors, condenser, etc.; and
(7) The sealed portion of the devices which are of
sealed construction.
9.17.1.5 Magnetic Contactors and Overcurrent
Relays for Motors.
(A) Construction.
(I ) :\Ialfunction. Yiagnetic contactors shall be such
that no accidental opening and closing occur
due to either the \·ibration of a watercraft. or the
listing of the boat at an angle of30 degrees in any
direction.
(2) Interchangeabilit y. The contact pieces and
magnetic coils shall be readily interchangeable.
(B) Rating. Each magnetic contactor shall clearly
indicate its rated voltage, rated current, the rated voltage
and frequency for control circuits, rated interrupting
current capacity, rated momentary current capacity. It
shall also indicate number of poles.
(C) Performance.
(1) Maximum Temperature. The allowable
maximum temperature on the coils and contact
piece shall not exceed the values specified in
Table 9 .17 .1. 7 when operated at rated voltage,
current, and frequency.
(2) Current Capacity. Magnetic contactors shall
have an adequate interrupting current capacity
and momentary current capacity depending on
their application.
(3) Overcurrent Relays. Overcurrent relays for
motors shall have suitable characteristics in
relation to the rated current and thermal ratings of
motors.
9.17.1.6 Grouped Starters.
(A) Duplicate Starters. Where duplicate starters for
important motors are grouped in a starter panel, the
busbars, and other devices shall be so arranged that
a fault on one device and circuit does not render the
motor for the same use unusable.
(B) Power Supply Transformer. Transformers for
power supply of control circuits shall be provided for
each motor or each group of motors incorporated in the
devices. They shall be of the two winding type.

Table 9.17.1.4(B) Minimum Clearance and Creepage for Small Controlgears

Between Uninsulated Energized Parts of Between Uninsulated Energized Parts and
Rated Voltage Opposite Polarity (mm) Grounded Metals (mm)
(V)
Clearance Creepage Clearance Creepage
Not Over 60 1.6 2 1.6 2
61 up to 125 1.6 2.5 1.6 2.5
126 up to 250 2 3 2.5 3

861
 ARTICLE 9 .17 -
9.17 .1. 7 Maximum Allowable Temperature. The
maximum allowable temperature of controlgears shall
not exceed the values given in Table 9 .17 .1. 7 under the
specified current and rated voltage.
9.17.1.8 Emergency Stopping Means. From accessible
positions outside the space concerned, means shall
be provided for stopping ventilators, blowers, fuel oil
transfer pumps, fuel oil burning units and other similar
fuel oil pumps and cargo oil pumps, when a fire occurs
in the place where they are located or within its vicinity.
9.17.1.9 Starters for Steering Motors.
(A) Low Voltage Release Type. Starters for steering
motors shall be oflow voltage release type and arranged
in such a way that the steering motors are restarted
automatically and safely when electric power is restored
after a power failure.
CONTROLGEARS
(B) Rudder Indicators. Indicators for rudder position
of steering gear shall be installed in the na\·igating
bridge and at the main engine maneuYering station bu·
not necessarily at the emergency maneuvering station.
(C) Overload Alarms. Overload alarms for pO\Yer unit
of electric or electrohydraulic steering gears shall be
provided at the main engine maneuvering stations or
other suitable positions.
9.17.1.10 Magnetic Brakes.
(A) Magnetic Brakes of Watertight-Type Motors.
Electrical parts of magnetic brakes applied to watertight-
type motors shall be watertight.
(B) DC Shunt-Wound Brakes and DC Compound-
Wound Brakes. DC shunt-wound brakes shall release
satisfactorily at 85% ofthe rated voltage at the maximum
working temperature, and de compound-wound brakes at

Table 9.17.1.7 Maximum Allowable Temperature of Controlgears

Maximum Allowable Temperature, (0 C)

Items and Part
Thermometer Method Resistance Method
Class A insulation 105 125
Class E insulation 120 140
Class B insulation 130 150
Class F insulation 155 175
Class H insulation 180 200
Class C insulation );o limit , 0 limit
Coils (air)
Class A insulation 125 -

Single Class E insulation 140 -

layer Class B insulation 150 -
enamel Class F insulation 175 -
windings Class H insulation 200 -
Class C insulation o limit -
Continuous use over 8 Copper or copper alloy 85 -
hours Silver or silver alloy 11 5 -
Contact Mass form
Switch on or off one time Copper or copper alloy 105 -
piece
or more in about 8 hours Silver or silver alloy 155 -
Multilayer form or knife form Copper or copper alloy 80 -
Busbar and connecting conductor(Bare or Class A insulation and higher) 105 -
Terminals for external cables 90 -
Molded-case type 290 -
Those other than molded-case For Continuous use 340 -
Metallic type For intermittent use 390 -
resistor
For starter use 390 -
Exhaust (approx. 25 mm above exhaust port) 2 15 -
. . .
Note 1: Measurement of temperature of voltage c01l 1s m pnnc1ple to be made by resistance method only.
Note 2: Where the insulation of single layer enamel windings is higher in class than that of the adjacent parts, the allowable temperature associated with the class of
insulation for the adjacent parts shall be applied.
Note 3: For single layer bare windings, the allowable temperature associated with the class of insulating material on the adjacent parts shall be applied.
Note 4: Molded-case type metallic resistor is a resistor buried in the insulating material with no metallic surface exposed.

862
 ARTICLE 9.17 -
the same conditions as above shall release satisfactorily
at 85% of the starting current.
(C) DC Series-Wound Brakes. DC series-wound
brakes shall release during starting and at 40% or more
of the full load current. They shall engage at 10% or
less of the full load current.
(D) AC Magnetic Brakes. AC magnetic brakes shall
meet the following requirements:
(1) AC magnetic brakes shall release satisfactorily at
80% of the rated voltage at the maximum working
temperature; and
(2) AC magnetic brakes shall not be noisy due to
magnetic action in the working condition.
ARTICLE 9.18 - ELECTRIC PROPULSION
PLANT
9.18.1 General
9.18.1.1 Scope. This article covers the requirements
of the rotating machines, controlgears, excitation
apparatus and cables for the electric propulsion.
CONTROLGEARS
(B) Forced Lubrication System. When a forced
lubrication system is used for the bearings of rotating
machines and prime movers, low oil pressure alarm
shall be provided.
9.18.2 Rotating Machines
9.18.2.1 General.
(A) Maximum Allowable Temperature. When
variable speed rotating machines are fitted with an
integral fan and have to be operated at speeds below the
rated speed with full-load torque, full-load excitation or
the like, maximum allowable temperature according to
Tables 9.18.2.1-1, and 9.18.2.1-2 shall not be exceeded.
(B) Construction. The rotors shall be so constructed
that they will w ithstand the overspeed for two minutes
in accordance with the following requirements:
(1) Generators.
Turbine driven 115% of rated speed
120% of rated speed
Diesel engine driven
All others 125% of rated speed

9.18.1.2 Motor Torque. (2) Motors.

(A) Stopping or Reversing of the Watercraft. Torque Shunt-wound motors 125% of rated speed
available for maneuvering shall be capable of stopping Series-wound motors 200% of rated speed
or reversing of the watercraft in a reasonable time when
the running at the maximum service speed. Compound-wound motors 125% of no-load speed

(B) Torque Margin. Adequate torque margin shall be Synchronous motor 125% of synchronous speed
provided in ac propulsion systems to guard against the Induction motor 125% of synchronous speed
motor from pulling out of synchronism during rough
weather and at the time of turning in a mutliple-screw However, the overspeed for turbo-generators and
watercraft. electromagnetic slipcoup-lings shall be 120% of the
rated speed.
9.18.1.3 Protection Against Torsional Vibration,
Etc. Prime mo\·ers. generators. motors. shafting and (C) Collector Rings and Commutators
propellers shall be such that harmful torsional \ibrations Arrangements. The collector rings and commutators
and or excessi.-e electrical oscil:arions in ac syste:ns a.-e shall be suitably arranged for easy maintenance. For
not produced a: a:J.Y :::io~l ope:a:i:ig speed_ purposes o: ifu-pection and repair, provisions shall be
:nade for easy access to each kind of coils and bearings,
9.18.1.4 Protection Against ()yerload. Where and for v.itbdra,,·al and replacement of the field coils
arrangements perrniI a propulsion motor to be co:::o.ec:ed as well.
to the generating plant ha\ing continuous rating g:-ca:er (D) Protection. EffectiYe means shall be provided in
than the motor rating. means shall be pro\ided m rotating machines to preYent accumulation of moisture
pre,·ent continuous operation at the OYerload conditions and condensation specially when they are idle for
not permitted to the motor and shafting. appreciable periods.
9.18.1.5 Lubrication.
9.18.2.2 Generators and Motors.
(A) Propulsion Motors and Bearings. Lubrication
of the bearings of propulsion m otors and shafts shall (A) AC Generators and Motors. For ac generators
be effective at all operational speeds including creep and motors of 500 kW or larger, embedded temperature
detectors shall be provided in the stator windings,
speeds.
863
 ARTICLE 9.18 - ELECTRIC PROPULSION PLANT
and the temperature indicator shall be mounted in a
convenient position for easy reading on the control
board.
(B) DC Motors. For de motors liable to overspeed
excessively, overspeed protection devices shall be
provided, and the rotors shall be adequately constructed
to prevent damage due to temporary overspeed.
9.18.2.3 Exciter.
(A) Separately Excited Rotating Machines.
Separately excited rotating machines shall be provided
with at least two independent sources of excitation, one
of which shall be supplied from the auxiliary generating
set for power or lighting.
(B) Strength of Shafts and Couplings of Exciters.
The strength of shafts and couplings of exciters shall
be adequate for the increased output necessary during
maneuvering and sudden short-circuit conditions.
9.18.2.4 Electromagnetic Slipcouplings.
(A) General.
(1) Enclosed Ventilation. Couplings shall be
enclosed, ventilated or be provided with wire or
mesh screen to prevent personnel injury or the
entrance of foreign materials.
(2) Dripproof. Couplings shall be at least of
dripproof type. Where they are of non-enclosed
type, suitable means shall be taken to prevent
accidental contact with rotating parts.
(3) Resistant to Moisture, Oil, and Salt Air. All
windings shall be specially treated to resist
moisture, oil and salt air.
(4) Periodical Inspection. Air gaps of the magnetic
circuits shall be checked periodically by
appropriate calibrated gauges.
(B) Accessibility for Repairs. The coupling shall be
designed to permit removal as a unit without moving
the engine.
(C) Excitation. Excitation shall be provided as required
for propulsion generators and motors.
(D) Nameplates. All electric propulsion couplings shall
be fitted with nameplates of corrosion-resistant material
marked with the following information:
(1) Manufacturer's type and frame designation;
(2) Output (Hp);
(3) Kind of rating;
(4) Maximum allowable temperature at rated load
and design ambient temperature;
(5) Revolutions per minute at rated load;
(6) Voltage;
(7) Exciter voltage; and
(8) Exciting current in amperes at rating.
(E) Temperature Rating. The maximum allowable
temperature shall be the same as for ac generators
given in Tables 9.18.2.1-1 and 9.18.2.1-2 except that
when squirrel-cage element is used, the temperature
of this element may reach such values as are not
injurious. Depending upon the cooling arrangements,
the maximum allowable temperature may occur at
other than full-load rating so that test runs will require
special consideration; for this purpose, when an integral
fan is fitted, the coupling temperatures shall not exceed
the limits in Tables 9.18.2.1 - 1 and 9. 18.2.1-2 when
operated continuously at 70% of full-load rpm, full
excitation and rated torque.
9.18.3 Controlgears
9.18.3.1 General Requirements.
(A) Controlgears for Propulsion Equipment.
Controlgears for propulsion equipment shall be
designed for the appropriate voltages and shall include
the apparatus necessary for starting, stopping, reversing
and controlling the speed of motors together with
essential instruments and safety devices.
(B) Means of Limiting Regenerated Energy. Where,
on stopping or reversing the propeller, the regenerated
energy transmitted by the propulsion motor is such as
to cause a dangerous increase of speed in the prime
moYer. means shall be provided for suitably absorbing
or limiting such energy.
(C) :.\lanual Operation. All le,·ers, handles and their
acce ories for s,\itches and comactors shall be of such
proportions as ro permit a atisfactory manual operation.
(D) :'.\lechanical Interlocks. All le,·ers for operating
contactors. line switches. field switches and the like
shall be interlocked to prewm their ,nong operation.
The e interlocks shall be of mechanical type.
(E) Prevention to Contact '"ith Energized Parts.
Where steam and oil gauges are mounted on the main
control assembly, provisions shall be made so that in
case of leakage, steam or oil may not come into contact
with the energized parts.
(F) Power-Aided Control. When power-aided control
is used, other suitable means shall be provided to restore
control in a short time in the event of power failure.
 ARTICLE 9.18 - ELECTRIC PROPULSION PLANT
(G) Arrangement. The controlgears shall be so
arranged that in case of damage to the equipment
outside the engine room, control can always be done
from the engine room maneuvering control stations.
9.18.3.2 Location of Maneuvering Control.
(A) On the Bridge or Deck. Control of the propulsion
machines shall be carried out from the bridge or deck.
Alternative control in the engine room shall be provided.
Transfer of control to the engine room in an emergency
shall be possible without excessive loss of time.
(B) Two or More Control Stations. When nvo or
more control stations are provided, indicating lights
shall be located at each control station to show which
station is in control. Means shall be provided to make
it incapable of being operated simultaneously from
different stations.
9.18.3 .3 Main Circuit and Control Circuits.
(A) Two or More Generators or Motors on One
Propeller Shaft. Propulsion systems having two or
more generators or motors respectively on one propeller

Table 9.18.2.1-1 Maximum Allowable Temperature for Rotating Machinery with Class A, B, F, and H
Insulation
AC Generators
'.\faximum Allov,able Temperature (°C}
Part of Machine Determined by
A B F H
Armature Windings
All kVAratings Resistance 100 120 145 165
1563 kVA and less Embedded detector 110 130 155 180
Over 1563 kVA Embedded detector 105 1r
_) 150 175
Field Windings
Salient pole Resistance 100 120 145 165
Cylindrical rotor Resistance - 1-i_ )- 145 165
Note: The ternp erarure anained by cores. amortisseur windin2"s. and cee.:-!:!::_::c;i.'. ~:ir..,, 1s:;ch as collecror rin2"S. brushholders etc. should not in·ure
the machine in any respect.

DC Generators and ) fo tor s

'.\Iaximum Allowable Temperature (0 C)
Part of )lacbine Type of Enclosure Derermined by
A B F H
Armature \\ -mdings Drip-proo: &:. ope::: _.:.e::::o:r:e:t:':- 90 110 130 150
Re:si.s-..ancc 110 140 170 195
Tota:.:.y ~~:o~?Ci -=-::e:mo:r.e:er 95 115 135 153
Resis:a::tce 110 140 170 195
Multi-layer field wincii:::!gs D:-:p-p:uo:~ &:. 0~ Thermometer 90 110 130 150
Resistance llO 140 170 195
I To:.C~ e::.::osec Thermometer 95 115 135 155
I Resistance ll O 140 170 195
Single-layer field "indi!!g D:ip-proor &:. ope:1 Thermometer 100 120 145 170
with exposed uninsu1arerl- Resistance 110 140 170 195
surfaces and bare coppe:- 105 125 150 175
Tota.I.:y c2clo ed Thermometer
windings
Resistance 110 140 170 195
Cores and mechanical par.s _-\l] Thermometer* 90 llO 130 150
in contact w ith or adjacent
Thermometer* 95 11 5 135 155
to insulation
Commutators and collectors All Thermometer
105 125 145 165
n ng
Note 1: The temperature anained by miscellaneous parts (such as brushholders, brushes, pole tips, etc.) shall not injure the machine in any respect
Note 2: Where two methods of temperature measurement are listed, temperature within the values listed in the table measured by either method demonstrates
conformity.
Note 3: Above temperature for motors are based on 1.0 seivice factor. Motors having service factors ofup to 1.15 shall be subject to special consideration.
Note 4: For totally-enclosed short-time rated motors only, the temperature by resistance method only shall be increased lOoC above the values listed in the table.

865
 ARTICLE 9.1 8 - ELECTRIC PROPULSION PLANT

AC Motors
Maximum Allowable Temperature (0 C)
Part of Machine Determined by
SO °C Ambient 65 °C Ambient
Windings A B F H A B F H
Totally enclosed non- Resistance
ventilated enclosures only 105 125 150 175 90 11 5 135 160
(see Note 4a)
Encapsulated only (see Resistance
105 125 150 - 90 ll 5 135 -
Note 4a)
All except two above Resistance
100 120 145 165 85 110 130 155
types (see Note 4b)
1500 Hp and less Embedded detector 100 130 155 180 90 115 140 165
Over 1500 Hp Embedded detector 105 125 150 175 90 115 135 160
Field Winding of
Synchronous Motors
Salient pole Resistance 100 120 145 165 85 llO 130 155
Cylindrical rotor Resistance - 125 145 165 - 115 135 155
Note I : The temperatures attained by cores, squirrel-cage windings, amortisseur \,indings. and mechanica l pans (such as brushholders, pole tips, uninsulated
shading coils, commutators, collector rings, etc.) shall not injure the machine in any respect.
Note 2: Above are based on 1.0 service factor. Motors having service factors up to 1.15 shall be subject to special consideration.
Note 3: Induction motors intended for use in any other ambient temperature but not less than 40oC shall have temperature rises not exceeding the value calculated
from the appropriate equation below, rounded off to the nearest 5 degrees.
a. Temperature rise = 0.965 (Ths -Ta) Ta = ambient temperature
Ths = hot spot temperature
b. Temperature rise = 0.9 (Ths -Ta) 105oC for Class A
130oC for Class B
l 55oC for Class F
I80oC for Class H

Table 9.18.2.1-2 Maximum Allowable Temperature for Rotating Machinery with Class E Insulation
AC Generators
Part of Machine Determined by Maximum Allowable Temperature (0 C)
DC Machines
A ll insulated windings other than items nest following Thermometer 100
Single-layer field windings w ith exposed uninsulated Thermometer
ll O
surfaces and bare copper windings
Cores and mechanical parts in contact with or adjacent Th ermometer
100
to insulation
Commutators and collectors rings Thermometer 11 5
AC Machines
Salient Pole Generators Thermometer
100
Armature winding of machines of 1500 kVA or less
Armature windings with 2 coil sides per slot in stators Embedded detector
110
of machines above 1500 kVA
Insulated field windings Resistance 11 0
Turbine-type Generators Thermom eter
100
Armature windings of machines of750 kVAand less
Armature windings with 2 coil sides per slot in stators Embedded detector
110
of machines above 750 kVA
All Types Thermometer
Coil windings, cores and mech anical parts in contact 110
w ith, or adjacent to insu lation
Collector ring s, commutators Thermometer 115 I

866
 ARTICLE 9.19 - EXPLOSION-PROOF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
shaft, shall be so arranged that any unit of them can be
taken out of service and isolated electrically.
(B) Field Circuits. Field circuits shall be provided with
means of suppressing voltage rise when the field switch
is opened.
9.18.3.4 Protection.
(A) Overcurrent Protective Devices. Overcurrent
protective devices, in the main circuits shall be set
sufficiently high so that there is no possibility of their
operating due to overcurrents caused by maneuvering
or normal operation in rough seas.
(B) DC Generators Connected in Series. Where
separately driven de generators are connected
electrically in series, means shall be provided to prevent
reversal of the rotation of a generator at the failure of
the driving power of its prime mover.
(C) Excitation Circuits. In the excitation circuits, there
shall be no overload protection causing the opening of
the circuit.
(D) Detection of Short-Circuit Current. Means shall
be provided to detect sudden shmi-circuit currents
and to protect against phase unbalance. When damage
is likely to be caused to the electrical equipment i
more serious than the possible consequence of losing
propulsion power. consideration hall be g:Ye:i :o
pro,iding means for rapid red-i.:c:ion of the rr:ag:ne.:c
flm,es of the gene:arors or mo:o:s.
(E) Ground Leakage Detection. :\tea::is :or g:aund
leakage de:ec:ion ~ be :;:i:-m-:ded for the main
propul ion ci.-ruii.. and :hi- _h.a:.;. iJe a.-ranged ~o operate
an alarm LlXl!l ±e oc :::-:-e:i e o: a ground fault.
(F) Ins ulated Excitation Circuits. Insulated excitation
circuits shall be p:O\ided \\i:h leakage detection, which
may consi.: of \·o!:meters or lamps.
9.18.3.5 Controlgears for Electromagnetic
Slipcouplings. Con:!olgears for electromagnetic
slipcouplings sha:: include a two-pole disconnecting
switch, shon-circu:t prorecrion and an ammeter for
the coupling excitation circuit. Interlocking gears
shall be prO\·ided to pre,·em the coupling from being
energized when the driYing machine control levers are
in an inappropriate position. Such controlgear may
be combined with the prime mover speed control and
reversing gears.
9.18.3.6 Instruments. The following instruments,
where required, shall be mounted in the main control
assembly or any other location.
(A) For AC Systems.
(1) Ammeter, voltmeter, indicating wattmeter and
field ammeter for each propulsion generator.
(2) Field ammeter for each synchronous motor.
(3) Speed indicator for each propeller shaft.
(4) Temperature indicator for reading directly the
temperature of each propulsion generator stator
and motor stator.
(B) For DC Systems.
(1) Ammeter for the main circuit.
(2) Ammeter for each generator and motor field
circuit.
(3) Voltmeter for reading voltage in each generator,
motor and exciter.
(4) Speed indicator for each propeller shaft.
(C) Installation Outside the Engine Room. Where
control outside the engine room is used, instruments
necessary for operation and monitoring of the main
propulsion system shall be installed at a convenient
location near -uch a station.
9.18.4 Cables
9.18.4. 1 Cables. The conductors of cables and wiring
shall consist of not less than seven strands and the
conductors of a cross-section smaller than 2.0 mm2 shall
not be installed except cables or wiring for automatic
equipment not directly connected to main circuits.
ARTICL E 9.19 - EXPLOSION-PROOF
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
9.19.1.1 General. Explosion-proof electrical equipment
shall comply with the requirements in other chapters of
this Code, insofar as applicable, in addition with the
requirements of this article.
9.19.1.2 Kind of Explosion-Proof Construction. The
kind of explosion-proof construction used for electrical
equipment onboard watercrafts shall generally be as
follows:
(A) Flameproof type;
(B) Intrinsically safe type;
(C) Increased safety type; and
(D) Pressurized protected type.
867
 ARTICLE 9.19 - EXPLOSION-PROOF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
9.19.1.3 Materials.
(A) Materials for Construction. Materials for
explosion-proof construction shall have an adequate
electrical, mechanical, thermal and chemical resistance
against environmental condition and flammable gases
or vapors at the location of the electrical equipment
concerned.
(B) Portable Appliances. Enclosures and outer fittings
of portable appliances shall be of such material which
minimizes the risk of spark by friction, or to have a
nonmetallic strong cover with hanging strap.
(C) Compounds. Insulating compounds and sealing
compounds use for integral parts of explosion-proof
construction shall be such that no harmful expansion,
contraction, softening or crack is found during service.
The insulating compounds applied to bare energized
parts shall be flame-retardant.
9.19.1.4 Construction.
(A) Metallic Guards. The glazed parts of lighting
fittings and the inspection windows of other electrical
apparatus of flameproof type, increased safety type and
pressurized protected type shall, as a rule, be provided
with sturdy metallic guards.
(B) Gaskets. In case a gasket is used to give
watertightness to the explosion-proof electrical
equipment installed on weather decks and other similar
spaces, the gasket shall be so fitted as not to impair the
explosion-proof characteristics due to its deterioration
and/or breakage.
(C) Cables. The lead-in part of cables shall be
of a construction suitable for watercraft cables.
Consideration shall be given so that the cables can be
surely fixed at the lead-in part, except where the cables
are installed in steel conduits.
(D) Electrical Equipment. Electrical equipment
associated with intrinsically safe circuits and located in
dangerous spaces or zones shall be of totally enclosed
construction.
(E) Type Indication. Explosion-proof electrical
equipment shall be clearly indicated of its type and the
kind of gases for which the equipment is designed. And
the lighting fittings shall also be indicated of the kind of
lighting bulb applicable thereto and its wattage.
9.19.1.5 Ambient Temperature. Reference ambient
temperature for explosion-proof electrical equipment
shall be 50°C.
868
9.19.1.6 Special Requirements.
(A) Flameproof Electrical Equipment.
(1) Lighting Fittings. Where flameproof lighting
fittings are fitted through bulkhead, they shall be
so installed as not to impair the integrity of the
bulkheads.
(2) Drain Device. In case where a drain discharging
device is provided to the enclosure of flameproof
construction, it shall be so constructed as not to
impair the flameproof characteristics even with
the device in the open position.
(B) Increased Safety Electrical Equipment.
(1) Lighting Fittings. Enclosures of increased safety
lighting fittings shall be of a sturdy construction
made of non-hygroscopic flame-retardant or
incombustible material, and also they shall be of
watertight construction or equivalent thereto.
(2) Connection Boxes. The branch connection boxes
of increased safety type shall, as a rule, be filled
up with the insulating compounds specified in
Section 9.19.1.3(C).
(C) Intrinsically Safe Electrical Equipment.
(1) Safety Barrier. The electrical apparatus for
interconnection between intrinsically safe circuits
and non-intrinsically safe circuits (hereinafter
referred to as "safety barrier") shall be composed
of highly reliable components, and in addition it
shall be so designed as to ensure the intrinsic safe
characteristics eYen \Yhen one of the components
is in disorder. Such safety barriers shall be located
in a safe space.
(2) Feeders. The feeders circuits of intrinsically safe
equipment shall be connected to the source of
electric power in such a manner as to have no risk
of damaging the function of safety barriers due to
any electrical fault in other circuits, for example,
by means of isolating transfonners.
(3) Metallic Partitions. Intrinsically-safe electrical
equipment shall be installed independently of
other electrical equipment. Where the combined
installation with other equipment is necessary,
grounded metallic partitions shall be provided in
between these equipment.
(d) Intrinsically-Safe Systems. Intrinsically-safe
systems shall be completely separated and
independent of all other electrical systems.
Intrinsically-safe cables shall have shielded
conductors or shall be installed at a minimum of
 ARTICLE 9.20 - SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR WATERCRAFTS CERTIFIED FOR CARRIAGE IN BULK
50 mm from other electric cables and shall not
occupy an enclosure (such as a junction box or
terminal cabinet) with non-intrinsically-safe
circuits.
(E) Pressurized Protected Electrical Equipment.
(1) Safe Zone. When air is used as the pressurized
medium, the air inlet shall be located in a safe
zone.
(2) Interlock Device. Where air or inert gas is used
as the pressurized medium, an interlock device
shall be provided to ensure a displacement of
air within the apparatus of at least 10 times the
free volume of its enclosure and thus obtain the
required pressure before it can be energized.
(3) Loss of Pressure. Pressurized protected electrical
equipment shall be automatically disconnected
from the source of electric power in the event
of the loss of pressure within its enclosure.
However, if this arrangement should increase the
hazard to the watercraft, it may be permitted for
loss of pressure to operate an alarm device only.
ARTICLE 9.20 - SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
FOR WATERCRAFTS CERTIFIED FOR
CARRIAGE IN BULK OF FLAMMABLE
LIQUIDS AND LIQUEFIED FLAMMABLE
GASES
9.20.1.1 Application. The requirements of this article
shall apply to all tankships or tank vessels especially
constructed or conYerted to carry liquid cargo in bulk.
9.20.1.2 Location of Cables.
(A) Where Grades A, B, C. and D Liquid Cargo is
Carried. Electric cables shall be located well inboard
from the sides, preferably along or near the centerline.
to reduce the risk of injury in the event of collision, but
it shall be kept clear of cargo tank openings.
(B) Where Grade E Liquid Cargo is Carried. Feeders
shall be run as far as practicable to avoid cargo pump
rooms and enclosed spaces immediately adjoining
cargo tanks.
9.20.1.3 Equipment Location.
(A) Switching Devices. Switchboards, distribution
panels, switches, fuses and other circuit interrupting
or power devices shall not be installe4 in cargo pump
rooms nor in enclosed spaces immediately above or
adjacent to cargo tanks filled with all grades of liquids
except Grade E.
(B) Storage Batteries. Storage batteries shall not be
located in cargo pump room regardless of the grade of
liquid cargo handled.
9.20.1.4 Portable Equipment.
(A) Approved Type. Illumination may be obtained in
any compartment by the use of approved explosion-
proof, self-contained, battery-fed lamps.
(B) Conditions of Use. No portable electrical
equipment of any type shall be used in bulk cargo tanks,
fuel oil tanks, cargo pump rooms, or enclosed spaces
immediately above or adjacent to bulk cargo tanks
unless all the following conditions are met:
Condition 1: The compartment itself is gas free. This
means the area is free from dangerous concentration of
flammable or toxic gases;
Condition 2: The compartments adjacent and
diagonally adjacent are either gas free, filled with water,
contain Grade E liquid only, are closed and secured, or
the spaces are not normally expected to accumulate
flammable vapors and gases; and
Condition 3: All other compartments of the watercraft
in which flammable vapors and gases normally may be
expected to accumulate are closed and secured.
9.20.1.5 Installation Requirements on Watercrafts
Handling Grade A, B, C, or D Liquid Cargoes.
(A) Lighting of Cargo Pump Rooms.
(1) Fixed Glass Lens. Cargo pump rooms shall be
lighted through permanently fixed glass lenses
fitted in the bulkhead and/or overhead.
(2) Construction and Arrangement. Each fixed
glass leans shall be of rugged construction and
arranged to maintain the watertight and gastight
integrity of the structure. The fixed glass lens
may form a part of a lighting fixture provided that
all of the following conditions are complied with:
Condition 1: No means of access to the interior of
the fixture from the pump is provided;
Condition 2: The fixture is vented to the engme
room or similar nonhazardous area;
Condition 3: The fixture is wired from outside the
pump room; and
Condition 4: The maximum observable temperature
on the pump room surface of the glass lens based on an
ambient temperature of 40°C shall not exceed 80°C.
869
 ARTICLE 9.21 - WATERCRAFTS CARRYING LIQUEFIED GASES IN BULK
(3) Alternative Fixture. Approved explosion-proof
lighting fixture may be installed, where the
location of a cargo pump room does not permit
the lighting arrangement as defined in (1) and (2)
above.
(B) Lighting of Enclosed Spaces. Lighting of the
enclosed spaces immediately above or adjacent to cargo
tanks shall be as required in (A) above.
(C) Wiring.
(1) Cable Requirement. Wiring shall be in armored,
lead-covered cable run through approved gastight
fittings having stuffing glands at inlets and outlets.
(2) Through Runs Allowed. Through runs of
electric cable are permitted in any enclosed space
immediately above or adjacent to cargo tanks.
(3) Through Runs Prohibited. Through run of
electric cables regardless of how they may be
protected, are prohibited in cargo pump rooms.
(D) Weather Decks Electrical Equipment.
(1) Explosion-proof. Motors, their control
equipment, and other electrical equipment and
installation located on or above the weather deck
within 3000 mm of the cargo tank openings,
cargo pump room doors or ventilation outlets, or
cargo tank vent terminations, shall be explosion-
proof.
(2) Waterproof. Explosion-proof equipment
installed in locations exposed to the weather shall
be waterproof or shall be enclosed in watertight
housings, or protected against the entrance of
water by other approved means.
(3) Ventilation Requirements. Motors shall be
either totally enclosed or ventilated to the
atmosphere by suction and discharge air ducts.
Separately ventilated motors shall have pressure
type ventilation with an automatic shut-off to
open the circuit when the ventilating fan stops.
The system shall be so interlocked that the pump
motor cannot be started (restarted) prior to a
circulation of air. The air ducts shall lead to and
from the atmosphere outside the pump room to
terminate not less than 900 mm above the deck
and not less than 1800 mm from any cargo tank
vent.
(E) Boxes. Joints in wiring shall be made only in wiring
appliances or junction boxes, etc. Such boxes shall be
completely metallic and gastight.
870
ARTICLE 9.21-WATERCRAFTS CARR\T\G
LIQUEFIED GASES IN Bt.:-LK
9.21.1.1 General.
(A)Application. The provision in the following sectiolli
are applicable to watercrafts carrying flammable
products.
(B) Requirements.
(1) Electrical Installation. Electrical installations
shall be such as to minimize the risk of fire and
explosion from flammable products.
(2) Electrical Equipment. Electrical equipment and
or wiring shall not be installed in gas-dangerous
spaces or zones, unless essential for operation
purposes.
(3) Approved Types. Where electrical equipment
is installed in gas-dangerous spaces or zones
they shall be of the approved types for use in the
flammable atmosphere concerned.
9.21.1.2 Types of Equipment. Certified safe type
equipment, submerged cargo pwnp motors and their
supply cables, may be fitted in gas-dangerous spaces or
zones in accordance with the following:
(A) Types of Equipment Allowed. Intrinsically-safe
electrical equipment and wiring shall be fitted in all gas-
dangerous spaces and zones;
(B) Cargo Containment Systems. Arrangements shall
be made to automatically shut down the motors of
submerged cargo pumps in the event oflow liquid level,
low pump discharge pressure, and low motor current.
The shutdown should be alarmed at the cargo control
station. Cargo pump motors shall be capable of being
isolated from their electrical supply during gas-freeing
operations;
(C) Requiring Secondary Barrier. Hold spaces where
cargo is carried in a cargo containment system requiring
a secondary barrier;
(1) Supply cables for submerged cargo pump motors.
(D) Not Requiring Secondary Barrier. Hold spaces
where cargo is carried in a cargo containment system
not requiring a secondary barrier;
(1) Through runs of cables.
(2) Lighting fittings with pressurized enclosure or of
the flame-proof type. All switches and protecti\·e
devices shall interrupt all poles or pha es ::::2
shall be of a certified safe type.
 ARTICLE 9.22 - ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT OF TANKERS
(3) Electrical depth sounding or log devices and
impressed current cathodic protection system
anodes or electrodes. These devices should be
housed in gastight enclosures.
(E) Separated by Gastight Boundary. Spaces
separated by a single steel gastight boundary from a
hold space where the cargo contaimnent system requires
a secondary barrier, except those spaces (e.g. motor
rooms) on the weather deck which would other.vise be
gas-safe;
(1) Equipment permitted by (D) above.
(2) Flame-proof motors, controllers and switches for
cargo or ballast system valve operation.
(3) General audible alarm indicators and
instrumentation.
(4) Other items of flame-proof equipment required.
(F) Cargo Pump/Motors and Cargo Compressor
Rooms;
(1) Lighting Fittings. Lighting fittings with
pressurized enclosures or of the flame-proof type.
All switches and protective devices shall interrupt
all poles or phases and shall be of a certified safe
type.
(2) Electric Motors. Electric motors for driving cargo
pumps or cargo compressors shall be separated
from these spaces by a gastight bulkhead or deck.
Flexible couplings or other means of maintaining
alignment shall be fitted to the shafts between the
dri\·en equipment and its motors and, in addition,
suitable glands shall be provided where the shafts
pass through the gastight bulkhead or deck. Such
electric motors and associated equipment shall
be located in a compartment fitted with fixed
mechanical Yentilating systems capable of being
controlled from outside such spaces.
(3) AltematiYe Types. Where operational or
structural requirements are such as to make it
impossible to comply with the methods described
in (F)(2) aboYe, motors of the following certified
safe types may be installed in cargo pump rooms
or cargo compressor rooms, provided they are of:
a. Increased safety type with flame-proof
enclosures; or
b. Pressurized type.
(4) Indicator. Flame-proof general alarm audible
indicator.
(G) Open Spaces. Zones on open decks or non-enclosed
spaces on open deck within three meters of any cargo
tank outlet, gas or vapor outlet, cargo pipe flange, cargo
valves or entrances and ventilation openings to cargo
pumps and compressor rooms;
(1) Certified safe type equipment.
(2) Through runs of cables.
(H) Where Pipes are Located. Enclosed or semi-
enclosed spaces in which pipes containing cargo
products are located and compartments for cargo hoses;
(1) Lighting fittings with pressurized enclosures or of
the flame-proof types. All switches and protective
devices shall interrupt all poles or phases and be
of a certified safe type.
(2) Through runs of cables.
(I) Into Gas-dangerous Spaces. Enclosed or semi-
enclosed spaces having direct opening into any
gas-dangerous space or zone shall have electrical
installations complying with the requirements for the
space or zone to which the opening leads.
ARTICLE 9.22 - ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
OFTA~KERS
9.22.1 General
9.22.1.1 Scope. Electrical equipment for tankers
carrying oil having a flashpoint of 60°C or less shall
comply with the requirements in this article, and Article
9.19.
9.22.1.2 Dangerous Spaces. In tankers, the following
spaces and zones shall be considered as dangerous
spaces:
(A) Cargo tanks;
(B) Cofferdams, double bottoms and duct-keels
adjoining cargo tanks;
(C) Enclosed or semi-enclosed spaces immediately
above cargo tanks (e.g. between decks) or having
bulkheads above and in line with cargo tank bulkheads;
(D) Other spaces adjoining cargo tanks than those
specified in (B) and (C) above;
(E) Cargo pump rooms;
(F) Enclosed or semi-enclosed spaces in which cargo
pipes are fitted;
(G) Compartments for cargo hoses;
(H) Zones on open deck of semi-enclosed spaces on
open deck, within at least 3 m of any cargo tank outlet
or gas or vapor outlet. Gas or vapor outlets shall include
871
 ARTICLE 9.22 - ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT OF TANKERS
ventilation openings of cargo pump rooms, cofferdams
and the like, and cargo pump room entrances;
(I) Zones on open decks within 9 m of ventilation
openings of cargo tanks and the zones downward from
there to the deck;
(J) Zones on open deck immediately above all the cargo
tanks (including all ballast tanks within the cargo tank
block) and to the full width of the watercraft plus 3 m
fore and aft on open deck, up to a length of2.4 m above
the deck;
(K) Enclosed or semi-enclosed spaces immediately
above cargo pump rooms or above vertical cofferdams
adjoining cargo tanks unless separated by a gastight
deck and suitably mechanically ventilated; and
(L) Enclosed or semi-enclosed spaces having a direct
opening into any of the spaces or zones stipulated in
the above.
9.22.1.3 Supply of Power.
(A) Power Supply System. The system of power
supply shall be as follows:
(1) Two-wire insulated for de;
(2) Two-wire insulated for single-phase ac; and
(3) Three-wire insulated for three-phase ac.
(B) Generator, Power Supply and Distribution
Circuits. Generator circuits, power supply and
distribution circuits shall not be grounded, nor depend
on hull return system except the following:
(1) Impressed current cathodic protection system for
outer hull protection only;
(2) Ground indicating devices or other alternative
means, however, in no case shall the circulation
current to exceed 30 milliamperes;
(3) Limited and locally grounded systems, such
as starting and ignition system of internal
combustion engines; and
(4) Electrical circuits having no fear of causing hull
current to the dangerous spaces.
9.22.1.4 Isolating Means. Distribution circuits for
the electrical equipment installed in dangerous spaces
shall be provided on each circuit with multipole linked
isolation switches in a safe space. In addition, the
isolation switches shall be clearly labeled to identify the
electrical equipment to be connected with, and further
effective means shall be provided to avoid danger due
to unauthorized operation of the isolation switches.
872
9.22.1.5 Ground Detection. Excluding intrinsically-
safe circuits, the feeders and distribution circuits to be
connected to the electrical equipment in the dangerous
spaces or to run through the dangerous spaces shall
be provided with such devices that keep monitoring
the insulation levels and will give an alann in case of
abnormally lo,v level. (See Part 9.4.6)
9.22.2 Wiring in Dangerous Spaces
9.22.2.1 General.
(A) Dangerous Spaces. Cables shall not generally be
installed in the dangerous spaces specified in Section
9.22.1.2.
(B) L'navoidable Installation. Where installation of
cables in such spaces is unavoidable, it shall comply
with the requirements in Sections 9.22.2.2 to 9.22.2.5.
9.22.2.2 Selection of Cables. Cables shall be one
of the follo\,·ing. Where corrosion may be expected,
a nonmetallic impervious sheath shall be applied
o,·er metallic sheaths or armor of cable for corrosion
protection.
(.-\) \f ineral insulated and metallic sheathed;
(B) Lead heathed and armored, and;
(C) );"on.'11etallic imperYiou sheathed and armored.
9.22.23 Installation of Cables.
(.-\) Close to Hull Center Line. Cables shall be installed
a close to the hull center line as practicable.
(B) Distant from Decks. Etc. Cables shall be installed
sufficientiy distant from decks, bulkheads, tanks and
rnrious kinds of pipes.
(C) Protection Against :\1echanical Damage. Cables
which are installed on the fore and aft gangways
and the decks shall be protected against mechanical
damage. Further. the cables and their supports shall be
fined in such a manner as to withstand expansion and
contraction and other effect of the hull structure.
(D) Gastightness. The penetration part of the cables
or cable pipes through decks and bulkheads of the
dangerous spaces shall be constructed so as to maintain
gastightness and liquidtightness as the case may require.
(E) Good Terminations. When mineral insulated
cables are used, special precautions shall be taken to
ensure good terminations.
9.22.2.4 Grounding of Cables. All metallic protective
coverings of power and lighting cables passing through
dangerous spaces, or connected to equipment in such
spaces, shall be grounded at each end.
 ARTICLE 9.22 - ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT OF TANKERS
9.22.2.5 Intrinsically-Safe Circuits.
(A) Exclusive Use. The cables for intrinsically-safe
circuits associated with intrinsically-safe type electrical
equipment shall be of exclusive use, being installed
separately from cables for general circuits.
(B) Wired Individually. Intrinsically-safe circuits
associated with different kinds of intrinsically-safe
type electrical equipment shall generally be wired
individually using different cables. Where it is necessary
to use a multi-core cable in common, a cable which has
shields by each core or each pair of cores shall be used,
having such shields grounded effectively.
9.22.3 Electrical Equipment in Dangerous Spaces
9.22.3.1 General.
(A) Dangerous Spaces. Electrical equipment shall not
generally be installed in the dangerous spaces specified
in Section 9.22.1.2. Where installation of electrical
equipment is unavoidable in these dangerous spaces it
shall comply with the requirements Part 9.22.3.
(B) Explosion-proof Equipment. Explosion-proof
electrical equipment shall comply with requirements
for use with explosive gases and vapors.
(C) Intrinsically-Safe Type. Electrical measuring,
monitoring, control and communication apparatus shall
be of intrinsically-safe type.
(D) Portable Lamps. Portable lamps shall be of
intrinsically-safe or flame-proof type with self-
contained battery.
(E) Lighting Fittings. Lighting fittings of increased
safety type shall be of a type accepted for oil tankers.
9.22.3.2 All Dangerous Spaces Specified in Section
9.22.1.2. Intrinsically-safe type electrical equipment
shall be installed in all dangerous spaces specified in
Section 9.22.1.2.
9.22.3.3 Dangerous Spaces Specified in Section
9 .22.1.2(B).
(A) Transducers. The transducers of navigation
instruments such as electric depth sounding devices
may be installed. The transducers shall be of totally-
enclosed type, to be housed in a gastight enclosure clear
of the cargo tank. The cables to the transducers shall
be installed in heavy gauge galvanized steel pipes with
gastight joints up to the main deck.
(B) Anodes or Electrodes. Where the anodes or
electrodes and the cables of an impressed current
:::athodic protection system for outer hull protection are
installed in such spaces, the requirements in (A) abo\·e
shall be applied.
(C) Lighting Fittings. Lighting fittings of flameproof
type (explosion-proof) or intrinsically-safe type shall be
installed in double bottom and duct keels equipped with
machinery which shall be manned for operation on at
least two independent circuits.
9.22.3.4 Dangerous Spaces Specified in Section
9.22.1.2(C).
(A) Lighting Fittings. Lighting fittings of flameproof
type (explosion proof) or intrinsically-safe type shall
be installed. Lighting fittings in the spaces which are
normally attended by the personnel shall be supplied by
at least two independent circuits.
(B) Cables. Cables may run through these spaces.
9.22.3.5 Dangerous Spaces Specified in Section
9.22.1.2(D).
(A) Electrical Equipment. Electrical equipment
specified in Section 9.22.3.3 may be installed.
(B) Lighting Fittings. Lighting fittings of flameproof
type (explosion proof) or intrinsically-safe type shall be
installed in the spaces equipped with machinery which
shall be manned for operation and watch.
(C) Cables. Approved through runs of cables may be
installed.
9.22.3.6 Dangerous Spaces Specified in Section
9.22.1.2(E).
(A) Electrical Equipment. Electrical equipment
specified in Section 9.22.3.3 may be installed.
(B) Lighting Fittings. Lighting fittings of flameproof
type (explosion proof) or intrinsically-safe type shall be
installed. The lighting fittings shall be arranged on at
least two independent circuits.
(C) Cables. Where cables are run through cargo pump
room entrances, they shall be installed in heavy gauge
steel pipes or steel ducts with gastight joints.
9.22.3.7 Dangerous Space Specified in Section
9.22.1.2(F) and (G).
(a) Lighting Fittings. Lighting fittings of flameproof
type (explosion proof) or intrinsically-safe type shall be
installed.
(b) Cables. Where cables are run through these spaces,
they shall be installed in heavy gauge steel pipes or
steel ducts with gastight joints.
873
 ARTICLE 9.25 - ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT OF MOTOR VEHICLE CARRIERS AND COAL CARRIERS
9.22.3.8 Dangerous Spaces Specified in Section
9.22.l.2(H), (I), (J), and (K).
(A)Electrical Equipment. Electrical equipment of
flameproof type, and increased safety type shall be
installed.
(B) Cables. Cables shall be run through the spaces.
However, no cable expansion bends shall be provided
in the spaces specified in Section 9 .22.1.2(H) as far as
practicable.
9.22.3.9 Dangerous Spaces Specified in Section
9.22.1.2(L). These spaces shall be considered as
equivalent to the adjacent dangerous spaces having
direct openings, and the electrical installations shall be
in compliance with the corresponding requirements in
the preceding Sections 9.22.3.1 to 9.22.3 .8.
9.22.3.10 Electric Motor Driving Equipment in
Cargo Pumproom. Electric motors driving equipment
located in cargo pumproom spaces shall be installed in
the space partitioned from these spaces by a gastight
bulkhead and deck. In addition, suitable stuffing boxes
shall be fitted where shafts pass through gastight
bulkheads and decks.
9.22.3.11 Lighting in Dangerous Spaces. Where
dangerous spaces are lighted by the lamps located in
the adjacent safe spaces through glazed ports fitted in
the bulkheads or decks, these glazed ports shall be so
constructed as not to impair the watertight, gastight
and strength integrity of the bulkheads and decks. Due
consideration shall be given to the ventilation of the
lighting fittings so that the excessive temperature rise is
not caused on the glazed ports.
9.22.3.12 Electric Motors Driving Ventilation
for Dangerous Spaces. Electric motors driving the
ventilators for cargo pumprooms and the exhaust
ventilators for other dangerous spaces shall not be
installed in the ventilating ducts.
ARTICLE 9.23 - WATERCRAFT
CARRYING LIQUEFIED GASES AT OR
NEAR ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE AND AT
TEMPERATURE BELOW ATMOSPHERIC
9.23.1.1 General. Electrical installations and equipment
of watercrafts carrying liquefied gases in bulk shall
comply with the provisions of Articles 9 .20 and 9 .21 .
9.23.1 .2 Submerged Motor Cargo Pump.
(A) Design. Layout and details shall be of an approved
type.
874
(B) Motor Operation. Motors shall be capable of
being energized for discharging purposes only when the
conditions (under cargo pumps) are satisfied by such
means as the use of a pressure cut-out S\\·itch \Yith a
manual reset.
ARTICLE 9.24 - WATERCRAFT CARRYL\G
VEHICLES WITH FUEL IN THE TA~KS
9.24.1.1 Ventilation. An effective power ventilation
system, sufficient to give at least six (6) air changes per
hour, based on the volume of the empty enclosed space
in which vehicles are to be transported or stored, shall
be provided. The system shall be entirely independent
from other ventilation systems and shall be operable
whenever vehicles are carried in such spaces. Exhaust
duct inlets shall be located within 450 mm above the
vehicle deck.
Means shall be provided to indicate on the navigating
bridge or other appropriate locations any loss or
reduction of the required ventilating capacity.
9.24.1.2 Equipment Location and Construction.
In general, the electrical equipment shall be installed
within a zone extending from the vehicle deck to
450 mm above the vehicle deck in enclosed or semi-
enclosed space. Any equipment necessary for the safe
operation of the watercraft may be fitted in this zone
provided it is intrinsically-safe or of the explosion-
proof type. Any electrical equipment installed in a duct
exhausting from a space of 450 mm of the vehicle deck
shall be of the explosion-proof or intrinsically-safe
type, however, squirrel-cage induction motors without
brushes or without arc-producing devices may be used.
ARTICLE 9.25 - ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
OF MOTOR VEHICLE CARRIERS AND COAL
CARRIERS
9.25.1.1 General. The requirements in this article apply
to the electrical equipment installed in the cargo holds
and the compartments adjacent thereto of motor Yehicle
carriers and coal carriers.
9.25.1.2 ::vlotor Yehicle Carriers.
(A) Electrical Equipment in Car Deck and Cargo
Holds.
(1) Within 450 mm. In principle no electrical
equipment shall be installed within a height
of 450 mm above each car deck. Where it is
unavoidable due to operational reasons, to fit
electrical equipment into this zone, the equipment
shall be of explosion-proof type.
 ARTICLE 9.26 - ELECTRIC AND ELECTROHYDRAULIC STEERING GEARS
(2) Above 450 mm. All electrical equipment situated
at more than 450 mm above car decks shall be
at least of dust-proof and watertight construction,
and to be interlocked with the ventilators of the
cargo holds. Where explosion-proof electrical
equipment is used or gas detection system is
provided, the interlocks may be omitted.
(3) In Exhaust Ventilation Ducts. Any electrical
equipment installed in the exhaust ventilation
ducts of the cargo holds shall be of explosion-
proof type.
(4) Portable Electrical Appliances. In principle no
portable electrical appliances shall be located in
the holds.
(5) Fire and Gas Detection Systems. Fire and gas
detection systems and the like which are installed
in the cargo holds shall be of explosion-proof
type.
(6) Isolating Switches. All electrical circuits
terminating in the cargo holds shall be provided
with multipole linked isolating switches situated
outside the cargo holds, and accessible only to
authorized personnel. Provision shall be made for
isolation, and for locking in the OFF position of
the control switch of such circuits. However, this
requirement does not apply to safety devices such
as fire. smoke or gas detectors.
(B) Electric.al Equipment in the Compartments
Adjacent to Cargo Holds. For the electrical equipment
in the compartments adjacent to the cargo holds and
ha\ing an opening such as non-gastight door, hatch,
scuttle and the like in their bulkheads and decks, the
requirements in (A) above shall apply.
9.25.1.3 Coal Carriers.
(A) Electrical Equipment in Cargo Holds. In
principle no electrical equipment shall be installed
in the cargo holds. Where it is unavoidable to install
electrical equipment in the holds, the equipment shall
comply with the follow ing requirements:
(1) S"itches and Outlets. Switches and socket
outlets shall not be installed except those
connected to intrinsically-safe circuits;
(2) Explosion-proof Type. In case where other
electrical equipment than those specified in (1)
above is installed, the equipment shall be of
explosion-proof type, and such equipment and
its associated cables shall be installed so as to
be kept from mechanical damage. In addition,
the feeder circuits for the equipment shall be
provided with multipole linked isolating switches
situated outside the holds, so arranged as to have
the equipment usually locked with the S\Yitch in
OFF position.
(3) Cables. The cables passing through the cargo
holds shall be led in gastight heavy gauge steel
pipes, and the both ends of the pipes shall be
sealed using cable glands and the like through the
boundaries of the cargo holds.
(B) Electrical Equipment in the Compartments
Adjacent to Cargo Holds.
(1) Cargo Holds with Non-gastight Doors. The
electrical equipment which is installed in the
compartments adjacent to the cargo holds and
having an opening such as non-gastight door,
hatch and the like in their bulkheads shall be of
explosion-proof type.
(2) Vicinity of Ventilation Openings. No electrical
equipment except those of explosion-proof type
shall be installed in the vicinity of ventilation
openings of the cargo holds.
(C) Cargo Lamps. Cargo lamps used in the cargo holds
shall be of special type or equivalent and approved for
this particular use or of listed type.
ARTICLE 9.26 - ELECTRIC AND
ELECTROHYDRAULIC STEERING GEARS
9.26.1.1 Scope. The requirements of this article shall
apply to all types of watercraft having electric and
electrohydraulic steering gears.
9.26.1.2 Passenger Ships and Cargo Ships.
(A) Main and Auxiliary Gears. Ships shall be provided
with a main steering gear and an auxiliary steering gear.
(B) Main Steering Gear. The main steering gear shall
be adequate and sufficient to steer the watercraft at
maximum service speed. The main steering gear and
rudder stock shall be so designed that they are not
damaged at maximum astern speed.
(C) Auxiliary Steering Gear. The auxiliary steering
gear shall be of adequate strength and sufficient to steer
the watercraft at navigable speed and capable of being
brought speedily into action in an emergency.
(D) Rudder Position Indicator. The exact position of
the rudder, if power operated, shall be indicated at the
principal steering station.
(E) Indicator Location. Indicators for electric and
electrohydraulic steering gears shall be installed in a
suitable location in the navigating bridge.
875
 ARTICLE 9.26 - ELECTRIC AND ELECTROHYDRAULIC STEERING GEARS
(F) Communication. Ships shall be fitted with two
means of communicating orders from the bridge to the
engine room, one of which shall be an engine room
telegraph.
9.26.1.3 All Passenger Ships (Irrespective of
Tonnage) and Cargo Ships of 5000 Gross Tonnage
and Upwards.
(A) Two Circuits. Electric and electrohydraulic steering
gear shall be served by two circuits fed from the main
switchboards. One of the circuits may pass through the
emergency switchboard, if provided. Each circuit shall
have adequate capacity for supplying all the motors
which are nonnally connected to it and which operate
simultaneously. If transfer arrangements are provided in
the steering gear room to permit either circuit to supply
any motor or combination of motors, the capacity of
each circuit shall be adequate for the most severe load
condition. The circuits shall be separated throughout
their length as widely as it is practicable.
(B) Short Circuit Protection. Short circuit protection
only shall be provided for these circuits and motors.
9.26.1.4 Cargo Ships of Less than 5000 Gross
Tonnage.
(A) Sole Source of Power. Cargo ships in which
electrical power is the sole source of power for both
main and auxiliary steering gear shall comply with
Section 9.26. 1.3, except that if the auxiliary steering
gear is powered by a motor primarily intended for other
services, Section 9.26.1.3(B) may be waived, provided
that the protection arrangement is satisfactorily
adequate.
(B) Short Circuit Protection. Short circuit protection
only shall be provided for motors and power circuits
of electrically or electrohydraulically operated main
steering gear.
9.26.1.5 Tankers/Supertankers.
(A) Tanker/Supertanker 10000 Gross Tonnage and
Upwards (New and Existing).
(1) Control Circuits. Two remote steering gear
control circuits shall be provided, each of which
shall be operable separately from the navigating
bridge. This does not require duplication of the
steering wheel or steering lever. In the event of
failure of the remote steering gear control system
in operation, the other system shall be capable of
being brought into immediate operation from a
position in the navigating bridge. Each remote
steering gear control system, if electric, shall be
876
served by its own separate circuit supplied fron:::
the steering gear power circuit from a point withi::
the steering gear compartment. In the event of
failure of electrical power supply to a remote
steering gear control system an alarm shall be
given on the navigating bridge. The alarm shall
be both audible and visual, and located in the
navigating bridge.
(2) Load Control. Control of the main steering
gear shall also be provided in the steering gear
compartment.
(3) Local Disconnect. Means shall be provided in
the steering gear compartment to disconnect the
remote steering gear control system from the
power circuit.
(4) Communication. A means of communication
shall be provided between the navigating bridge
and the steering gear compartment.
(5) Rudder Position Indicator. The exact angular
position of the rudder shall be indicated in the
navigating bridge. The rudder angle indicator
shall be independent of the remote steering gear
control system.
(6) Local Indicator. The angular position of the
rudder shall be recognizable in the steering gear
compartment.
(B) For Every ~ew Tanker/Supertanker of 10000
Gross Tonnage and Upwards. In addition to the
requirements of (A) above, the following shall apply:
(1) Identical Power Units. The power units for
the main steering gear shall consist of h:vo or
more identical units and each shall be capable
of operating the rudder. As far as practicable,
the main steering gear shall be so arranged that
a single failure in its raceway or in one of the
power units will not impair the integrity of the
remaining parts of the steering gear.
(2) Main Steering Gear Capability. The main
steering gear shall, with the tanker/supertanker
at its deepest sea going draft, be capable of
putting the rudder from 35 degrees on one side
to 35 degrees on the other side in not more than
28 seconds with the tanker running ahead at
maximum service speed.
(3) Automatic Operation. The main steering gear
power units shall be arranged to start automatically
when power is restored after a power failure.
(4)Alarm. In the event of failure ofany of the steering
gear power units an alarm shall be given at the
 ARTICLE 9.27 - MOBILE OFFSHORE OIL DRILLING RIG/PRODUCTION PLATFORM AND HABITAT UNIT
navigating bridge. Every steering gear power unit
shall be capable of being brought into operation
either automatically or manually from a position
on the navigating bridge.
(5) Alternative Power Supply. An alternative power
supply, at least sufficient to supply a steering
gear power unit, so as to enable it to move the
rudder as specified below, and also to supply its
associated remote steering gear control system
and the rudder angle indicator, shall be provided,
automatically, within 45 seconds, either from the
emergency source of electrical power, or from
another independent source of power located in
the steering gear compartment. This independent
source of power shall be used only for this
purpose and shall have a capacity sufficient for
half an hour of continuous operation. The steering
gear power unit, when being supplied by the
alternative power unit, shall at least be capable
of putting the rudder from 15 degrees on one
side to 15 degrees on the other side in not more
than 60 seconds with the tanker (tank.ship) at its
deepest sea going draft while running at one half
of its maximum service speed ahead or 7 knots
whichever is greater.
ARTICLE 9.27 - MOBILE OFFSHORE OIL
DRILLING RIG/PRODUCTION PLATFORM
AND HABITAT UNIT
9.27.1 General
9.27.1.1 Descriptions.
(A) Rotary Oil Drilling Rig. The main components of
the rotary oil drilling rigs are:
(1) Drawworks. The control center from which the
driller operates the rig. It houses the clutches,
chains, sprockets and engine throttle and includes
the main winch mounted on the rig floor. The
drawworks is used to raise and lower drill pipes,
tubings, casings, and liners, by de motors which
are either explosion-proof or fresh air purged;
(2) DC Motors. These shunt type motors operate
from the three phase voltages by full wave SCR
controls;
(3) Rotary Tables. These tables rotate the drill string
and support the string during a make or break
operation by de motors with SCR speed and
reversing control;
(4) AC Motors. Constant speed ac motors are
used in the mud tanks for blending the mud
homogeneously;
(5) Mud Circulating System. This system keeps the
bore-hole and drill bit clean, provides lubrication
and cooling. It maintains adequate hydrostatic
pressure on the formation to prevent hole cave-
in or blow-out due to abnormal bottom hole
pressures. The special mud is pumped under high
pressure down the drill pipe through the drilling-
bit and up the annular removing the cuttings from
the bottom of the hole. The pumps are of positive
displacement type and the circulating flow rate is
proportional to mud pump speed. Power for the
drilling mud circulating system is obtained from
the mud pumps which are driven from a variable
speed de motors;
(6) Cementing System. Motors for the cement
pump, low-pressure jet pump, lube pump,
pressurizer pump, blowers and air compressors to
fill with cement the spaces surrounding the casing
to prevent contamination caused by the migration
of fluids from the formation during the drilling
thus provided mechanical support for the casing
and the blow-out preventor (BOP). The BOP will
eventually be replaced by a stock of assorted
delivery valves when the drilling is over and the
oil well comes into service, and;
(7) SCR System. Silicon Controlled Rectifier (SCR)
or thyristor as mentioned in Article 9 .16 operates
on the principle of solid statelogic and switching
components with the Power Factor Controller
(PFC), the solid state logic produces the firing
impulses that control the on/off switching of the
SCR. SCR provides smooth uniform voltage
control to the motor and balanced currents on the
ac lines for better power utilization from the ac
generator. Pairs of SCR's are fired sequentially
in the proper phase sequence to ensure that equal
currents flow through each SCR. The SCR gate
signals are properly timed and synchronized from
the ac line for application to the SCR gate when
its anode is forward biased. The SCR system can
also provide regenerative braking by converting
the overhauling mechanical energy into generated
electrical energy that is absorbed by the ac line
through the SCR's. Dynamic braking is achieved
by dissipating stored energy through a resistor.
(B) Production Platform. Production platform is
a gravity base steel structure that is dynamically
positioned offshore to received and store the crude oil
coming out from the oil wells, and also process some
for fuel of the gas turbine driving the main generators
and multi-stage air compressors and sea water injection
facilities. The platform consists of 3 or more bottle-like
877
 ARTICLE 9.27 - MOBILE OFFSHORE OIL DRILLING RIG/PRODUCTION PLATFORM AND HABITAT L~IT
tank legs for crude oil storage and ballasted with iron-
ore aggregates for stability during the in-service life.
The upper structure of Hi-deck structure comprises
three levels, namely the main deck where the electrical
power sources and utilities for oil and gas handling
equipment, drilling/workover rigs are located, the
lower and mezzanine decks for personnel use and the
helideck.
9.27.1.2 Requirements.
(A) Electrical Power Source. The unit shall be provided
with a main source of electrical power which should
include at most five (5) sets of gas turbine generator
sets, a back-up source of electrical power of at least
two (2) sets of diesel engine-driven generator sets, and
storage batteries for emergency and transitional source
of electrical power.
(B) Electrical Services to Be Ensured. All
electrical services for power and utilities, lighting,
communications, alarm and control and navigation
necessary in normal and emergency conditions for
operational and habitable situations of the dynamically
positioned oil drilling rig/production platform and
habitat unit, shall be ensured.
(C) Back-up Power. All services of the rotary oil
drilling rig for the uninterrupted operation of the main
components, such as the drawworks, mud circulating
system and cementing system shall be ensured in case
of failure of the main power source with the takeover of
the back-up power source, and by the Silicon Controlled
Rectifier (SCR) system.
(D) Production Equipment. All services of the
processing electrical equipment to handle oil and gas
production shall be ensured for continuous operation by
the main power source and the back-up power source.
(E) Safety of Unit. Electrical services essential for the
safety of the unit and personnel from electrical fire,
shock and hazards shall be assured.
(F) Hotel Facility. Electrical services for the
accommodation of personnel and hotel facility which
is located below the main deck, such as the 24-hour air
conditioning service, preservation of provisions and
supply, main kitchen and laundry electrical equipment,
etc. shall be assured.
9.27.2 Sources of Electrical Power
9.27.2.1 Main Source of Electrical Power.
(A) Gas Turbine Generators. The main power
source which consists of five (5) sets of gas turbine
generator sets shall have sufficient capacity to ensure
878
the functioning of the services referred to in Part 9 .2 7 .1.
Under normal conditions, four sets run at anytime \\·ith
the :fifth set on standby. Produced and processed gas or
distillate fuel is used for the gas turbine with automatic
change-over from one to the other.
(B) Transformers or Converters. Where transformers
or converters constitute an essential part of the system.
the system shall be so arranged as to ensure the same
continuity of the supply as stated in (A) above.
9.27.2.2 Paralleling and Controlling Methods of
Generated Power by the Main Generator Sets.
Parallel operation of the main ac generators arranged
in bank and bay shall be done to ensure the continuous
operation of the unit for better utilization from the ac
generators by SCR systems.
FPN No. l : Two methods of paralleling and controlling generator
voltage are the " Reactive droop compensation" method and the
"Reactive differential compensation" w hich is more commonly
know, the "Cross-current compensation" method, of generators
to a common ac bus.
FPN No. 2: Parallel Operation Scheme. When two or more
generators are in parallel, the voltage regulators sense voltage
and current to maintain equal voltages and minimize circulating
current between generators. Presetting the voltage-adjusting
potentiometer to a minimum circulating current minimize
the correction required by the regulator. When a generator is
removed from the line and is no longer in parallel with the other
generators, it will short-out its current transformer to prevent
false signal transmission to the cross-current compensation
network.
Should one of the generators receive more power that it is
delivering it will be receiving reverse power and may overspeed
the prime mover. Once this occms, the reverse power sensor
and relay open the generator circuit breaker and remove the
generator from the ac line.
If desired, the voltage of each generator can be controlled
manually or automatically by proper selection of the manual'
select switch. A switch can also manually or automatically
synchronize the generator to the ac bus.
Should an under frequency or overvoltage condition occur
beyond preset levels, the generator regulator will be turned o::
and the generator removed from the line. Also, if a fault such :is
an ac ground occurs, an alann will be actuated or the genera:o~
will be removed.
The generator ac circuit breaker operates continuously :i.r.c::
the full load kVA of the generator and functions to p,mecr :he
generator. Engine protection is a separate function de:e~e.:
by its kW rating, the circuit breaker is not sized to p::mec: H. ::,:.::
to protect the generator. Fault current analysi de:e~~- ±~
interrupting capacity rating of the circuit breaker. :\!osr c::.:::::r
breakers have adjustable current trip settings in add::io::i :o a::J
undervoltage release sensor and auxiliary contacts.
9.27.2.3 Protective and Controlling De,ices. The
following electrical protective and controlling devices
shall be provided for each generating set, namely:
 ARTICLE 9 .27 - MOBILE OFFSHORE OIL DRILLING RIG/PRODUCTION PLATFORM AND HABITAT UNIT
(A) Electronic engine governor;
(B) Speed adjusting potentiometer;
(C) Governor selection switch;
(D) Voltage regulator;
(E) Voltage adjusting potentiometer;
(F) Auto/overvoltage sensor and control;
(G) Generator circuit breaker; and
(H) All indicating and measuring instruments for ac
generators.
9.27.2.4 Back-up and Emergency Source ofElectrical
Power.
(A) General Requirements.
(1) Self-Contained Emergency Source. The unit
shall be provided with a self-contained emergency
source of electrical power which may either be a
generator or storage battery.
(2) General Location. The emergency source of
power, the transitional source of emergency
power and the emergency switchboard shall be
located on or above the uppermost continuous
deck and not forward of the collision bulkhead.
and readily accessible from an open deck.
(3) Location in Relation to ~Iain Power Source.
The location of the emergency source of
power. the transitional source of power and the
emergency sv.itchboard in relation to the main
source of electrical power should be such as to
ensure that a fire or other casualty in the space
containing the main source of electrical power or
in any machinery space essential for the operation
of the rig will not interfere \\ith the supply or
distribution of emergency pov;er.
(4) Diesel Generator. The emergency diesel generator
may be used for short period to supply non-
emergency circuits provided suitable measures
are taken to safeguard the independent emergency
operation under all circumstances.
(B) Service Requirements. The emergency electrical
power shall be sufficient to supply all those services that
are essential for safety in an emergency and capable of
supplying simultaneously at least the following services
for the periods specified hereunder:
(1) Emergency Lighting for a Period of 18 Hours;
a. At every embarkation station on deck and
oversides,
b. In all service and accommodation alleyways,
stairways and exits, personnel lift cars, and
personnel lift trunks,
c. In the machinery space and main generating
stations including their control positions,
d. In all control stations and in all machinery
control rooms,
e. In all spaces from which control of the drilling
process is performed and where controls of
machinery essential for the performance of this
process, or devices for emergency switching-
off of the power plant are located,
f. At the stowage position(s) for firemen's outfits,
g. At the sprinkler pump if any, at the fire pump
referred to in (B)(4) below at the emergency
bilge pump, if any, and at their starting positions
b. On helicopter landing deck.
(2) Xa,igation Lights, Other Lights and Sound
Signals, Required by the International
Regulations for the Prevention of Collision at
Sea, for a Period of 18 Hours;
a. Any signaling lights, or
b. Sound signals which may be required for
marking of offshore structures.
(3) Internal Communication, Detection and
Alarm, for a Period of 18 Hours;
a. All internal communication equipment that is
required in an emergency,
b. Fire detection and its alarm systems,
c. Intermittent operation of the manual fire alarms
and all internal signals that are required in an
emergency. and
d. The capability of closing the blow-out preventer
and of disconnecting the unit from the well
head arrangement. if electrically controlled.
FP~: L'nless they ha\'e an independent supply from an storage
banery suitable locate<l for use in an emergency and sufficient for
a period of 18 hours.
(4) One of the Fire Pumps if Dependent Upon the
Emergency Generator for its Source of Power,
for a Period of 18 Hours; and
(5) Permanently Installed Diving Equipment if
Dependent Upon the Unit's Electrical Power,
for a Period of at Least 18 Hours.
879
 ARTICLE 9.27 - MOBILE OFFSHORE OIL DRILLING RIG/PRODUCTION PLATFORM AND HABITAT L""?\IT
9.27 .2.5 Diesel Generators as the Emergency Source
of Electrical Power.
(A) Driven by Prime Mover. Driven by a suitable
prime mover with an independent supply of fuel, having
a flashpoint of not less than 43°C.
(B) Started Automatically. Started automatically
upon failure of the normal electrical supply unless a
transitional source of emergency power in accordance
with (C) below if provided; where the emergency
generator is automatically started, it should be
automatically connected to the emergency switchboard;
those services referred to in Section 9.27.2.7 should
then be connected automatically to the emergency
generator and unless a second independent means of
starting the emergency generator is provided, the single
source of stored energy should be protected to preclude
its complete depletion by the automatic starting system.
(C) Transitional Power Source. Provided with a
transitional source of emergency power as specified
in Section 9.27.2.7 unless the emergency generator
is capable of supplying the services mentioned in
Section 9 .27 .2. 7 and of being automatically started
and supplying the required load as quickly as safe and
practicable but in not more than 45 seconds.
9.27.2.6 Storage Battery. Storage battery as the
emergency source of electrical power shall be capable
of:
(A) Carrying Emergency Load. Carrying the
emergency load without recharging while maintaining
the voltage of the battery throughout the discharge
period within plus or minus 12% of its nominal voltage:
(B) Automatic Operation. Automatically connecting
to the emergency switchboard in the event of failure of
the main power supply; and
(C) Immediate Operation. Immediately supplying at
least those services specified in Section 9 .27.2. 7.
9.27.2.7 Transitional Source(s) of Emergency Power.
The transitional source(s) of emergency power, where
required by Section 9.27.2 .5 (c) shall consist ofan storage
battery suitably located for use in an emergency, which
shall operate without recharging while maintaining the
voltage of the battery throughout the discharge period
within plus or minus 12% of its nominal voltage, and
be of sufficient capacity and so arranged as to supply
automatically, in the event of failure of either the
main or the emergency source of power, the following
services for half an hour at least if they depend upon an
electrical source for their operation.
880
(A) Lighting Required by Section 9.27.2.4(B)(ll
and (B)(2). For this transitional phase, the requ:r~.::
emergency lighting with respect to the machinery spa.:::
and accommodation and service areas, may be proYidec.
by permanently fixed, individual storage battery lamps
which are automatically charged and operated.
(B) Internal Communication Equipment. ..\..'.:
essential internal communication equipment requirec
by Section 9.27.2.4(B)(3)a and (B)(3)b.
(C) Equipment of Intermittent Operation.
Intermittent operation of the services referred to in
Section 9.27.2.4(B)(3)c and (B)(3)d.
Exception: Unless in respect ofSection 9.2 7. 2. 7(B) and
(CJ they have an independent supply from a storage
battery suitably located for use in an emergency and
sufficient for the period specified.
9.27.2.8 Emergency Switchboard.
(a) Location. The emergency switchboard shall be
installed as near as is practicable to the emergency
source of power and, where the emergency source of
power is a generator, the emergency switchboard should
be preferably be located in the same space.
(b) Not in the Same Space. No storage battery fitted
in accordance with this requirement for emergency or
transitional power supply shall be installed in the same
space as the emergency switchboard, unless appropriate
measures are taken to extract the gases discharged
from the said batteries. An indicator shall be mounted
in a suitable place on the main switchboard or in the
machinery control room to indicate when the batteries
consisting either the emergency source of power or
the transitional source of power referred to in Sections
9.27.2.6 and 9.27.2.7 are being discharged.
(C) Emergency Switchboard. The emergency
switchboard shall be supplied in normal operation from
the main switchboard by an inter-connector feeder \\·hich
shall be adequately protected at the main S\\·itchboard
against overload and short-circuit. The arrangemem at
the emergency switchboard shall be such that the inter-
connector feeder is disconnected automatically at the
emergency switchboard upon failure of the main power
supply. Where the system is arranged for feedback
operation, the inter-connector feeder shall also be
protected at the emergency switchboard at least against
short-circuit.
(D) Automatic Disconnection. In order to ensure ready
availability of emergency supplies, arrangements should
be made where necessary to disconnect automatically
non-emergency circuits from the emergency switchboard
 ARTICLE 9.27 - MOBILE OFFSHORE OIL DRILLING RIG/PRODUCTION PLATFORM AND HABITAT UNIT
to ensure that power is available automatically to the
emergency circuits.
9.27.2.9 Installation Requirements of the Emergency
Power Source. The emergency generator and its
prime mover and any emergency storage battery shall
be designed to function at full rated power when it is
upright and when inclined up to the maximum angle of
heel in the intact and damaged condition at 22.5 degrees
about the longitudinal axis and/or 10 degrees about the
transverse axis.
9.27.2.10 Periodic Testing of the Complete
Emergency System. Provisions shall be made for the
periodic testing of the complete emergency system
and shall include the testing of automatic starting
arrangements.
9.27.2.11 Starting Arrangements for Emergency
Generators.
(A) Cold Starting. Emergency generators shall be
capable of being readily started in their cold condition.
If this is impracticable, consideration shall be given to
the provision and maintenance of heating arrangements,
so that ready starting will be assured.
(B) Capacity of Starting Batteries. Each emergency
generator which is arranged to be automatically started
shall be equipped with starting arrangements with a
storage energy capability of at least three consecutiYe
starts. A second source of energy shall be provided to
an additional three starts within 30 minutes unless hand
(manual) starting can be demonstrated to be effective.
9.27.3 Main and Emergency Switchboards
Arrangements
9.27.3.1 Easy Access. Switchboards shall be so
arranged as to give easy access needed to apparatus and
equipment, in order to minimize danger to attendants.
The side and backs and where necessary, the fronts
of switchboards, shall be suitably guarded. Exposed
energized parts shall not be installed on the front of
such switchboards. There shall be non-conducting mats
or gratings at the front and rear, where necessary.
9.27.4 Distribution System
9.27.4.1 Hull Return. Distribution systems with
hull return shall not be installed, but this does not
preclude under approved conditions the installation
of: (a) impressed current cathodic protective systems;
(b ) limited and locally grounded systems (e.g. engine
starting systems); (c) limited and locally grounded
welding systems; and (d) insulation level monitoring
devices provided the circulating current does not exceed
30 milliamperes under the most unfavorable conditions
When a distribution system, whether primary or
secondary, for power, heating or lighting, with no
connection to ground is used, a device capable of
continuously monitoring the insulation level to
ground and of giving an audible or visual indication of
abnormally low insulation values should be provided.
9.27.5 Internal Communication
9.27.5.1 Intercommunication. Internal means of
communication should be available for transfer of
information between spaces where action may be
necessary.
9.27.6 Electrical Installation in Hazardous Areas
9.27.6.1 Installation. Electrical equipment and cables
installed in hazardous areas shall be limited to those
necessary for operational purposes. They shall be
excluded from any compartment in which explosives
are stored. Where lighting is required, it should be
achieved through the boundaries of the compartment.
If electrical equipment cannot be excluded from such
a compartment it shall be so designed and used as to
minimize the risk of fire or explosion.
In paint lockers, acetylene stores and similar spaces
where :flammable gases are liable to collect as well
as any compartment assigned principally to storage
batteries, no electrical equipment shall be installed
unless it is:
(A) Essential for operational purposes;
(B) Of a type which will not ignite the mixture
concerned;
(C) Appropriate for the space concerned; and
(D) Appropriately certified for safe usage in the vapors
or gases likely to be encountered.
9.27.7 Automatic Control and Other Loads
9.27.7.1 Electric Power. Electric power is required
for monitoring and measuring drilling and rig activity,
including computers, data logging equipment, vessel
controllers, undersea TV, communications equipment,
work area, laboratories, test equipment and maintenance
facilities.
9.27.8 Propulsion Machinery for Drilling Units
881
 ARTICLE 9.28 - EMERGENCY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
9.27.8.1 Application. This part applies to drilling units the machinery casing or above the freeboard deck.
designed to undertake self-propelled passages without whichever is higher.
external assistance and are not applicable to units which
(C) On Watercraft for Cargo Carrier. On watercraft
are fitted only with means for the purpose ofpositioning
for cargo carrier and miscellaneous crafts including
or of assistance in towing operations.
tankers, the emergency power source and an emergency
switchboard shall be located above the uppermost
9.27.8.2 Capable of Operating. Main propulsion
continuous deck and outside the machinery casing.
machinery and all auxiliary machinery essential to the
propulsion and the safety of the unit shall be capable of
9.28.1.3 Common Boundaries of Emergency Power
operating when the unit is upright and when inclined
Source Compartment and Adjoining Spaces. Where
at any angle of list up to and including 15 degrees
a compartn1ent containing emergency source of electric
either way under static conditions and 22.5 degrees
power, or vital components thereof, adjoining spaces
under dynamic conditions (rolling) either way and
containing either the main service generators, an oil-
simultaneously inclined dynamically (pitching) 7 .5
fired boiler, fuel oil tank, a main propulsion internal
degrees by bow or stern.
combustion engine, or any internal combustion engines
(except engines driving emergency generators), having
9.27.9 Lighting Protection
common boundaries (including trunk to such spaces)
of bulkheads and/or decks, shall be protected by
9.27.9.1 Adequate Lightning Protection. The offshore
adequate structural insulation material to isolate the
oilrig whose mast extends several hundred meters from
emergency power source compartment from nearby fire
the open sea surface shall be provided with adequate
or mechanical damage.
lightning protection as specified in Article 9.5.
Except for those cables used to connect equipment
ARTICLE 9.28 - EMERGENCY ELECTRICAL located in the engine room or boiler room, all cables
SYSTEM emanating from the emergency switchboard shall be
run so as to avoid penetrating the boundaries of the
9.28.1.1 General. engine room, boiler room or the uptakes and casings of
these spaces. All such cables shall be kept clear of the
(A) Independent Supply. Every watercraft shall be
bulkheads and decks forming these boundaries.
provided with a self-contained emergency source of
power which is independent from the main electric
9.28.1.4 Type and Capacity of Emergency Source of
power plant and electric propulsion plant, and shall
Electric Power.
function satisfactorily when the watercraft is listing or
inclined 22.5 degrees and/or the trim is 10 degrees. (A) Sources. The emergency source of electric power
shall be either a generator and/or storage battery.
(B) Emergency Lights. The emergency lights shall be
lighted automatically upon failure of the main source (1) Emergency Generator. When the source
of power. of electric power is a generator, it shall be
automatically started and connected to the
(C) Storage Battery. No emergency storage battery
emergency switchboard within 45 seconds ofloss
shall be installed in the same space as the emergency
of the main source of electrical power. It shall be
switchboard.
driven by a prime mover with an independe::::
fuel supply having a flashpoint of not less ~
9.28.1.2 Location.
43°c.
(A) Location Requirement. The location of emergency
(2) Storage Battery. Where the emergency sou:ce
source of power in relation to the main source of electric
of electric power is a storage bane:y. :: sta::
power shall be such as to ensure that a fire or other
be capable of supplying the eme:-ge=cy :oads
casualty will not interfere with the supply or distribution
enumerated in Table 9.28.1.4 \\ithou: recha-ging
of emergency power. The emergency source of electric
while maintaining the rnltage of the banery
power shall not be forward of the collision bulkhead.
throughout the discharged period within l _ 0 o of
(B) On Watercraft for Passenger Service. On its nominal voltage, and shall be amomatically
watercraft for passenger service the emergency power connected to the emergency switchooard upon
source and emergency switchboard shall be located failure of the main source of electrical power.
above the uppermost continuous deck and outside an indicator shall be proYided on the main

882
 ARTICLE 9.28 -
switchboard or in the machinery control room to
indicate when the batteries are being discharged.
Automatic starting of the emergency generator
will not be required where a transitional source
of power is provided such arrangements will
be subject to special consideration. (See Article
9.12).
(B) Emergency Switchboard. The emergency
switchboard shall be located in the same space as the
emergency source of electrical power if it is a generator.
If the emergency source is an storage battery, the
switchboard shall be located as near as practicable to
but not in the same space as the accumulator battery.
The emergency switchboard shall be supplied during
normal operation from the main switchboard by an
interconnection feeder which shall be adequately
protected at the main switchboard against overload
and short circuit and which shall be disconnected
automatically at the emergency switchboard upon
failure of the main source of electrical power. Where
the system is arranged for feedback operation, the
interconnector feeder shall also be protected at the
emergency switchboard against short-circuit.
FPN: Storage batteries, except those for starting emergency
generator sets, shall not be installed in the same space as the
emergency switchboard.
9.28.1.5 Period of Operation. The emergency
generator or storage battery shall operate continuously
the emergency loads specified in Table 9.28.1.4, except
as modified by Section 9.28.1.6.
9.28.1.6 Emergency Lights.
(A) Part of Regular Lighting System. Emergency
lighrs supplied by an automatic emergency power
sysrem shal:. form pan of the regular lighting system,
and shall be co::i.: i:mol!Sly lighied a: all times that the
normal ligh::ng ~"Siem is used. except :hat emergency
light co:1Sis±lg o::- :-elay-co:i::olled :lat:ery-opermed
lanterns ar.d e:ne:gency ::igh:s for i.:..!umina:ion of
suniYa.= c::-a.1...:.. e::nba..-k.a..-:o::: cec;.s. assemo~y stations.
wheelhoUSe. c ~ :oom a::rrd na, igat:ng UbLIUIDe:::u
need nm be co:c~uo::s :_:gh:ed bu_: shall be co nrrolled
by sv.irches loca:ed in ilie wheelhouse.
(B) :'\1arking. Emergency lighrs shall be marked v.ith
the letter 'E. at least 11 mm in height.
(C) Period of :\"avigation. o emergency lighting
system is required if the period of navigation is only
between sunrise and sunset.
(D) Area of Operation. An emergency lighting system
EMERGENCY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
should not be required if there are of operation is not
more than 28 km offshore, provided the following two
conditions are complied with:
Condition 1: The source of supply for the general
lighting is independent of the propulsion plant.
Condition 2: On watercraft required to have at least
one standard compartment of subdivision, the source
of power for general lighting is located above the
continuous uppermost deck.
(E) Without Sleeping Accommodations. Where there
are no sleeping accommodations for passengers and
where not more than 10 emergency lights are required,
the automatic emergency lighting system need not form
a part of the regular lighting system and need not be
continuously lighted.
(F) Acceptable Emergency Lights. Individual storage
battery-operated automatic lighting units having their
own automatic battery chargers and with sufficient
capacity for not less than 6 hours continuous operation,
shall be acceptable in lieu of a single source emergency
lighting system.
9.28.1.7 Emergency Lighting and Power Loads
Arrangements.
(A) Emergency Load Arrangements. The emergency
loads as specified in Section 9 .9.1.3 shall be so arranged
so that they can be energized from the emergency power
source and capable to operate as specified in Sections
9.28.1.5 and 9.28.1.6.
(B) Sufficient Number of Lights. A sufficient number
of lights throughout machinery spaces and shaft tunnel,
if any, to permit the performance of essential operation
and observations under emergency conditions and to
facilitate restoration of normal serYice conditions.
(C) Adequate Lighting for Passageways. An adequate
lighting for passageways, stainvays, exits or escape
trunk in passenger quarters, crew quarters, public
spaceS. machinery spaces and \VOrk areas, to permit
passengers and crew to find their way to open decks,
suni ,·al craft embarkation and assembly stations with
all warenight doors and fire-screen doors closed.
(D) Exit Signs. Illuminated signs bearing the work
EXIT in red letters installed in such locations throughout
a passenger watercraft so that with all fire doors in
stairways enclosures and main vertical zone bulkheads
closed and all watertight doors closed, the direction of
escape to the open deck will be apparent.
(E) Lighting Over Watertight Doors. Illumination for
safe operation of watertight doors, if installed.
883
 ARTICLE 9.28 - EMERGENCY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Table 9.28.1.4 Type and Capacity of Emergency Source of Electric Power

Type or Types of Emergency Source of Period of Operation and Minimum

Size of Vessel and Service
Passenger vessel over 20 meters in length
Ocean & coastwise 1600 g.t. & over, and,
any passenger vessel, regardless of tonnage
or service, where electric power-operated
water tight doors are required or installed
Capacity of Emergency Source of
power
Power
Storage battery with automatics transfer
switch for short service supplemented by
engine-generator with automatic starting Yi hour to 36 hour
& transfer switch for extended period
(more than 1/2 hour)

Ocean, coastwise, over 15 g.t. but less than Storage battery with automatic transfer 36 hours or twice the time of run which
1600 g.t. switch or engine generator w ith automatic
starting and transfer switch ever is the smaller

Storage battery with automatic transfer

Other than ocean & coastwise, 100 g.t. over switch or engine-generator with automatic 8 hours or twice the time of run, which
starting and transfer switch ever is the smaller
Other than ocean & coastwise, over 15 g.t. Storage banery or engine-generator with 8 hours or twice the time of run, which
but less than 100 g.t. automatic or manual operation ever is the smaller
Cargo & misc. self propelled vessels & tanks,
ship & barges with sleeping accommodations Storage battery or diesel generator
for more than 6 person. All waters 1600 g.t. automatic or manual operation 12 hour
& over.
Storage battery or diesel generator
All water, 300 g.t. & over but less than 1600 automatic or manual operation, or
g.t. approYed relay-controlled batter-operated 12 hours or twice the time of run
lanterns.
Note: the power available shall be sufficient to supply all those seIY1ces that are essenu al for safety m emergency with due regard given to services that may have to
be operated simultaneously, at least the following:
I. Emergency lighting system as enumerated in Table 9.28.1.4 and those specified in Section 9.9.1.3;
2. Emergency fire pump, if electrically driven, for 18 hours: and ·
3. Steering gear, if powered from, the emergency source. for a period of 30 minutes continuous operation on watercrafts having a gross tonnage of 10 000 tons and
upwards, and 10 minutes continuous operation on watercrafis ofless than 10000 gross tonnage.

(F) Lighting in Galleys. One or more lights in galleys, when the watercraft is inclined 22.5 degrees and/
pantries, crew's mess and recreation or lounge rooms. or when the trim is 10 degrees.

9.28.1.8 Emergency Electrical System for Cargo
Ships.
(A) Cargo Ships of 5 000 Gross Tonnage and
Upwards.
(1) Self-contained Emergency Power Source. In
cargo ships of 5 000 gross tonnage and upwards
their shall be self-contained emergency source of
power as specified in Section 9 .28.1.4, located
above the uppermost continuous deck and outside
the machinery casings to ensure its functioning in
the event of fire or other casualty causing failure
to the main electrical installation.
(2) Six-hour Operation. The power available shall
be adequate for at least 6 hours continuous
operation.
(3) Tilt and Trim. Arrangements shall be such that
the complete emergency installation will function
(4) Periodic Testing. Provisions shall be made for
the periodic testing of the entire emergency
installation.
(B) Cargo Ships of Less than 5 000 Gross Tonnage.
Same requirements as in (A) above except that the power
available for continuous operation of the emergency
loads as specified in Section 9.9 .1.3 and Table 9.28.1.4
insofar as required, is good for 3 hours.
9.28.1.9 Emergency Electrical System for Passenger
Ships.
(A) Independent Emergency Power Source. A ll
passenger ships of any tonnage either for coastwise
and international service shall be provided \Vith a:1
emergency source of electric power independent from
the main source of electric power.
(B) Storage Battery. Where the emergency 0 1.:.:-..:::
of electric power is a generator as spec:=.ec

884
 ARTICLE 9.29 - HIGH VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION
in Section 9.28 .1.4(A)(l) there shall also be
provided with a temporary source of emergency
power consisting of an storage battery as specified
in Section 9.28.1.4(A)(2) of sufficient capacity:
(1) Half-hour Duration. To supply emergency
lighting continuously for half an hour;
(2) Watertight Doors. To close the watertight doors
(if electrically operated) but not necessarily to
close them all simultaneously;
(3) Indicators for Watertight Doors. To operate the
indicators (if electrically operated) which show
whether power operated watertight doors are
open or close; and
(4) Sound signals. To operate the sound signals (if
electrically operated) which give warning that
power operated watertight doors are about to
close.
FPN: The arrangement shall be such that the temporary source
of emergency power (storage batteries) will come into operation
automatically in the vent of failure of the emergency power
supply (emergency generator).
(C) Adequate Capacity for Safety of Crew. The
emergency power available shall be sufficient to supply
all service necessary for the safety of the passengers and
the crew in an emergency, due regard being paid to such
service as may have to be operated simultaneously.
(D)Adequate Capacity for Emergency Loads. The
power available shall be adequate to energize the
emergency load as specified in Section 9.9.1.3 and
Table 9.28.1.4 for a period of 36 hours.
(E) Periodic Testing. Provision shall be made for the
periodic testing of the emergency source of power and
the temporary source of power, which shall include the
testing of automatic arrangement.
(F) Storage Battery Indicator. An indicator shall be
mounted in the machinery space, preferably on the
main switchboard, to indicate when any storage battery
is being discharged.
9.28.1.10 Emergency Electrical System for Mobile
Offshore Drilling Units and Habitat. See Article 9.27.
9.28.1.11 Emergency Equipment and Installation-
Collision bulkhead. The em ergency source of electrical
power, emergency fire pumps, emergency bilge pumps,
batteries of carbon dioxide bottles for the extinguishing
purpose and other emergency installations which are
essential for the safety of the passenger ship shall not
be installed forward of the collision bulkhead.
ARTICLE 9.29 - HIGH VOLTAGE
ELECTRICAL INSTA LLATIO;\"
9.29.1 General
9.29.1.1 Scope. This article shall apply to high
voltage electrical installations over 600 volts ac. The
high voltage electrical installations shall meet the
requirements in this article.
9.29.1.2 Distribution Systems. The following
distribution systems shall be considered standard:
(A) Three-phase, three-wire, insulated system; and
(B) Three-phase, four-wire, neutral grounded system.
9.29.1.3 Three-Wire Insulated System. For three-
wire insulated system, the high voltage equipment shall
withstand the transient over voltages which may arise
from ground-faults.
9.29.1.4 Four-Wire Neutral Grounded System.
For four-wire neutral grounded system, high voltage
equipment shall withstand ground-fault currents. Where
means are provided for limiting ground-fault currents,
this shall not influence selectivity.
9.29.2 Construction and Location
9.29.2.1 General.
(A) Protection. High voltage electrical equipment shall
be so protected that the operators can not touch the
energized parts of the equipment.
(B) Marking. High voltage electrical equipment and
cables shall be so marked at visible places as to identify
them as such.
(C) Construction. High voltage electrical equipment
shall be of such construction as to facilitate leading of
cables, preparation of cable ends, and connection of
cables. It shall prevent accidental contact between high
and low voltage circuits.
(D) Moisture and Condensation. For rotating machines
and transformers, effective means shall be provided to
prevent accumulation of moisture and condensation
within the machines especially when they are idle for
appreciable periods.
9.29.2.2 Rotating Machines.
(A) Stator Windings. Generator stator windings shall
have all phase-ends brought out in the terminal box.
(B) Terminals. Higher voltage terminals shall never be
combined with lower voltage terminals in the same box,
unless measures are taken to ensure that access to lower
voltage tenninals can be obtained without danger.
885
 ARTICLE 9.29 - HIGH VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION
9.29.2.3 Switchboards and Control Boards.
(A) Enclosed Type. High voltage switchboards and
control boards shall be of enclosed type having door
with locking devices, except for those to be installed in
an exclusive compartment.
(B) Partitions. Main switchboard shall be partitioned
into two independent sections so that the machinery and
appliances for important use can be operated even in
the case of a fault at any section. In this case, however,
for neutral grounded system, grounding means shall be
provided for each section.
(C) Separation. Apparatus for lower voltage circuits
shall be separated from those for higher voltage circuits,
and shall be so arranged that the operators cannot
accidentally touch the energized parts of higher voltage
circuits.
(D) Drawout Type. Circuit breakers may be of
the withdrawable type or with equivalent means or
arrangements permitting safe maintenance while the
busbars are energized.
(E) Locking. Withdrawable circuit breakers, switches,
and the like shall be provided with mechanical locking
facilities in both service and disconnected positions.
(F) Clearances and Creepages. The clearances and
creepages of high voltage circuits shall not be less than
the values given in Table 9.29.2.3(F).
9.29.3 Protection
9.29.3.1 Generators.
(A) Electrical Faults Protection. Generators shall be
protected from electrical faults.
(B) Excitation System. The excitation system of
generators shall be so designed that they can be de-
excited automatically under abnormal condition.
9.29.3.2 Transformers.
(A) Short-circuit Protection. Circuit breakers shall
generally be used for short-circuit protection at the
primary side.
Table 9.29.2.3(F) Minimum Clearance and Creepage for High Voltage Electrical Equipment
High Voltage Control Equipment
Rated Insulation Voltage
Clearance
(V)
(mm)
601 - 1500 20
1501 - 3600 30
3601- 7200 60
886
(B) Overload Protection. Where the toral con::~.::::~
load of all outgoing circuits on the secondary s:..:=
exceeds the rated load of the transformer, 0Yerlo2c.
protection or overload alarm shall be provided.
(C) Parallel Operation. When transformers are
connected in parallel, tripping of the protective device
at the primary side shall be followed by manual tripping
of the switch connected at the secondary side.
(D) Current Limiting. Transformers should have
current limiting devices, if necessary in order to prevent
excessive voltage drop on the system due to current
inrush, when the transformers are switched on.
9.29.3.3 Step-up Transformer. When a single load,
such as bow thrusher, is supplied directly at a higher
voltage via step-up transformer, the transformer shall
be protected at the lower voltage side.
9.29.3.4 Voltage Transformers. Voltage transformers
shall be protected against short-circuit.
9.29.3.5 Protection for Secondary Circuit of Step-
down Transformer. Low voltage circuits fed through
step-down transformers from high voltage circuits shall
be protected so as not to induce high voltage due to the
primary-to-secondary fault in the transformer.
9.29.3.6 Ground-Fault Monitoring. Means of
indicating by alarm of any ground-fault in the system
shall be provided. In a grounded system, such indicator
should be omitted where selective tripping is provided.
9.29.4 High Voltage Cables
9.29.4.1 Installation.
(A) Metallic Protection. High voltage cables shall
have a metallic sheath or armor. Where the high voltage
cables having neither metallic sheath nor armor are used.
they shall be protected by metallic raceways throughout
their length and shall be ensured of electrical continuity
to ground.
Uninsulated Busbar
Creepage BenYeen
Clearance Between
Creepage Uninsulated I..h·e Parts
Phases or
(mm) and Grounded :\Ietals
(mm)
(mm)
30 30 30
50 45 40
90 70 60
 ARTICLE 9.30 - SHIPBOARD AUTOMATIC AND REMOTE ELECTRICAL/ELECTRON IC CONTROL SYSTEMS
(B) Mechanical Damage. High voltage cables shall
be installed as far apart from lower voltage cables
as possible and shall be laid in a place not liable to
mechanical damage.
(C) Not Run Through Accommodation Spaces.
Where practicable, high voltage cables shall not be run
through accommodation spaces.
ARTICLE 9.30 - SHIPBOARD AU TOMATIC
AND REMOTE ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC
CONTROL SYSTEM S
9.30.1.1 General.
(A) System Capability. Where the centralized control
system having one or more control stations and
employing different types of automatic and remote
control of the propulsion plant, service boilers or
associated service motors, and firefighting equipment,
the control and monitoring systems shall be designed,
assembled and installed to assure system capability.
(B) Fail-Safe Condition. Where the automatic and
remote control system is of the solid state electronic
type, the integrated circuit elements to be fitted onboard
shall be designed, assembled and installed to assure fail-
safe condition and to provide a self-analysis function
that checks module stations on demand, and signals any
potentially critical malfunction as soon as it occurs.
(C) Effective Function Operations. Where the
shipboard electrical automatic and remote control
5:-stems are fitted onboard they shall be designed,
assembled and installed to assure effective function
operations during the standby, maneuvering, steady
conditions and during rransfer control from machinery
room to :ia,-:garing bridge and control stations, and
back.
(D) Operation at Inclined Angle. The entire control,
actuating. mon:-~.::ig and alarm circuirry shall be
designed to ope:a:e succns:ul:y when inclined at an
angle of 30 deg:ces :..., 2:1y cE:cction :ro:n the ,·cicaL
and failure of any ele::::!e:i: o:: compo::ie:!: o: ±e sysrem
shall not cause unsafe ope:a:io:i. a:id :he molDting shall
not amplify the wa:erc:a..~ Y10:-a:ion.
(E) Self-\fonitoring Type alarm. The control stations
whether main or secondary shall be prmided v.ith
alarms of the self-monitoring type and arranged such
th at a circuit failure will cause an alarm condition.
Means for the assessment of the operational status of all
machinery and associated services vital to the propulsion
of the watercraft, such as alarm and emergency trips
shall be fitted.
(F) Instrumentation and Alarms. Instrumentation
and alarms at the main control station and subsequently
at the bridge control station and other control stations
shall provide all information necessary for monitoring
the operation of the propulsion, main and emergency
electrical systems.
(G) Electrical Communication System. An electrical
communication system independent of the voice
communication system shall be provided and arranged
such that the bridge, engine room, main control station
and any other control stations can intercommunicate at
all times.
(H) Monitoring and Controlling Direction of
Rotation and Speed. Effective means shall be provided
for monitoring and controlling direction of rotation
and speed of the propeller for the safe operation of
the propulsion plant from STANDBY condition at
departure through normal operation to FINISHED
WITH ENGINE at the end of the voyage.
9.30.1.2 Application. Automatic and remote controls
necessary for operation of the following machinery and
~ystems shall be in accordance with the requirements in
this article:
(A) Main engine and its directly relevant auxiliaries;
(B) Controllable pitch propellers;
(C) Steam generators;
(D) Electric generating plant;
(E) Lubricating and fuel oil systems;
(F) Bilge systems;
(G) Cargo pumping system and inert gas system s (for
tankers);
(H) Ballast systems ;
(I) Hatch cover operating equipment;
(J) Windlasses; and
(K) Other facilities \Vhich are considered necessary by
the goYernmem agency haYing j urisdiction.
9.30.1.3 Control Systems.
(A) General condition s. In case where the automatic
and remote control systems are adopted, the following
conditions shall be considered:
(1) The controlled variables shall be selected from
easily measurable object;
(2) In the functional parts, dislocation of m echanism,
hysteresis, time-lag, friction loss, etc. shall be
minimized;
887
 ARTICLE 9.30 - SHIPBOARD AUTOMATIC AND REMOTE ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC CONTROL SYSTE:'\.1S
(3) The dynamic characteristics concerning the
manipulated variables of the control system shall
be investigated;
(4) Consideration shall be given to the possible
effect on the control system exerted by other such
systems, and remedial measures shall be taken
up, if necessary; and
(5) The sources and causes of disturbances shall be
investigated and their effects shall be minimized
if not entirely eliminated as soon as possible.
(B) Characteristics.
(1) Transfer Control. When the propulsion
machinery is arranged to be controlled from
two or more stations, the main control station
shall have means of transferring control from a
secondary station to the main station at all times
and blocking any unauthorized control from
any secondary station. For some special service
watercrafts such as cable ships, survey ships,
dredgers, etc., consideration shall be given where
it may be necessary for a secondary control
station to have command over control transfers
between control stations.
(2) Secondary Control. Secondary control stations
for the control of propulsion machinery, from
the bridge or other locations onboard, in general,
shall be kept as simple as possible and provided
with only those indicators and controls necessary
for the effective control of the speed and direction
of the propulsion engines, and of the controllable
pitch propeller where fitted, for normal operation.
When on bridge control, other control positions
shall be ineffective.
(3) Indicator. Transfer of control from one
station to another, except for the main control-
station override, shall be possible only with
acknowledgement by the receiving station. The
main control station and the secondary control
station shall have an indicator showing which
station is in control.
(4) Simultaneous Alarm. If the control system
automatically shuts down the main propulsion
engine for any reason, this shall be alarmed at
the main control station and at each secondary
control station when it is in control. The
controlling station may regain control only by
transfer procedure as stated in (3) above or other
equivalent arrangement.
888
(5) Local Manual Control. Means shall be provide..:
for local manual control in the machinery spare
in the event of failure of a particular comro:
in the centralized control system. Necessa..-::
instrumentation shall be provided so th~:
satisfactory operation of the machinery unde:-
manual control can be exercised for lengthy
periods.
(6) Effective Means for Monitoring. The mair:
control station shall provide control of the
propulsion plant and associated watercraft
service system and shall provide effective means
for monitoring temperature, pressures, fluid and
gas flows, liquid levels and other variables which
are essential for propulsion plant operation.
(7) Design. Control functions from the console
shall be designed for either remote, manual or
automatic control.
(C) Power Supply.
(1) The control system shall be served by two
feeders from the main switchboard, with one
of the feeders interconnected to the emergency
switchboard, if provided.
(2) The above-mentioned feeders shall supply power
for the control system only.
9.30.1.4 Environmental Condition. The control
equipment and measuring instruments, shall be capable
of withstanding the environmental conditions such as
temperatures, humidities, vibrations in the place where
they are installed.
9.30.1.5 Manual Operation. Means shall be provided
for manual operation of the main engine and important
auxiliaries concerning directly with the propulsion in
the event of the control equipment.
9.30.1.6 Fail-Safe. The control equipment shall be
designed to act as far as possible, in fail-safe so as not
to endanger operators or not to damage the control
system in the event of failure of the equipment or loss
of the power sources. The control equipment should, if
necessary, be provided with independent safety devices
from the equipment.
9.30.1.7 Protection for Main Engine. The protective
arrangements such as emergency stop for the main
engine shall be provided to prevent stopping of their
function or to permit its continuous operation in fail-
safe, even in the event of failure of the alarm and control
circuits as well as suspension of the main electric po\,·er
sources, air supply sources, etc.
 ARTICLE 9.30 - SHIPBOARD AUTOMATIC AND REMOTE ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC CONTROL SY. TE\1
9.30.1.8 Circuit Protection.
(A) Feeder Protection. The feeder supplying power to
the control consoles shall be provided with short-circuit
protection at the main switchboard and emergency
switchboard, if provided.
(B) Subdivided and Arranged. Where circuits
within the control consoles are protected by fuses or
circuit breakers, the control system protection shall be
subdivided and arranged so that failure of one set of
fuses or circuit breakers will not cause non-operation or
malfunction of another circuit or system, and it shall be
possible to isolate the faulty system.
9.30.1.9 Continuity of Power Supply.
(A) Standby Generator. Standby generator preferably
of the same size and capacity as the main service
generator shall be provided to assure continuity of
power supply. Failure of the main service generator will
automatically start and place into service the standby
generator from a single location at the main control
station, at the main switchboard or at the location of the
generator.
(B) Emergency Source. The power for monitoring,
alarms and emergency tripping arrangements shall be
supplied from an emergency source upon failure of the
main service generator and standby generator.
9.30.1.10 Electric Cables and Console Wiring.
(A) Approved Type. All electric cables for power
supply and wiring associated with the control system
shall be of the approved type of adequate voltage rating
and ampacity.
(B) Flame-retarding Type. Cable and wiring for
control and monitoring shall be of the flame-retarding
type, stranded of adequate voltage rating and ampacity.
(C) Solid Conductors. Cable and wiring having solid
conductors shall be used in low energy circuits provided
they are properly supported and not subject to undue
vibration and movement.
(D) Need Not Be Sheathed and Armored. Cable
and wiring used within control consoles need not be
sheathed and annored.
(E) Shielded. Cables for monitoring circuits which
carry low-level or information-level signals should be
provided with shields so as to minimize the introduction
of spurious signals.
9.30.1.11 Accessibility and Protection.
(A) Accessibility. Supply cable and wiring inside
consoles shall be a1rnnged to provide ready accessibility
to parts requiring inspection, adjustment or periodic
replacement, maintenance and testing.
(B) Effective Protection. Supply cable and wiring
inside consoles shall be effectively protected from
steam, water and oil pipings.
(C) Mounting. Control consoles shall be rigidly
mounted with the side and backs suitably protected.
9.30.1.12 Voltage and Frequency Tolerances.
(A) Transient Voltage Suppressors. Transient voltage
suppressors shall be fitted to the control equipment
to take care of voltage transients which may cause
malfunctioning and/or damage to the control and
monitoring devices.
(B) Tolerances. Consoles feeders should be steady
within plus or minus 10% voltage variation or plus or
minus 5% frequency variation of its normal rating.
9.30.1.13 Electric Control Actuators and Servo-
Motors.
(A) Availability. Electrically powered actuators shall
be available onboard for the performance of control
commands. Its power supply shall come from the same
source as that of the control system.
(B) Ambient Temperature. The rating of the actuator
coils shall be based on ambient air temperature of 50°C
when located in the machinery space and 40°C when
located outside such spaces.
(C) Windings. The windings of the actuators shall be
treated to resist oil and water.
(D) Corrosion-Resistant Enclosures. Adequate
corrosion-resistant enclosures shall be fitted to the
actuators and servo-motors where installed at exposed
location onboard.
(E) Over 100 Volts. All electrical circuits supplying
power to servo-motors and actuators rated over 100
volts shall be subjected to dielectric test.
9.30.1.14 Electrical and Electronic Devices.
(A) General. All electrical and electronic devices
shall be suitable for use in sea atmosphere, resistant to
corrosion, not affected by the watercraft vibration and
motion, capable of performing their intended functions
at compartment ambient temperature.
(B) Semiconductor Devices. Semiconductor devices to
be used should preferably be of silicon and selenium
where their characteristics are favored for use onboard
889
 ARTICLE 9.31 -NAVIGATION, COMMUNICATION, SIGNALING AND ALARM EQUIPMENT
and selected on the basis of expected ambient air
temperature ranging from 0°C to 50°Cfor interior
compartments and from 0°C to 60°C inside consoles.
(C) Logic Circuit Features. Indicator should be
provided at the control consoles to show the essential
steps of the successful completion of the sequence of
operations by the logic circuits.
9.30.1.15 Automation System. Watercrafts shall be
fitted with microcomputers and microprocessors for
monitoring control of the electric propulsion plant and
diesel generator sets, and for the watercraft navigational
operation.
(1) Radio transmitters and receivers (main and
emergency).
(2) Survival craft radio transceivers.
(3) Radio phone and telegraph apparatus.
(4) Electronic data transfer, facsimile, telex machines,
television.
(B) Interior Communication Equipment. Covers
equipment for communication between stations within
the watercraft.
(1) Portable radio transceivers.
(2) Telephone and voice tube.

9.30.1.16 Maintenance and Inspection. (3) Loudspeakers, amplifiers, and megaphones.

(A) Arrangement. Where sequential and programme (4) Call bell system.
controls are adopted, the arrangement of the components (5) Computers and television sets.
shall be such that the order, time, etc. of their operation
(6) Watchman supervisory equipment.
can be easily inspected.
(7) Emergency squad equipment.
(B) Control Equipment. The control equipment shall
be of simple structure and easy handling as much as (8) Engine order telegraph.
possible. For the equipment requiring the services
(9) Rudder angle indicators.
of specialist for maintenance and inspection, it is
recommended that spare parts or units be kept onboard (10) Controllable pitch propeller indicators.
for ready replacement.
(11) Shaft (revolution) speed indicators.
(C) Instruction Books. Watercrafts shall be provided
(C) ~avigation (Running) Light and Navigation
with instruction books on the monitoring facility,
Indicator Panel.
alarm and control systems, circuit diagrams, inspection
manual and list of specifications of the equipment, (D) Signaling Equipment.
necessary for maintenance and inspection. (1) Signaling (daylight) lights.

ARTICLE 9.31 - NAVIGATION, (2) Signaling mirrors.

COMMUNICATION, SIGNALING AND ALARM (3) Signaling flags.
EQUIPMENT
(4) Signal letters (call sign).
9.31.1 General (5) Whistle signals.

9.31.1.1 Scope. This article covers the requirement of (6) Distress signals.
equipment essential for navigation, communication, (E) Fire Protection Equipment. Smoke and fire
signaling and alarm systems of watercrafts for detectors.
reliable use during normal and emergency conditions,
(F) Alarm Equipment. General, fire and cold storage
independent and self-sustaining to ensure the safety of
alarms.
life and property at sea.
(G) Navigational Aids/Instruments.
9.31.1.2 Equipment. Equipment forming part of the
(1) Marine radar.
operating systems for navigation, communication,
signaling and alarm are as follows: (2) Marine sonar.

(A) Wireless Communication Equipment. Covers (3) Marine loran.

equipment for vessel-to-shore or vessel-to-vessel (4) Echo sounder.
communication either via satellite facilities or direct to
land radio stations. (5) Gyro-compass/standard magnetic compass.

890
 ARTICLE 9.31 - NAVIGATION, COMMUNICATION, SIGNALING AND ALARM EQUIPMENT
(6) Radar direction finder.
(7) Marine global positioning system (GPS)
navigator.
(8) Doppler log.
(9) Color video sounder.
9.31.1.3 Location/Installation. The navigational,
communication, signaling and alarm equipment shall
be located or installed as a system between each of the
following:
(A) Navigating bridge (wheelhouse);
(B) Radio room, main and emergency;
(C) Telegraph and telephone booths;
(D) Machinery spaces, engine room, boiler/turbine
rooms;
(E) Captain and chief engineer, radio officer and chief
steward rooms;
(F) Main propulsion control station;
(G) Local control stations for main propulsion engines
and controllable pitch propeller indicator stations;
(H) Steering gear compartment;
(I) Main switchboard and controlgear spaces;
(J) Navigational aid rooms, such as radar, loran, gyro-
compass, and radio direction finder;
(K) Survival-craft embarkation stations;
(L) Mustering stations;
(M) Accommodation and pilot ladder areas; and
(N) Lookout stations.
9.31.2 Wireless Communications Equipment
9.31.2.1 Application. v.-rreless coill.Illunicatio::!
equipment installation shall apply ro muercraJts :or
international, shon imernarional domestic o: coasrw:se
service, inland operation. and fishing ope:-arioi
9.31.2.2 Compliance. The ·wi:-e!ess communication
equipment installation _hal: comp~y "-rt.h the laresr :-rues
and regulations of Safety of Life aI Sea (SOL-\S) and
the _iational Telecommunication Commission _;TC),
for licensing and registration.
9.31.2.3 Installation.
(A) Watercrafts for International/Short
International Trade/ Operation. Every watercraft,
regardless or gross tonnage, engaged in incernational/
short international trade/operation shall be fitted with
wireless radio equipment. However, only watercrafts
of 500 gross tonnage and over shall be registered for
issuance of SHIP SAFETY RADIOTELEGRAPHY
CERTIFICATE. Those with less than 500 gross tonnage
shall also be registered for issuance of EXEMPTION
CERTIFICATE. In both instances a SHIP RADIO
STATION LICENSE may also be issued.
(B) Watercrafts for Domestic Trade. Every watercraft
of 350 gross tonnage and owr authorized for carriage
of passengers (liners) and cargoes (freight service),
and tankers for carriage of liquids shall be fitted with
wireless radio equipment. registered and issued a SHIP
RADIO STATIO LICE:\°SE. Those with less than
350 gross tonnage should also be fitted with w ireless
radio equipment [Radio Telephone (SSB) and (VHF)],
registered and issued a SHIP R.-\DIO STATION
LICENSE.
(C) Watercrafts for Coasrnise Sen·ice. Every
watercraft for towing, dredgir:g a."1d other service
watercrafts engaged in coasmise na\-:gation of 1 000
gross tonnage and oYer shall be fated ,,·ith wireless
radio equipment, registered and iss:1.:ed a SHIP RADIO
STATION LICE SE.
(D) Watercrafts for Inland Operation. Every
watercraft of over 100 gross to::::::.age e:igaged in bay,
river and lake operation shall be n::ec ,,ith \,ireless
radio equipment (SSB or\ tIT). reg=..s:e:-eri and issued a
SHIP RADIO STATIO_. LICE:\°SE.
(E) Watercrafts for F ishing Operation. Every
watercraft of owr l 0(.'.) g:-0ss :0::--=iage engaged
in either internarional f.sbg c:- ~..s:-...::::g within the
territorial ,,·arers of the p... =·:p-;i:=es s~:. be fitted with
"ireless radio equip::::e:::. =-~--:~ec ::.::d i ued a SHIP
R..\DIO STA.TIO:\° LT~SE. r o:- ± ose engaged in
imematio:lfL furrg a:! E~:\1.PTIO~ CERTIFICATE
isaso &-:rec..
(F) Other ·w atercrafu. _-\:: ware:-crafo; for coastwise
o:- itlz:}d ope:cr:o::s ,:...o~d be fined with wireless
rari.io eq-.ripmem for :ne good and safety of the owner/
operaIOL
9.31.3 Interior Communications Equipment
9.31.3.1 General. \Yatercrafts equipped with interior
radio, telephone and other internal communication
installations shall be proYided with a means of system
communication between the radio room and the
navigating bridge (wheelhouse) and other key control
stations from which the watercraft may be navigated
under normal conditions.
891
 ARTICLE 9.31 - NAVIGATION, COMMUNICATION, SIGNALING AND ALARM EQUIPMENT
There shall be an efficient interior means of
communication for transfer of information between
spaces where action is needed, such as between the
navigating bridge and the forward (bow) and aft (poop)
lookout stations.
9.31.3.2 Portable Radio Transceivers. There shall be
a sufficient number of radio transceivers for use in a
working shift. They shall be hooked-up to charging facilities
after shift duty for ready use by the incoming shifters.
9.31.3.3 Telephone and Voice Tubes.
(A) General Requirements.
(1) Length Requirement. Where the voice tube
installation would require a length of tube
exceeding 38 m or where for other reasons
efficient communication cannot be obtained by a
voice tube installation, sound powered telephone
shall be employed.
(2) In Lieu of. Sound powered telephone system
should, in all cases, be installed in lieu of voice
tube systems.
(3) Installation on the Same Circuit. Telephone
stations provided for between points of
communication as listed in Sections 9.31.1.3,
9.31.3. 1, 9.31.3.10, 9.31.6.3, and 9.31.8.4 and
9.31.8.4(E) should be installed on the same
circuit.
(4) Telephone Station Availability. Telephone
stations shall be provided for the Captain's
and Chief Engineer's office and stateroom,
emergency power room, carbon dioxide control
room smothering system, fire pump room, and
other places desirable for the operation of the
watercraft.
(5) Cut-Out Switch. The bow or fonvard lookout
telephone station if included in the same circuit
with the station needed under (3) and (4) above,
shall be provided with a wheelhouse cut-out
switch if the station is exposed to the weather.
(6) Not to Be Utilized. Jack boxes or head-sets
shall not be utilized on a telephone installation
that includes any of the stations required by this
section.
(B) Detail Requirements.
(1) Watertight. Sound powered telephone stations
installed in locations exposed to the weather shall
be of watertight construction, and the audible
signal shall be mounted external to the station
enclosure.
(2) Dripproof. Sound powered telephone statio::~
in wheelhouse or machinery spaces shall be o:'
dripproof construction.
(3) Telephone Booth. In noisy locations, a telephone
booth or other equipment shall be provided so
that a telephone conversation can be carried on.
(4) Supplementary Sound Signal. In noisy locations
where the magnet-operated telephone station
sound signal cannot be heard, a supplementary
telephone bell or sound signal energized from
the watercraft electrical system shall be installed.
This supplementary sound signal shall not be
combined with any other signal or alarm system.
such as an engineer 's signal and alarm panel.
(5) Station Indicator. When two or more telephone
stations are located in close proximity to each
other, a suitable means shall be provided to
indicate the station called.
(6) Electrically Independent. The sound powered
telephone talking circuit shall be electrically
independent of the calling circuits.
(7) Telephone Cables. Telephone cables shall be
run as close to the fore and aft centerline of the
watercraft as is practicable and through runs of
cable should avoid such spaces as machinery
room and galleys.
9.31.3.4 Loudspeakers and Amplifiers, and
Megaphones.
(A) General.
(1) Loudspeaker System. All watercraft certified to
carry 500 or more passengers including officers
and crews, for ocean and coastwise service, and/or
all watercraft certified to carry passengers whose
survival crafts are stowed more than 30 m from
the navigating bridge shall be equipped with an
approved loudspeaker system which shall enable
an officer on the bridge to broadcast separately or
collectively to the following stations:
a. Lifeboat station, portside;
b. Lifeboat station, starboard side;
c. Lifeboat embarkation stations, portside;
d. Lifeboat embarkation stations, starboard side:
e. Public spaces used for passengers assemb:-.-
stations; and
f. Crew quarters.
FPN: This applies to liferafts if used in place of lifeoc::.:5. :.- -·-:
survival crafts, or both.
 ARTICLE 9.31 - NAVIGATION, COMMUNICATION, SIGNALING AND ALARM EQUIPMENT
(2) Control. The system shall be controlled from a
single location on the navigating bridge.
(3) Arrangement. Loudspeakers at lifeboat/liferaft
embarkation stations shall be arranged for 2-way
conversation with the navigating bridge.
(B) Power Supply. The loudspeaker shall be energized
from the source of emergency, lighting and power, or
through conversion equipment.
(C) Location of Loudspeakers and Amplifiers.
(1) General.
a. Loudspeakers shall be located with due regard
to the intended service and to minimize
feedback and other interference.
b. Loudspeakers on open deck shall be directed
toward the near end of the watercraft and
outward by angle of proximately 15 degrees.
(2) Boat Deck Loudspeakers. A loudspeaker shall
be located at each lifeboat/liferaft handling
station. The axis of the loudspeaker shall be
directed aft and outboard in such a manner that
the sound level at the handling station will be not
less than the levels listed in Table 9.31.3.4(D)
(3) Survival Craft Embarkation and Passengers
Assembly Station Loudspeakers.
a. Loudspeakers shall be distributed throughout
the lifeboat/liferaft embarkation deck and
location by the watercraft's station bill for
the assembly of passengers in an emergency
so as to proYide an eYen distribution of sound
at a leYel not les than those specified in Table
9.3 1.3A{D ).
b. An even distribution of sound leYel is
considered satisfacrorv if the Yariation does not
exceed plus or minus 3 decibels.
(4) Crew Quarters Loudspeaker. Loudspeakers
shall be distributed in passageways throughout
crew quarters to provide a sound leYel not less
than those specified in Table 9.3 l .3.4(D) in each
room with the doors closed.
(D) Minimum Sound Level Requirements for
Loudspeaker System. Sound levels shall be measured
with sound level meter to demonstrate that the listening
levels are met. Where the ground noise level with the
watercraft underway in moderate weather is in excess
of the values listed in Table 9.31.3.4(D), the signal
and voice levels shall be increased correspondingly so
that the differential between ground noise level and the
signal noise levels shall be not less than the differential
given in the stated rule.
(E) Amplifiers. The emergency loudspeakers amplifiers
if not located in the same enclosure with the control
panel, shall be located in the wheelhouse or in the
compartment adjoining or opening into the wheelhouse.
9.31.3.5 Call Bells. Call bell system shall be installed
in the Captain, Chief Engineer, Radio Officer, and Chief
Steward rooms, and in the navigating bridge, machinery
spaces, steward department and radio equipment rooms.
9.31.3.6 Engine Order Telegraph.
(A) General Requirements.
(1) Transmitting and Acknowledging of Orders.
All watercraft shall be provided with an efficient
means of transmitting orders from the wheelhouse
to the engine room and acknowledging such
orders from the engine room at the wheelhouse.
Exception: Small watercrafts where the propulsion
plant is controlled entirely from the wheelhouse with no
means of normal engine control in the engine room.
a. On watercrafts with more than one propulsion
engine, the means of transmitting engine orders
shall be provided for each engine.
b. On double-ended watercraft, such as Roll-
on/Roll-off (RO-RO) vessels, with two
wheelhouses, this means of transmitting engine
orders shall be provided between the engine
room and each wheelhouse.
c. On watercraft provided with a means of steering
from the top of the wheelhouse as well as from
the wheelhouse, this means of transmitting
engine orders shall also be provided for both
locations.
(2) :\leans of Transmitting. The means of
transmitting engine orders shall be of the electric
engine order telegraph type. In lieu thereof, engine
gong and sound tube type, or the mechanical
engine order telegraph type may be employed.
Exception: Small watercrafts where the propulsion
plant is controlled entirely from the wheelhouse with no
means of normal engine control in the engine room.
(B) Specific Requirements.
(1) Transmitters and Indicators. Electric engine
order telegraph systems shall consists of
transmitters and indicators electrically connected
to each other.
(2) Dials. Transmitters and indicators shall be
893
 ARTICLE 9.31 ~ NAVIGATION, COMMUNICATION, SIGNALING AND ALARM EQUIPMENT
Table 9.31.3.4(0) Minimum Sound Level Requirements
Ground Noise Signal Level (db) Voice Level (db)
Level Minimum Above Ground Above Ground
(db) Total Total
Noise Noise
Lifeboat stations 80 20 100 15 95
Embarkation deck and exterior
80 20 100 15 95
passenger assembly points
Interior passengers assembly
75 20 95 15 90
points
Crew quarters 60 18 78 15 72
provided with dials divided into sectors or components and shall be corrosion-resistant.
divisions with the various engine orders engraved
(2) Cables. Electric cables shall be specified in
thereon, such as:
Section. In addition , watertight boxes shall be
a. Stop; provided in the installation as may be required.
b. Ahead; (3) Automatic Alarm Device. Each system
shall be provided with an alarm device which
c. Astern;
automatically sounds audibly and indicates
d. Half ahead; visually in the event of loss of potential in the
system.
e. Half astern; and
a. This alarm device shall be located in the
f. Finished engine.
wheelhouse.
(3) Synchronize. Rotation of the transmitter handle
and its associated pointer shall drive the receiYer b. Means shall be provided to silence the audible
indicator pointer in synchronism. The indicator signal.
pointer, always having the same angular position c. Where the supervisory power supply is
as the transmitter handle, shall point to the order dry cell battery or some other low capacity
corresponding to the order on the transmitter. source, there shall be no electric drain on the
(4) Acknowledgment of Orders. For supervisory power supply after the audible
acknowledgment of orders, the engine room signal has been silenced; the visible indication
indicator shall be equipped with a handle and should be extinguished to effect this. Upon
generator actuating a motor and pointed on the reestablishment of potential to the telegraph
transmitter, similar to the facilities provided for system, the audible signal shall sound again
transmitting orders. until the alarm circuit is returned to normal
unless restoration of this alarm circuit is
(5) Audible Signals. Audible signals associated with effected automatically.
the system shall consist of a vibrating bell at each
instrument. The vibrating bell as both transmitter 9.31.3.7 Rudder Angle Indicator.
and indicator shall ring continuously at all times
when the transmitter arrow and the reply arrow (A) Watercraft to Be Provided with Rudder Angle
do not point to the same order. Indicator. All self-propelled watercraft of 5000 gross
tonnage or over, and watercraft of any tonnage cenified
(6) Illumination. The dials transmitter instruments to carry 250 passengers or more, shall be provided with
shall be illuminated in such a manner as not to a device indicating continuously the position of the
interfere with navigating the watercraft at night. rudder in the wheelhouse or any other station desired.
(7) Size. Transmitter and indicator operating handle (B) Arrangement.
shall be of sub stantial size so that the engine order
may be determined from a distance. (1) Motors Connection. The equipment shall consisr
of two motors wound identically with their fields
(C) Detailed Requirements. and armatures connected together such that \vhen
(1) Watertight. Telegraph instruments shall energized the movement of one motor is always
have a watertight enclosures for the electrical identical to the other. The exact position of the

894
 ARTICLE 9.31 - NAVIGATION, COMMUNICATION, SIGNALING AND ALARM EQUIPMENT
rudder, if power operated, shall be indicated
simultaneously at the principal steering station at
the wheelhouse and the engine room.
(2) Separate Rudder Angle Indicator System.
When non-follow-up steering control is installed
at the after steering station, a separate rudder
angle indicator system shall be installed for the
station.
(3) Method of Transmitting. The method of
transmitting rudder movement between the
transmitter and the indicator(s) should be either
by self-synchronous generator and motor(s), by
mechanical telegraphs or by other equivalent
means.
9.31.3.8 Shaft (Revolution) Speed Indicator. The
electric engine revolution indicator is a precision type
electric measuring device to measure and indicate
remotely the rpm of the propelling shaft or watercraft's
generator shaft and its sense of rotation at any instant.
9.31.3.9 Watchman Supervisory System.
(A) Electrical Apparatus Composition. The
watchman supervisory system shall consist of an
electrical apparatus to verify the presence of watchman
and the regular performance of their assigned duties
employing a recorder located at a control station in
conjunction with key stations along the prescribed
route of a watchman.
9.31.3.10 Emergency Squad Equipment. Where
emergency squad equipment is stowed in lockers
or spaces remote from the wheelhouse, an efficient
means of communication shall be provided between
the wheelhouse and the emergency squad equipment
stowage space(s).
9.31.3.11 Electronic Computers. Electronic computers
shall be installed in the navigating bridge area, chief
mate office and other places in the watercraft where
they are necessary for watercraft management, cargo
stowage, etc.
9.31.4 Navigation (Running) Lights and Indicator
Panel
9.31.4.1 Application. The requirements of this part
hall apply to all watercrafts, as appropriate.
9.31.4.2 Purpose. The purpose of this requirement is
the preYention of collision by the use of navigational
lights. The requirements are:
(A) Accuracy. For accuracy in estimating the aspect of
the observed watercraft;
(B) Transmissibility and Right Chromaticity. For
effective transmissibility and right chromaticity of
navigation lights; and
(C) Safety. For promotion of safety oflife and property
at sea.
9.31.4.3 Feeders. All lights in or controlled from the
wheelhouse shall be supplied by a separate feeder or
feeders from the emergency board if provided, otherwise
that shall be supplied from the main switchboard
either directly or through a suitable subdistribution
switchboard.
The supply to the navigation light indicator TELL-
TALE panel shall be either a separate circuit from the
emergency switchboard or a through feed without switch
or overcurrent protection from the feeder supplying the
navigating bridge lighting panel.
9.31.4.4 Running Lights. Masthead, port, starboard,
and stem lights shall be fitted with duplicate lamps or
other dual light sources and shall be controlled by an
indicator panel.
A fused-feeder disconnect switch shall be provided on
the indicator panel, the rating of the fuses shall be at
least twice that of the largest branch and greater than the
maximum panel load.
9.31.4.5 General Requirements.
(A) Angles of Visibility and Minimum Heights.
Navigation lights shall be so installed that the angles
of visibility and the minimum heights above the decks
requires therein will be assured.
(B) Clear from Obscurity. The light from the
navigation lights fixture shall not be obscured by any
part of the watercraft's structure or rigging.
(C) Portable Cable. Navigating light fixtures shall be
wired by means of a short length of heavy duty portable
cable to a watertight receptacle outlet located adjacent
thereto.
(D)Connection to Branch Circuit. Where the double
lens, two-lamp type electric light fixture is installed,
each lamp shall be connected to its branch circuit
conductors by means of an individual portable cable
and receptacle plug.
9.31.4.6 Light Screens. Where required by the Rules
of the Road, the port and starboard sidelights shall be
painted with a glossy black paint and shall project not
less than 900 mm forward of the center of the light
source.
895
 ARTICLE 9.31 - NAVIGATION, COMMUNICATION, SIGNALING AND ALARM EQUIPMENT
9.31.4. 7 Navigation Light Indicator "Tell-Tale"
Panel.
(A) Running Lights Control. Self-propelled watercrafts
of 1600 gross tonnage and over shall be provided with a
navigation light indicator Tell-Tale panel located in the
wheelhouse to control the running lights.
(B) Visible and Audible Indicator. The panel shall
provide visible and audible indications of the failure of
any of the lights controlled thereof.
(C) Double-Filament Type. The lamps used in these
light fixture shall be of the double-filament type although
2 single-filament lamps should be used provided (B)
above is complied with. This panel shall provide a
means of switching On or OFF the lights and also of
changing over to the other filament or lamp when the
active one bums out, manually or automatically.
9.31.4.8 Positioning of Running Lights (Navigation
Lights).
(A) Vertical Positioning of Masthead Lights. The
vertical distance between the masthead lights shall be
such that in all normal conditions of trim the aft lights
shall be seen over and apart from the forelight at a
distance of 1000 mm from the stem when viewed from
sea level.
(B) Positioning of Sidelights. The sidelights shall be
positioned at a height not greater than 0.75 of the height
of the forelight above the hull. They shall not be low
enough to be interfered with by deck lights.
On horizontal positioning, they shall not be fitted in
front of the forelight.
They shall be situated at or near the side ofthe watercraft.
(C) Horizontal Separation of Masthead Lights.
Horizontal separation of foremast and main mast light
shall not be less than 0.5 of the total length of the
watercraft, and the forelight shall not be more than 0.25
the length of the watercraft from the stem.
9.31.4.9 Vertical Sectors. The vertical sectors of
running lights shall ensure that:
(A) Minimum Intensity. At least the prescribed
minimum intensity is maintained at all angles from 5
degrees above the horizontal to 5 degrees below; and
(B) Sixty-Percent of Minimum Intensity.At least 60%
of the prescribed minimum intensity is maintained from
7.5 degrees above the horizontal to 7 .5 degrees below.
896
9.31.4.10 Horizontal Sectors.
(A) Minimum Intensity. The horizontal sectors o-F
running lights shall ensure that at least the minimum
intensities are maintained over the arcs of the horizontal.
(B) Consideration. In the forward direction, port and
starboard lights as fitted on the watercraft shall allow the
minimum prescribed intensities; these must decrease to
reach cut-off between 1 degree to 3 degrees outside the
prescribed sectors. At 22.5 degrees abaft the beam, the
following considerations apply:
(1) From 5 degrees inside the prescribed sectors the
lateral intensity may decrease by 50% up to the
prescribed limit; and
(2) It shall decrease steadily to reach cut-off between
2 degrees to 5 degrees outside the prescribed
limit.
9.31.4.11 Portable Lights of the Lantern Type. In lieu
of the electrically energized light fixtures, during bad
weather or if there is no eiectric power, or other reasons,
oil lamps of the lantern types of equal efficiency as the
electrically energized light fixtures, shall be substituted
in position of more than 22.5 degrees abaft the beam on
their respective sidelight screens.
9.3 1.4.12 Shapes of Black Object. During daytime,
between sunrise and sunset, shapes of BLACK objects
is used for substitute as described in the succeeding
sections.
9.31.4.13 Masthead Light Fixtures. Masthead light
fixtures for power-driven watercrafts while underway,
shall be fitted with:
(A) White Light Fixture. A light fixture showing
WHITE to be installed on or in front of the foremast, or
if without a foremast, in the forepart of the watercraft;
(B) Second White Light Fixture. A second light
fixture also showing WHITE shall be installed in either
forward or abaft the white light referred to in (A) above
for watercrafts of more than 45 m in length.
The two white lights referred to in (A) and (B) aboYe
shall be such construction and character that:
(1) They show an unbroken light over an arc of the
horizon of 225 degrees so installed to show the
light, that is, from right ahead to 22.5 degrees
abaft the beam on either side, to be visible at ::.
distance of at least 9 .3 km;
(2) They shall be installed in a line with and oYer :::::
keel such that one of the white lights is at ie::.s:
 ARTICLE 9.31 - NAVIGATION, COMMUNICATION, SIGNALING AND ALARM EQUIPMENT
4 500 mm higher than the other and in such a
position that the forward light is always shown
lower than the other.
(3) The horizontal distance between the two white
lights is at least 3 times the vertical distance; and
(4) The lower of the two aforementioned lights,
or, if only one is required, is placed at a height
above the hull of not less than 6 m, then at a
height above the hull not less than such breadth
but not exceeding 12 m. In either case and under
all circumstances, the white light fixtures shall be
installed to be clear of and above all other light
points and obstructing superstructures.
9.31.4.14 Sidelight Fixtures. Sidelight fixtures for
power-driven watercrafts while underway, shall be
fitted with:
(A) Green and Red Lights. On the starboardside,
a light fixture showing GREEN, and on the portside
a light fixture showing RED, so constructed to show
an unbroken light over an arc of the horizon of 112.5
degrees, so installed as to show the light from right ahead
to 22.5 degrees abaft the beam on the starboardside
or portside, and of such character as to be visible at a
distance of at least 5.6 km; and
(B) Light Screens. The sidelight fixtures referred to in
(A) above shall be fitted with light screens as specified
in Section 9 .31.4.6, so as to prevent said lights from
being seen across the bow of the watercraft.
9.31.4.15 Stern Light Fixtures. Stem light fixtures
for power-driven watercrafts while underway, shall
be fitted at the stem part of the watercraft, with a light
fixture showing WHITE, so constructed as to show an
unbroken light over an arc of the horizon of 135 degrees,
and so installed as to show the light for 67 .5 degrees
from right or left aft on each side of the watercraft and
of such a character as to be visible at a distance of at
least 5.6 km.
9.31.4.16 Towing Light Fixtures. Towing light fixtures
for power-driven watercrafts shall comply with the
following:
(A) Two Light Fixtures. Two light fixtures, both
hawing WHITE, shall be in a vertical line one over
the other, not less than 1800 mm apart; and when
:owing and the length of the tow, measured from the
s:ern of the towing watercraft to the stem of the last
" ~ f t rowed exceeds 180 meters, shall have three
'..:2'": 5_,ucres;
B Three Light Fixtures. Three light fixtures, all
5."':...~-=.; \\1-IITE. shall be in a vertical line one over the
other, so that the upper and lower ones are equidistant
from and not less than 1 800 mm from the middle one;
(C) Construction and Character. Each of the towing
lights referred to in (A) and (B) above shall be of the
same construction and character, one of which shall be
positioned as the masthead lights described in Section
9.31.4.13;
(D) M inimum Height. None of these towing lights
shall be positioned at a height of less than 1200 mm
above the hull;
(E) Watercraft with a Single Mast. In a watercraft
with a single mast, the towing light fixture may be
installed on the mast;
(F) Stern or White Light. The towing watercraft shall
also show either the stem light referred to in Section
9.31.4.15 or in lieu of such light, a small WHITE light
abaft the forward of aftermast for the tow to steer by,
which shall not be visible forward of the beam; and
(G) Black Diamond Shaped Body. Between sunrise
and sunset, if the length of the tow exceeds 180 meters,
a BLACK DIAMOND SHAPED BODY 600 mm
in diameter shall be installed on the watercraft being
towed, where it can best be seen.
9.31.4.17 Alternative to Masthead Lights. Motor-
driven watercrafts which are not under command shall
comply with the following:
(A) Two Light Fixtures. Two light fixtures both
showing RED, in lieu of the masthead lights required
in Section 9.31. 4.13 shall be in a vertical line one over
the other not less than 1 800 mm apart, and of such
a character as to be visible all round the horizon at a
distance of at least 5.6 km; and
(B) Two Black Balls. Two BLACK BALLS by day,
each not less than 600 mm in diameter, shall be installed
in a vertical line one over the other of the distance as in
(A) above.
9.31.4.18 Sailing Watercrafts. Sailing watercrafts
which are underway being towed shall comply with the
following:
(A) Sidelight. The sidelight shall be fitted as required
for power-driven watercrafts as described in Section
9.31.4.14;
(B) Stern Light. The stem light fixture shall be fitted
as prescribed in Section 9.31.4.15, provided that
watercrafts towed, except the last watercraft of a tow,
a small light shall be fitted as prescribed in Section
9.31.4.16(F);
897
 ARTICLE 9.31 - NAVIGATION, COMMUNICATION, SIGNALING AND ALARM EQUIPMENT
(C) Two Light Fixtures. Two light fixtures, the upper
showing RED and the lower showing GREEN, shall be
installed on top of the foremast in a vertical line one
over the other and sufficiently separated so as to be
clearly distinguished. They shall be constructed as the
light :fixtures prescribed in Section 9.31.4.13, and shall
be visible at a distance of at least 5.6 km; and
(D) Black Diamond Shaped Body. Between sunrise
and sunset, a watercraft being towed, if the length of
the tow exceeds 180 meters, a BLACK DIAMOND
SHAPED BODY at least 600 mm in diameter shall be
installed where it can best be seen.
9.31.4.19 Watercrafts Being Pushed Ahead. At the
forward end, on the starboardside of watercraft being
pushed ahead a GREEN light and on the portside a
RED light shall be fitted and provided that any number
of watercrafts pushed ahead in a group shall be lighted
as one watercraft.
9.31.4.20 Small Watercrafts, Less Than 20 Meters.
Power-driven watercrafts of less than 20 m in length,
shall comply with the following:
(A) White Light Fixture. A light fixture showing
WHITE shall be installed on the forepart of the
watercraft at a height above the gunwale of not less
than 2700 mm, and constructed as prescribed in Section
9.31.4.13, to be visible at a distance of at least 5.6 km;
(B) Sidelight. T he sidelight shall be fitted as prescribed
in Section 9 .3 1.4.14, and to be visible at a distance of
at least 5.6 km;
(C) Two White Lights. When towing another
watercraft, in addition to the lights required in (A) and
(B) above, two WHITE lights shall be installed in a
vertical line, one over the other, not less than 1200
mm apart.
(D) Stern Light. A stem light shall be fitted as
prescribed in Section 9.3 1.4.15 or in lieu ofthis light, a
small WHITE light abaft the funnel or aftermast for the
tow to steer by, but which shall not be visible forward
of the beam ; and
(E) Green and Red Lights. When being pushed ahead,
the lights shall be installed as prescribed in Section
9.31.4.19.
9.31.4.21 Small Watercrafts, Less Than 12 Meters.
Power-driven watercraft:s of less than 12 m in length,
shall comply with the following:
(A) White Light Fixture. A light fixture showing
WHITE shall be installed at a height of less than 2700
898
mm above the gunwale but not less than 900 mm above
the sidelights;
(B) Sidelight. Sidelight shall be fitted as required in
Section 9.31.4.14 of such a character as to be visible at
a distance of at least 3.75 km;
(C) Two White Lights. When towing another
watercraft, lights shall be fitted as prescribed in Section
9.31.4.20(C);
(D) Stern Light. A stem light shall be fitted as
prescribed in Section 9.3 l.4.20(D); and
(E) Green and Red Lights. When being pushed ahead.
the lights shall be installed as prescribed in Section
9.31.4.19.
9.31.4.22 Rowing Watercrafts. Small ro\\·ing
watercrafts, whether under oars or sail, shall be fitted
with a lantern showing WHITE. and when lighted shall
be ready to be displayed in sufficient time to preYem
collision or on the approach of an O\·enaking watercraft.
9.31.4.23 Watercrafts fo r Fishing. Fishing watercraft
shall be fitted with the follov..ing light :fixtures:
(A) M asthead L ights;
(1) When not engaged in fishing, the watercraft shall
be fitted \Vith lights as prescribed in Section
9 .3 1A. l 3 for similar watercrafts.
(2) \\lien engaged in trawling, the watercraft shall
be fitted with two lights in a vertical line, one
OYer the other, not less than 1 200 mm nor more
than 3600 mm apart. The upper light fixture shall
be GREEN and the lower light fixture shall be
WHITE and each shall be visible at a distance
of at least 3. 7 5 km all round the horizon. The
lower one shall be fixed at a height above the
sidelights not less than twice its vertical distance.
In addition, it shall be installed with a light
fixture showing WHITE as prescribed in Section
9 .31.4.13 to be positioned lower than and abaft
the all-round green and white lights.
(3) When engaged in fishing other than trawling,
whether underway or at anchor, the watercraft
shall be fitted with light fixtures as prescribed in
(2) above, except that the upper of the two vertical
lights shall be RED which shall be visible at a
distance of at least 3.7 5 km all round the horizon.
Such watercraft if less than 12 min length may
carry the RED light at a height ofless than 2 700
mm above the gunwale and the WHITE light not
less than 900 mm below the red light.
 ARTICLE 9.31 - NAVIGATION, COMMUNICATION, SIGNALING AND ALARM EQUIPMENT
(B) Sidelights. Fishing watercrafts referred to in (A)(2)
and (A)(3) above when underway, shall be fitted with
the sidelights as prescribed in Section 9.31.4.14;
(C) Stern Light. A stem light shall be installed as
required for power-driven watercrafts as prescribed in
Section 9.31.4.15; and
(D) All-Round Light Fixture. Fishing watercrafts
referred to in (A)(3) above with outlaying gear extending
more than 150 m horizontally into the seaway, shall be
fitted with an additional all-round light fixture showing
WHITE at a horizontal distance of not less than 1800
mm nor more than 6000 mm away from the vertical
lights in the direction of the outlaying gear, and placed
at a height not exceeding that of the white light fixtures
referred to in (A)(3) above and not lower than the
position of the sidelights required in (A)(2) above.
9.31.4.24 Anchor Light Fixtures.
(A) White Light Fixture. For watercrafts of less than
45 m in length while at anchor, shall be fitted in the
forepart, with a light fixture showing WHITE, visible
all around the horizon at a distance of at least 3.75
km. If desired, (B) below may be applicable, but not
compulsory.
(B) Two White Light Fixtures. Watercrafts of more
than 45 m in length while at anchor, shall be fitted
with two light fixtures both showing WHITE, visible
at a distance of at least 5.6 km all-round the horizon.
One of the light fixtures shall be installed near the stem
(forward part of the watercraft) and the other near the
stem (rear part of the watercraft), at a height that shall
not be less than 4500 mm, lower than the forward light
fixture position; and
(C) One Black Ball. Between sunrise and sunset,
every watercraft when at anchor, in lieu of electrically
energized anchor lights, shall display in the forepart of
the watercraft where it can best be seen, one BLACK
BALL not less than 600 mm in diameter.
9.31.4.25 Watercrafts that are Aground. Watercrafts
that are aground shall comply with anchor light
requirements as required in Section 9.31.4.24, and the
two RED lights as required in Section 9.31.4.17.
9.31.4.26 Watercrafts on Pilotage Duty. Power-
driven watercrafts when engaged on pilotage duty and
underway, shall be fitted with:
(A) Masthead Light. A light fixture sho\\ing \\1-IITE
at the masthead at a height of not less than 6000 mm
above the hull, visible all-round the horizon at a distance
of at least 5.6 km and at a height of 2400 mm below it
a light fixture showing RED similar in construction and
character. If such a watercraft is less than 20 m long,
the WHITE light shall be located at a height of not less
than 2700 mm above the gunwale and the RED light at
a height of 1200 mm below the white light;
(B) Sidelight. The sidelight as prescribed in Section
9.31.4.14, or 9.31.4.20(B), or 9.31.4.2l (B) as
appropriate;
(C) Stern Light. The stem light as prescribed in Section
9.31.4.15;
(D) All-Round Light. An intermittent WHITE light
visible all-round the horizon at intervals not exceeding
10 minutes.
9.31.4.27 Sailing Pilot-Watercrafts on Pilotage Duty.
Sailing pilot-watercrafts when engaged on pilotage
duty and underway, shall comply with the following:
(A) Masthead Light. A light fixture showing WHITE
shall be fitted at the masthead visible all-round the
horizon at a distance of at least 5.6 km;
(B) Sidelight. The sidelight shall be installed as
prescribed in Section 9.31.4.18(A) or 9.31.4.20(B) as
appropriate. The watercraft shall, on the near approach
of or to other watercrafts, have such lights ready for
use, and shall show them at short intervals to indicate
the direction in which she is heading, but the GREEN
light shall not be shown on the portside nor the RED
light on the starboardside;
(C) Stern Light. The stem light shall be installed as
prescribed in Section 9.31.4.15; and
(D) Flare-up Light. The watercraft shall show one
or more flare-up lights at intervals not exceeding 10
minutes.
9.31.4.28 Pilot-Watercrafts on Pilotage Duty. Pilot-
watercrafts when engaged on pilotage duty and not
underway, shall be fitted with:
(A) Masthead, All-Round, and Flare-up Lights. The
lights prescribed in Sections 9.3 l.4.26(A) and (D), or
9.31.4.27(A) and (D): and
(B) Anchor Lights. The anchor lights as presc1ibed in
Section 9 .3 1.4.24.
931.4.29 Pilot-Watercrafts ~ot on Pilotage Duty.
Pilot-watercrafts when not engaged on pilotage duty,
shall be fitted to show the lights for a similar watercraft
of her length.
899
 ARTICLE 9.31 - NAVIGATION, COMMUNICATION, SIGNALING AND ALARM EQUIPMENT
9.31.5 Signaling Equipment
9.31.5.1 Scope. This part covers the requirements for
signaling "daylight" lights, signaling mirrors, signaling
flags, signal letters (call sign), whistle signals, and
distress signals.
9.31.5.2 Signaling "Daylight" Lights.
(A) Application. The requirements in this part of the
article shall apply to watercrafts that are engaged in
international voyage of over 150 gross tonnage.
(B) Technical Requirements.
(1) Signaling Light. The signaling light shall
consist of a device which produces a narrow
high intensity beam of light suitable for daylight
blinkers communication at speeds up to 9 words
(180 dots and or dashes) per minute.
(2) Luminous Intensity at 6 Degrees Divergence.
The luminous intensity of the beam shall be not
less than 60000 candela. The beam shall have
a total horizontal and vertical divergence of
approximately 6 degrees.
(3) Luminous Intensity in Every Direction. The
luminous intensity of the beam in every direction
within an angle of 0.7 degree from the axial shall
not be less than 50% of the luminous intensity in
candela.
(4) Sighting Arrangement. The signaling light shall
be fitted with a suitable sighting arrangement
capable of directing the beam on to the receiving
station.
(5) Effectivity. Signaling may be effected by keeping
the current through the lamp by movement of
shutters, or by other approved means.
(6) Mounting. The signaling light may be either a
fixed unit mounted on the top of the wheelhouse,
a semi-fixed unit with arrangement for quick
mounting at either wing of the navigating bridge,
or a portable unit.
(7) Power Supply.
a. Fixed of Semi-fixed Signaling Light. Fixed or
semi-fixed signaling light shall be energized
from the emergency lighting power system.
b. Portable Signaling Light. Portable signaling
unit shall be energized from a self-contained
storage battery capable of operating the unit for
two hours continuously without recharging.
(8) Lamp. The lamp of the signaling light shall be
permanently fixed above the navigating bridge
900
and equipped with a fresnal lens and high-speec
bulb, operated by a weatherproof key, fir:ce
with a suitable condenser. The lamp shall be T
connected that it can be operated from norm:::
power source, the emergency power source. a::.:
emergency batteries if provided.
9.31.5.3 Signaling Mirror.
9.31.5.4 Signaling Flags and N umerals.
9.31.5.5 Signal Letters (Call Sign). Signal
letters (call sign) is to be assigned by the National
Telecommunication Commission together with the
Radio Licenses or Certificates to be issued.
9.31.5.6 Whistle Signals.
9.31.5.7 Distress Signals.
9.31.6 Fire Protection System
9.31.6.1 General.
(A) The fire protection system shall consist of one or
combination of the following:
(1) Automatic fire detecting system;
(2) Smoke detecting system; and
(3) Fire alarm system.
(B) The following shall be provided with fire protection
system:
(1) Any watercraft engaged in international,
short international, and domestic or coastwise
operation;
(2) Any watercraft of more than 45 m in length
having sleeping accommodation for passengers;
and
(3) Any watercraft of45 m or less in length engaged in
coastwise trade having sleeping accommodation
for 50 or more passengers.
9.31.6.2 Automatic Fire Detecting System.
(A) Types of Fire Detectors. An automatic fire
detecting system consists of fire and/or smoke detectors,
power supply, control unit, and fire alarm signals. The
fire detectors shall be one of the following types or a
combination thereof:
(1) Electrically operated thermostats, thermostatic
wire, or other devices operated by heat, flame
and/or smoke; and
 ARTICLE 9.31 - NAVIGATION, COMMUNICATION, SIGNALING AND ALARM EQUIPMENT
(2) Electrical system using pneumatic tube or
hydraulic tube detectors operated by heat.
(B) Location.
(1) A fire detecting and alarm system shall be capable
of having alarm signals initiated and heard at the
following locations:
a. Public spaces;
b. Staterooms, offices, crew 's cabin;
c. Motion picture booths and film lockers;
d. Rooms with highly inflammable materials;
e. Mail and specie rooms;
f. Storage and baggage rooms;
g. Cargo spaces;
h. Trunks to cargo spaces:
i. Spaces where motor Yehicles are stowed; and
j. Coal bunkers.
(2) Manual and automatic systems may be combined.
9.31.6.3 Smoke Detecting Systems. Smoke emanating
from a fire zone or space ,,ill be monitored to the
smoke detection equipment located in the navigating
bridge. Watercraft equipped ,,ith smoke detecting
system whose detecting cabinets are not located in the
wheelhouse shall be pro,ided v.ith an efficient means of
direct communication between the wheelhouse and the
stations where the detecting cabinets are located.
9.31. 7 Alarm Equipment
9.31.7.1 Scope. This part covers alarm equipment
for general alarm, fire alarm and cold storage alarm
systems.
9.31.7.2 General Alarm System.
(A) Installation. A general alarm system which may
include the fire alarm system shall be installed in:
(1) Manned Watercraft. All manned watercraft of
over 100 gross tonnage;
(2) Watercrafts Over 100 Gross Tonnage. All
watercraft classified as barges of over 100
gross tonnage that are manned and certified for
coastwise or international services; and
(3) Watercrafts of 300 Gross Tonnage and Over.
All watercraft classified as barges of 300 gross
tonnage and over with sleeping accommodations
for more than 6 persons.
(B) Operation.
(1) Emergency Warning. The general alarm system
shall consist of electric vibrating bells located in
passenger and crew 's quarters, machinery rooms,
and work spaces, so as to warn all occupants in an
emergency.
(2) Manual Switch in the Wheelhouse. The general
alarm system shall be operated by means of a
manually operated switch in the wheelhouse.
(3) Manual Switches in Different Locations. On
watercraft certified for carriage of flammable
liquids or gasses, the general alarm shall be
controlled by means of manually operated
switches in accessible locations in the officer
and engineers' sleeping areas, engine room,
wheelhouse, and amidship deckhouse, if any.
(4) Additional Switch. On watercraft other than
those mentioned in (C) above, one additional
switch shall be installed in an accessible location
other than the wheelhouse.
(5) Second Manual Contact Maker. On watercraft
where an emergency squad is organized and
on those having a manual fire alarm system, a
second manually operated contact maker shall be
installed in the wheelhouse and so connected as
to operate only the general alarm bells located in
crew's quarters and machinery rooms.
(C) Contact Maker.
(1) Normally Open Spring-Return-to-Normal
Type. The contact maker or switch shall be a
normally open spring-return-to-normal type of
enclosed watertight switch.
(2) Designed to Close. The contact maker shall be
designed to close its contact when a substantial
operating handle is rotated in a clockwise
direction through an arc of about 80 degrees.
(3) Mechanical Stops. The switch handle shall have
means provided for locking in the ON position by
means of a spring-loaded locking pin. The OFF
and ON positions of the operating handle shall
be indicated by means of prominently raised
letters. The contact maker shall be provided
with mechanical stops to limit the rotation of the
operating handle.
(D) Marking.
(1) Permanent Nameplate. Each general alarm
system fused switch and distribution panel shall
be provided with a permanent nameplate on the
901
 ARTICLE 9.31 -NAVlGATION, COMMUNICATION, SIGNALING AND ALAR.!\1 EQUIPME~1
outside of the door describing its functions.
(2) General Alarm. The general contact maker shall
be marked with lettering on a corrosion-resistant
plate or with a sign in red letters on a suitable
background GENERAL ALARM.
(3) Crew Alarm. A contact maker to operate only the
general alarm bells in crew's quarters, machinery
and work spaces shall be marked CREW
ALARM.
(4) Red Letters. General alarm bells shall be marked
in not less than 12 mm red letters GENERAL
ALARM-WHEN BELL RINGS GO TO YOUR
STATION.
(5) Directory. Each general alarm system distribution
panel shall be provided with a directory attached
to the inside of the cover giving the designator of
each circuit, the area supplied by each circuit, and
the rating of all fuses.
(E) Alarm Bell Installation.
(1) Watercrafts Over 100 Gross Tonnage. Each
manned sea-going and coastwise barge of over
100 gross tonnage, where the crew is divided into
watches for the purpose of steering the barges,
shall be provided with a suitable alarm bell
installation.
(2) Watercrafts of 300 Gross Tonnage and Over.
Each barge of 300 gross tonnage and over with
sleeping accommodation for more than 6 persons
shall be provided with a suitable alarm bell
installation.
(3) For Manned Vessels Over 100 Gross Tonnage.
a. General. All watercrafts of over 100 gross
tonnage shall have all sleeping areas, public
spaces, and machinery spaces equipped with a
sufficient number of alarm bells located to warn
all occupants.
b. Alarm Components.
1. The general alarm system shall operate from
a continuous source of electric power capable
of supplying the system for a period of at
least 8 hours without being dependent upon
the emergency source of electric power.
2. Each bell shall produce a signal of a tone
distinct from that of other bell signals in the
vicinity and shall be independently fused
with each of these fuses located above the
bulkhead deck.
902
3. The bells shall be controlled by a manually
operated contact maker located in the
wheelhouse or navigating bridge or at the fire
control station.
(F) Manual Alarm System.
(1) Location. Every watercraft over 100 gross
tonnage shall be provided with at least one
manually operable fire alarm box having a red
finish for each detection zone (except cargo
spaces inaccessible during voyage) located in
such places as stairway enclosures, corridors or
passageways, and public places as to be readily
accessible to passengers and crew-members.
(2) Installation. An approved manual alarm system
shall be installed in all areas normally accessible
to the passengers or crew-members on any
watercraft having sleeping accommodation for
passengers or on any watercraft on an international
voyage.
(3) Composition. A manual fire alarm system shall
consist of a power supply, control unit, manual
fire alarm boxes and vibrating bells.
9.31.7.3 Fire Alarm.
9.31.7.4 Cold Storage Alarms. To protect any one who
may become locked inside refrigerated spaces, an alarm
or signaling system shall be provided operable from
within the refrigerated area.
(A) Electric Push Button or Mechanical Pull. The
alarm system may be either a mechanical pull operating
a jingle bell or an electric push button operating a
vibrating bell or other audible devices.
(B) Location. The electric push button or mechanical
pull shall be located at the exit from the refrigerated
compartment.
(C) Audible Signal Location. The audible signal shall
be located where a crew(s) is regularly stationed.\\nere
a common audible signal is provided for more than one
lockable refrigerated compartment. an annunciator shall
be provided to locate the compartment from which the
signal ,vas initiated.
9.31.8 :\"avigational Equipment
9.31.8.1 :\1arine Radar.
(A) Application. This part hall apply to the following
watercrafts:
(1) Watercrafts for International/Short
International Trade/ Operation. Every
watercraft, regardless of gross tonnage, engaged
 ARTICLE 9.31 - NAVIGATION, COMMUNICATION, SIGNALING AND ALARM EQUIPMENT
in intemationaVshort international trade/
operation shall be fitted with one radar, except
that two radars shall be fitted for every tankship
(tanker or super-tankers); and
(2) Watercrafts for Domestic Trade/Coastwise
Operation. Every watercraft for carriage of
passengers, cargoes, tugboats of 500 gross
tonnage and over, and tankships for carriage of
flammable liquids in bulk of 350 gross tonnage
and over engaged in domestic trade/coastwise
operation shall be fitted with one radar.
(B) Purpose.
(1) Obtaining. To obtain early warning of the
presence of other watercrafts, of obstruction to
navigation, and of navigational features.
(2) M easuring. To measure ranges and bearings.
(3) Determining. To determine the past behavior of
other watercrafts.
(4) Detecting. To detect sailing movement and
periodic position of nearby watercrafts in order
to develop and coordinate search and rescue
operation efficiently.
(C) General Description.
(1) Highly Efficient Navigational Apparatus.
The marine radar shall be of highly efficient
navigational instrument with electron tubes for
its transceiver, silicon transistors for use in its
display unit, and a power supply.
(2) Can Withstand Different Kinds of Conditions.
In addition, it must withstand all types of weather
conditions, vibration-proof, impact resistant,
dripproof, and highly resistant to voltage
fluctuations and heat.
(3) Waterproof. The marine radar shall be equipped
with antenna installations that are waterproof.
(D) Installation. The marine radar(s) shall be
installed in the wheelhouse in such a manner that
it \\ill be capable of continued operation under the
conditions of Yibration. humidity. and changes in
temperature. Usually their scanner are installed
atop the topmasts.
(E) Radar Position Indicator. Watercraft e{!Uipped
with a radar position indicator remotely located from
the wheelhouse shall be provided with an efficient
means of communication between the wheelhouse and
the radar position plan indicator area.
9.31.8.2 Marine Loran (Long Range N avigation).
(A) General. Loran is a radio navigational instrument
which indicates the watercraft position on the chart,
called a LORAN FIX. A pair of ground transmitting
station broadcast synchronized pulse signals at all time.
The loran receiver on the watercraft selects the signals
transmitted by a pair ofloran station and measures time
difference of the signals.
Loran uses the technique of measuring distance by
time and displaying signals visually on a cathode-ray
tube. This enables reliable and accurate measurement
regardless of noises and other radio interference.
Loran is entirely different from other radio navigational
aids in that it measures the time difference of arrival of
two radio signals rather than range and/or bearing of
one radio signal.
(B) Installation Requirements.
(1) Receiver-Indicator. The receiver-indicator must
be installed in a dry location where it will be
protected from the weather, preferably near the
chart table in the navigating bridge. Cares shall
be taken so as the surface of the cathode-ray tube
shall not be exposed to direct sunshine.
(2) Antenna. The antenna should be as nearly
vertical, and as long (7 to 30 meters) as possible.
Both ends of the antenna must be fastened to
the watercraft by means of the aerial insulators
attached to the equipment. The lower end of the
antenna shall not be sustained directly by the
antenna coupler. The angle of the antenna from
the vertical line shall not exceed 45 degrees, and
its horizontal component shall be limited to the
minimum length. In addition. the antenna shall
be located as far as possible from other aerials,
masts or stacks which haYe a shielding effect on
some bearings.
(3) Antenna Coupler. The antenna coupler shall
be located as close as possible to the lower
end of the antenna. The antenna coupler is
watertight because it has to be installed on the
open bulkhead. A coaxial cable must not be used
to connect the antenna coupler to the antenna,
while the coaxial cable connecting this unit to the
receiYer-indicator should preferably be shorter
than 5 m. The antenna -:oupler shall be grounded
to the watercraft.
9.31.8.3 Depth Sound D evices (Sonar).
9.31.8.4 Gyro-Compass. Watercraft equipped with a
gyro-compass shall be provided with an efficient means
903
 ARTICLE 9.32 - SHIPBOARD WIRING SYSTEMS
of communication between the master gyro-compass
s-union and the wheelhouse repeater compass room.
(A) :\laster Compass. Indicates true north and transmits
this information electrically to compass repeaters at
different parts of the watercrafts. The following are
additional units connected to the master compass:
(1) Course Recorder. Makes a continuous graphic
record of watercraft's course, showing all changes
to course, in degrees, and the time at which they
occur; and
(2) Gyro-Pilot. Keeps watercraft automatically and
accurately on course.
(B) Compass Repeaters. Receive and indicate true
watercraft's heading transmitted from the master
compass.
(C) Alarm Unit. Provides a buzzer alarm to indicate
failure of the watercraft's supply or the repeater supply.
(D) Motor Generator. Converts the watercraft's supply
to the voltages required by the compass equipment. A
starter, furnishing protection against low voltage and
overload accompanies the unit.
(E) Relay Transmitter Panel. Required if the electrical
load of the repeaters and other units exceeds the capacity
of the master compass transmitter.
9.31 .8.5 Radio Direction Finder. Watercrafts equipped
with a radio direction finding apparatus shall be provided
with an efficient means of communication between the
wheelhouse and the radio direction finder room.
9.31.8.6 Satellite Navigator. A highly sophisticated
navigational instrument equipped on watercrafts for
international/short international operations through
transceiving information via satellite.
ARTICLE 9.32 - SHIPBOARD WIRING
SYSTEMS
9.32.1 Scope and Application
9.32.1.1 Scope. Wirings for connection to systems of
electrical machines and electrical/electronic equipment
in various operation in watercrafts shall comply with the
requirements in this article, in addition to the applicable
provisions of Philippine Electrical Code Part 1, Chapter
2 (Wiring and Protection), Chapter 3 (Wiring Methods
and Materials), Chapter 4 (Art. 4.0 - Flexible Cords
and Cables, and Art. 4.2 - Fixture Wires), Chapter 8
Communications Systems), and Chapter 10 (Tables).
932.1.2 Application. The requirements in this article
2.s well as the applicable requirements mentioned above
shall apply to the permanent shipboard installation of
fixed cables, flexible cables, and insulated conduct0:-s
and fixture wires for propulsion, distribution of
main and emergency power, lighting, naYigationa:.
communication, signaling, heating or cooling, remote
control and other utility circuits.
Exception: The installation of marine cables in small
watercrajts may be considered when the weight and
bulk ofthe marine cables and accessories will adverse(v
affect the draft and stability of the small watercrafts.
Conductors of equivalent electrical, thermal and
mechanical ratings may serve as substitute wirings and
shall be installed in accordance with the provisions of
this Code and acceptable for use in marine practice.
9.32.2 Cable Construction, Types of Cable
Insulation and Classification of Insulation
Materials
9.32.2.1 Cable Construction. Electric cables of
recognized marine standards shall have conductors,
insulation and moisture-resistant jackets.
(A) Material of Conductor. Conductors shall be made
of copper not less than 1.0 mm2 in cross-section and
stranded in all sizes.
(B) Types of Cable Insulation. All electric cables
utilized in watercraft wiring systems shall be as
specified in Table 9.32.2. l(B).
The electric cables shall be at least of a flame retardant
type. Flame retardant marine cables which have not
passed the bunched cable flammability criteria may be
considered provided the cable is treated with approved
flame retardant material or the installation is provided
with approved fire-stop arrangements.
Communication wires not bunched nor braided together
may be considered, provided they are installed in
approved metallic bus duct.
(C) Fiber Optic Cables. Fiber optic cables shall be
constructed and tested to a recognized optic cable
construction standard. The requirement of flame
retardancy for the electrical cables is applicable to the
fiber optic cables. The construction of the fiber optic
cable which may pass through or enter a hazardous area
shall be such that the escape of gases to a safe area is
not possible through the cable.
9.32.2.2 TIN Cable Construction. Cables constructed
with Type T insulation may have insulation thickness as
indicated below when a moisture resistant nylon jacket
is provided on each individual insulated conductor. Ile
maximum voltage rating for these cables is 750 Yo::.s.
The minimum average thickness ofthe Type T ins:.::::.:::::
and nylon shall be as specified in Table 9.32.2.2.
 ARTICLE 9.32 - SHIPBOARD WIRING SYSTEMS
Table 9.32.2.l(B) Types of Cable Insulations
Maximum Conductor Temperature.
Type Designation Cable Insulation
(OC)
Polyvinyl Chloride-Heat and Moisture
T, TIN 75
Resisting
B Butyl 80
X Cross-Linked Polyethylene 85
E Ethylene Propylene Rubber 85
M Mineral (MI) 95*
s Silicone Rubber
. .
95
*A maxunum conductor temperature of 250C 1s perrmss1ble for special applications and standard end fitnngs may be used provided the temperature does not exceed
85°C at the end fittings, however, when the temperature at the end fittings is higher than 85oC, special consideration will be given to an appropriate end fitting.
Table 9.32.2.2 Minimum Average Thickness of Type T Insulation and Nylon
Conductor Size Type T Insulation Thickness Nylon Jacket Thickness
(mm 2) (mm) (mm)
Up to 3.5 0.38 0.1
5.5 0.51 0.1
8.0 - 14 0.76 0.13
22 - 30 1.02 0.15
38 - 100 1.27 0.18
125 - 250 1.65 0.2
325 - 500 1.78 0.23
9.32.2.3 Insulation Tests on Finished Cable. If the cable is designed for an operating voltage between
(A) General. Tests shall be made on the entire lengths. conductors and ground, different from that between
The outer surface of the cable is to be grounded during conductors, the test between conductors and sheath or
the tests and if there is no conductive covering, the water shall be made separately and shall be based on
ground shall be obtained by immersing the insulated the normal operating voltage between conductors and
cable in water for at least 6 hours and the test shall be ground.
applied at the end of the period while the cable is still (2) Insulation Material. For the purpose of these
immersed. All cables shall comply satisfactorily with requirements insulating material is designated as
the following test requirements: follows:
(1) Dielectric Strength of Cable; a. Class A Insulation. Materials or combination
a. Test Voltage. Tests shall be made by subjecting of materials such as cotton, silk and paper
the insulation to an alternative voltage for when suitably impregnated of coated or when
5 consecutive minutes; the initially applied immersed in a dielectric liquid such as oil.
voltage shall not exceed the working voltage Other materials or combination of materials
and the rate of increase shall be uniform (not may be included in this class if, by experience
over 110% in 10 seconds nor less than 100% or accepted tests, they can be shown to be
in 60 seconds) over the appropriate voltage capable of operation at 105°C.
required by Table 9.32.2.3(A)(l). b. Class B Insulation. Materials or combination
b. Frequency. The frequency of the applied of materials such as mica, glass fiber, asbestos,
voltage shall not exceed 100 hz and shall etc., with suitable bonding substances. Other
approximate a sine wave as closely as possible. materials or combination of materials, not
necessarily inorganic, may be included in this
c. Multi-conductor Cable Tests. If a multi- class if, by experience or accepted tests, they
conductor cable is designed for the same can be shown to be capable of operation at
operating voltage between conductors and 130°c.
ground between conductors, each conductor
shall be tested against the other conductors c. Class E Insulation. Materials or combination
connected together and to the sheath or water. of materials which, by experience or accepted

905
 ARTICLE 9.32 -
test, can be shown to be capable of operation
at 120°C (materials possessing a degree of
thermal stability allowing them to be operated
at a temperature 15°C higher than Class A
materials).
d. Class F Insulation. Materials or combination
of materials such as mica, glass fiber, asbestos,
etc., with suitable bonding substances. Other
materials or combination of materials, not
necessarily inorganic, may be included in this
class if, by experience or accepted tests, they
can be shown to be capable of operation at
I5s c.
0
e. Class H Insulation. Materials or combination
of materials such as silicone elastomer, mica,
glass fiber, asbestos, etc., with suitable bonding
substances such as appropriate silicone resins.
Other materials or combination of materials
may be included in this class if, by experience
or accepted tests, they can be shown to be
capable of operation at l 80°C.
(3) Insulation Resistance of Cables. The insulation
resistances of cables shall be in accordance
with Section 9.32.2.4 and is to be corrected to a
temperature of 20°C. The insulation resistance
shall be taken after the high voltage test as
given in Table 9.32.2.3(A)(l) by measuring the
leakage current after a one-minute electrification
with a continuous emf from 100 to 500 volts,
the conductor being maintained negative to the
sheath or water.
9.32.2.4 Cable Insulation Resistance for New
Installations. Each power and each light circuit shall
have an insulation resistance between conductors and
between each conductor and ground of not less than the
following values:
SHIPBOARD WIRING SYSTEMS
Up to 5 amperes load 2000000 ohms
10 amperes load 1000000 ohms
25 amperes load 400000 ohms
50 amperes load 250000 ohms
100 amperes load 100000 ohms
200 amperes load 50000 ohms
Over 200 amperes load 25000 ohms
Ifthe above values are not obtained, any ofall appliances
connected to the circuit may be disconnected for this
test.
9.32.2.5 Cable Application. The types of cables to be
used in the various parts of the watercraft shall be in
accordance with the following general requirements
unless specifically approved otherwise:
(A) Propulsion Cables. Ethylene-propylene rubber,
crosslinked polyethylene, silicone rubber, or asbestos-
varnished cloth insulated cables shall be used for
propulsion power cables except that polyvinyl chloride
insulated cables may be used where the normal ambient
temperature will not exceed 50°C. All cables shall have
suitable moisture-resistant jackets and braided metallic
armor. Impervious metallic sheaths will be considered
but are not to be used with single-conductor ac cables.
[See Sections 9.32.2.5(N) and 9.32.3 .9].
(B) Distribution Cables. All electrical cables for
power, lighting, communication, control and electronic
circuits shall have insulations suitable for a conductor
temperature of not less than 60°C. The rated operating
temperature of the insulating material shall be at least
10°C higher than the maximum ambient temperature
likely to exist, or to be produced, in the space where the
cable is installed. Electric cables installed in locations
liable to damage during normal operation of the \·esse!
shall be provided with braided metallic armor o:-
otherwise be suitably protected from mechanical injury.

Table 9.32.2.3(A)(l)
Test \"oltage for 5 Minutes2
Rated Cable Voltage kV (AC or DC) 1,3
Alternating Current, k\" Direct Current. k \ ·
..,
0/0.15 l -
0.15/0.25 1.5 I '
-
0.25/0.75 2.5 -
0.75/1.1 3.5 -I

4
1.1/3.3 (7.5 ) 10 20
4
3.3/6.6 (14 ) 16 32
I' ote
I The rated voltage is for systems with neutral ( or central point) not grounded.
2\Vhichever the insulation type, each insulated core is to sustain for 5 minutes, without breakdown occurring, the above values of test voltage
3For mineral-insulated cables having a rated voltage above 250V up to and including 440V, the test voltage may be 2 000 V ac and 4 000 V de .
4For rubber or PVC insulated cables only.

906
 ARTICLE 9.32 - SHIPBOARD WIRING SYSTEMS
(C) Portable and Flexible Electric Cables. In general,
portable cables and cables subject to :flexible service
need not be armored.
(D) Battery Cables. Where battery cable enter battery
room, the holes shall be bushed and provided with pipe
sleeves or stuffing tube with watertight packings. All
connections within the battery room shall be resistant
to the electrolyte. Cable shall be sealed to resist the
entrance of electrolyte by spray or creepage. The size of
the connecting cables shall be based on current-carrying
capacities and the starting rate of charge or maximum
discharge rate, whichever is the greater.
(E) Controlgear Cables. Cables for controlgears shall
consist of not less than 7 strands and the conductors
of a cross-sectional smaller than 2.0 mm2 shall not
be installed except cable or wirings for automatic
equipment not directly connected to main circuits.
(F) Generator Cables. The power cables connecting
the generator to the circuit breaker and busbar of the
switchboard shall comply with the requirements for
propulsion cables, and shall not be installed in bilges.
(G) Switchboard Wires. Switchboard wires shall be of
the stranded type not smaller than 1.25 mm2 and shall
have :flame-retardant and moisture-resistant insulation
having the maximum permissible conductor temperature
not less than 75°C. Wiring from hinged panels shall be
of the extra flexible type. PVC insulated single-core
conductors of flame-retardant type and without further
protection are recommended as switchboard wires.
Other types of :flame-retardant switchboard wires may
be accepted after consideration of each type.
(H) Cables for Control, Monitoring and
Instrumentation Circuits. Insulated wires for control
and instrument circuits shall not be bunched together
with wires for main circuits, unless rated voltage and
maximum permissible temperature of both wires are the
same. It is recommended to use cable with copper-wire
braid or equiulent effectiYe screenings as precaution
to instrumentation circuits. Conductor cross-section of
maximum of 0.5 mm~ can be used for these circuits of
maximum one ( 1) ampere full-load rating, maximum
100 amperes short-circuit current and maximum 10
amperes short-circuit protection.
(I) Cables for Power and Lighting. Mineral-insulated
cables provided with approved fittings for terminating
and connecting to boxes, outlets and other equipment
may be used for any service up to 600 volts and may
be used for feeders and branch circuits in both exposed
and concealed work, in dry or wet locations. The
moisture-resisting jacket (sheath) of mineral-insulated
metal sheathed cables exposed to corrosive conditions
shall be made of, or protected by materials suitable for
these conditions. Mineral-insulated cables may be used
where the ambient temperature is in excess of 50°C.
(1) Feeders and Subfeeders. Feeders and
subfeeders of any description shall be located as
far as practicable, from spaces where excessive
heat and gases may be encountered and exposed
to damage, such as along exposed sides of
deckhouses. They shall not enter oil tanks and
cofferdam immediately adjacent to and extending
below the top of the oil tanks except intrinsically-
safe circuits with gastight fittings.
(2) Branch Circuits. Branch circuits shall have
insulation suitable for a temperature of not less
than 60°C. The rated operating temperature of the
insulating material shall be at least 10°C higher
than the maximum ambient temperature likely to
exist, or, to be produced, in the space where the
cable is installed. Cables installed in locations
liable to damage during the normal operation
shall be provided with braided metallic armor or
otherwise be suitably protected from mechanical
injury. Lighting circuits shall be supplied by final
subcircuits separate from those for heating and
power. (This does not apply to cabin fans and
wardrobe heaters).
(J) Cables for Essential Services. Cables for essential
services and important for the propulsion and safety
of the watercraft shall be of the flame-retardant type,
mechanically protected and corrosion-resistant sheathed
in locations where required. A separate final subcircuit
shall be provided for every motor required for essential
services. Essential services that are duplicated shall
be served by individual circuits separated throughout
their lengths as widely as is practicable, and without the
use of common feeders, protective devices or control
circuits. Cables shall be connected to the motor or
electrical equipment terminals, panelboards of power
and lighting, control panels for navigational lights and
special purpose lights, and to navigational aids. The
following are examples of essential services:
(1) Air compressors for engine starting;
(2) Air compressor for heavy oil and for tanker
washing of holds;
(3) A ir pumps for general use;
(4) Ballast pump;
(5) Bilge pump;
(6) Brine pump;
907
 ARTICLE 9.32 - SHIPBOARD WIRING SYSTEMS
(7) Cargo oil pump; (40) Ventilating fans for gas-dangerous rooms a._"":_i_:
(8) Cargo refrigerating compressors; for non-gas-dangerous rooms in the cargo r&-:..:..;:
area and adjacent to this area; and
(9) Condensate pump;
(41) Winches and windlasses.
(10) Cooling water pump;
(K) Cables for Non-essential Services. Cables used ro::
(11) Converters; non-essential services [(those not mentioned in Sectio~
(12) Extraction pump; 9.32.2 .S(J)] shall be rated not less than the rated voltage
and maximum current the cables are subjected to.
(13) Fans for forced draft to boilers;
(L) Cables Associated with Intrinsically-safe
(14) Feedwater pump; Circuits. Cables associated with intrinsically-safe
(15) Fire pump; circuits shall be used only for such circuits. They shall
be physically separated from cables associated with
(16) Fuel oil burning units; non-intrinsically-safe circuits.
(1 7) Fuel oil pump;
(M) Cables for Explosion-proof Electrical
(18) Fuel valve cooling pump; Equipment. The lead-in part of cables for explosion-
proof electrical equipment shall be of a construction
(19) General service pump;
suitable for watercraft cables. Consideration shall be
(20) Hoist shafts; given so that the cable can be rigidly secured at the
lead-in part, except where the cables are installed in
(21) Inert gas equipment;
steel conduits. Oil pump rooms and spaces immediately
(22) Inverter; adjoining oil tanks shall be lighted by lamps wired
(23) Lift shafts; directly with explosion-proof cables or with lead-
covered armored cables run through gastight fittings,
(24) Lubricating oil pump; having a stuffing glands at inlet and outlet. (See Article
(25) Main lighting system for those parts of the 9.19).
watercraft normally accessible to and used by (N) Cables for Alternating Current. Generally in ac
crews and passengers; installations, the wiring shall be made with multicore
(26) Motor-generator sets; cables. In certain cases, where it is necessary to
use single-core cables for ac circuits, the following
(27) Navigational aids where required by statutory precautions shall be observed:
regulations;
(1) Single-Core Cables.
(28) Navigational lights and special purpose lights
where required by statutory regulations; a. Non-magnetic M aterial. Cables shall be either
non-armored or if annored it shall be with non-
(29) Oil separators; magnetic material.
(30) Oil drilling/production and habitat equipment; b. Belonging to the Same Circuit. Where
(31) Potable water pump; installed in pipe or conduit, cables belonging
to the same circuit shall be contained ·within the
(32) Radio communication equipment; same pipe or conduit.
(33) Sanitary pump;
c. Two, Three or Four Single-Core Cables.
(34) Scavenging blowers; When installing 2. 3 or 4 single-core cables
forming respecti,·ely single-phase circuit, three-
(35) Steering gears;
phase circuit or three-phase and neutral circuit,
(36) Survival craft launching gears; the cables shall be, in close contact with one
another. In every case, the distances between
(37) Thrusher propellers;
the external covering of two adjacent cables
(38) Transfonners; shall not be greater than one diameter. The
(39) Ventilating fans for machinery spaces, engine clips securing these conductors shall include all
and boiler rooms; phases, unless made of non-magnetic material.
d. Installed Against Steel Bulkhead. Where
90
 ARTICLE 9.32 - SHIPBOARD WIRING SYSTEMS
single-core cables having a nominal rated
current of 250 A or more, are installed against a
steel bulkhead, the distance between the cables
and bulkhead shall not be less than 50 mm.
When the current exceeds 300 A, the distance
shall not be less than 75 mm. In every case,
where single-core cables of rating exceeds
50 A, magnetic material shall not be placed
between single-core cables of the group. For
currents between 50 A and 300 A the clearance
shall be obtained by interpolation.
e. Pass Through Steel Plates. Where single-core
cables pass through steel plates, all cables of
the same circuit shall pass through a plate or
gland so constructed that there is no magnetic
material between the cables, and suitable
clearance is provided between the cable core
and magnetic material.
f. Glands for Passage of Cables. Glands for the
passage of cables through bulkheads and decks
shall be of non-magnetic metal. In addition, it
may become necessary to place non-magnetic
plates of sufficient size to obviate heating of the
steel plating.
g. Skin Effect and Additional Losses. In
ascertaining the size of cables, it is necessary to
take into account the skin effect and additional
losses in sheaths and armors, and the effects of
bulkheads, when cable runs pass along metallic
plates or through bulkheads of magnetic metal.
h. Impedance. Impedance of circuits of
considerable length, of large cross-section
and consisting of single-core cables shall be,
as far as possible, equalized. For this purpose,
the phase may be transposed at intervals not
exceeding 15 m or any other appropriate means
used. This requirement is not necessary when
the length of the run is less than 30 m.
i. Cable of the Same Phase. In the case of
circuits including several cables in parallel per
phase, the cables of the same phase shall be, as
much as possible, alternated with those of other
phases.
(2) Multi-Conductor Cables. Multi-conductor ac
cables shall be mounted on supports. [See Table
9 .32.4.9(B)].
(3) Single Conductor Cables. Single conductor
cables may be used for power distribution
provided the following arrangements are
complied with:
a. Cables arc supported on non-fragile insulators:
b. Protective metal covering, if provided, is
grounded at the middle;
c. There are no magnetic circuits around
individual cable and no magnetic materials
between cables of a group; and
d. Single conductor cables shall be used when
carrying negligible current.
(0) Cables for Emergency Alarm and Fire Detection.
Cables used for emergency alarm and fire detection
circuits shall be arranged to avoid galleys, machinery
spaces and other enclosed spaces having high risk of
fire, except where necessary to provide communication
or to giYe alarm \Yithin these spaces to detect fire
occurrences.
(P) Cables for Communication. All cables for
communication shall be either lead-sheathed and
armored. imperYious-sheathed and armored or mineral-
insulated metal-sheathed. In hazardous zones or spaces
the cable shall be of flame-retardant type.
(Q) Electric Cables and Console Wiring. Refer to
Section 9.30.1.10.
(R) High \"oltage Cables. Refer to Sections 9.29.4.1
and 9.32.3. 10.
9.32.3 Special Requirements
9.32 .3.1 Tankers Intended for the Carriage in Bulk of
Oil, Liquefied Gases and Other Hazardous Liquids.
(A) In Dangerous Zones or Spaces. Electric cables
shall not be installed in dangerous zones or spaces,
except as permined in this section, or when associated
with intrinsically-safe circuits.
(B) Exposed to Cargo Oil, Oil Vapor or Gas. All
cables which may be exposed to cargo oil, oil vapor or
oas shall be sheathed " ·ith at least one of the following:
~
(1) Copper sheath (for mineral insulated cable);
(2) Lead alloy sheath plus further mechanical
protection, e.g. annor or non-metallic impervious
sheath; or
(3) Nonmetallic impervious sheath plus armor (for
mechanical protection and ground detection).
(C) Where Corrosion May Be Expected. Where
corrosion may be expected, nonmetallic impervious
sheath shall be applied over metallic sheath or armor
of cables.
909
 ARTICLE 9.32 - SHIPBOARD WIRING SYSTEMS
(D) Against Mechanical Damage. Cables installed on
deck and or on fore or aft gangways shall be protected
against mechanical damage.
(E) Avoid Strain or Chafing. Cables shall be installed
so as to avoid strain or chafing, and due allowance shall
be made for expansion or working of the watercraft
structure. Where expansion bends are fitted, they shall
be accessible for maintenance.
(F) Pass Through Gastight Bulkheads or Decks.
Where cables pass through gastight bulkheads or
decks, separating dangerous zones or spaces from non-
dangerous zones or spaces, arrangements shall be such
that the gastight integrity of the bulkhead or deck shall
not be impaired.
(G) Installed in Heavy Gauge Steel Pipes. Cables
installed in pump rooms shall be suitably protected
against mechanical damage. They shall be installed in
heavy gauge steel pipes with gastight joints.
(H) Used in Safe Circuit. Cables to be installed shall
be of the intrinsically-safe or explosion-proof types
as defined in Section 9.32.2.S(L) and (M), and for
instrumentation, monitoring, control, communication
circuits, and for power and lighting in hazardous spaces
see Section 9.32.2.S(H) and (I).
(I) Distant from Decks. Cables shall be installed
sufficiently distant from decks, bulkheads, tanks and
various kind of pipes.
(J) Close to Hull Centerline. Cables shall be installed
as close to the hull centerline as practicable.
(K) Grounding of Metal Covering. Metal covering
of cables shall be grounded in accordance with Part
9.4.7 except that cables in final-subcircuits installed in
dangerous zones of spaces shall be effectively grounded
at both ends.
9.32.3.2 Electric Propulsion Systems.
(A) Essential for Maneuvering or Maintenance.
Cables essential for maneuvering or maintenance of
propelling power shall be stranded, having not less than
7 strands, and shall have a nominal cross-sectional area
of not less than 3.5 mm2•
(B) Slip Rings of Synchronous Motors. Cables which
are connected to the slip rings of synchronous motors
shall be suitably insulated for the voltage to which they
are subjected during maneuvering.
9.32.3.3 Cargo Ships with Spaces for Carrying
Vehicles with Fuel (Other than Diesel Oil in their
Tanks).
910
(A) Certified Safe Type. If electrical circuits of the gas
detection system are located in the cargo hold they shall
be of certified safe type as enumerated in Article 9 .19.
(B) Terminating in Cargo Hold. All electrical circuits
terminating in the cargo hold shall be provided \Yith
multipole linked isolating switches located outside the
cargo hold. Provision shall be made for locking in the
OFF position. This does not apply to safety circuits
such as fire, smoke or gas detectors or sensors.
9.32.3.4 Motor Vehicle and Coal Carriers. Cables
passing through the cargo holds shall be installed in
gastight heavy gauge steel pipes, with both ends sealed
using cable glands at the boundaries of the cargo holds.
9.32.3.5 Electric and Electrohydraulic Steering
Gears. Electric and electrohydraulic steering gears
shall be served by two circuits fed from the main
switchboard. One of the circuits may pass through the
emergency switchboard, if provided. Each circuit shall
have adequate capacity for supplying all the motors
which are normally connected to it and which operate
simultaneously. If transfer arrangements are provided
in the steering gear room or compartment to permit
either circuit to supply any motor or combination of
motors, the capacity of each circuit shall be adequate
for the most severe load condition. The circuits shall
be separated throughout their length as widely as it is
practicable.
9.32.3.6 Automatic and Remote Electrical/Electronic
Control Systems. The cables and console wirings of
the automatic and remote electrical/electronic control
circuits shall comply with the following:
(A) Adequate Voltage Rating and Ampacity. Al!
cables for power supply and wirings associated \,·ith the
control system shall be of the listed types of adequa:e
voltage rating and ampacity;
(B) Flame-retarding Type. All cables and wiri!igs :er
control and monitoring circuits shall be of the fi.2.Ille-
retarding type;
(C) Properly Supported. Cable and \\ir.ng ha,-:.::ig
solid conductors shall be used on low energy circi.:i:s
proYided they are properly supponed and not subjected
to undue vibration and moYemenr:
(D) Unsheathed and {jnarmored. Cables and wirings
used within control consoles need not be sheathed and
armored; and
(E) Shielded. Cables for monitoring and control
circuits which carry low-level or information-level
 ARTICLE 9.32 - SHIPBOARD WIRING SYSTEMS
signals shall be provided with shields so as to minimize
the introduction of spurious signals.
9.32.3.7 Lift or Hoist Shafts.
(A) Supplied from Main Switchboard. Lifts or hoists
shall be supplied from the main switchboard, either
directly or through a section board or sub-panelboard
by cables which do not supply other equipment.
(B) Mechanically Protected. All cables other than
traveling cables shall be armored, enclosed in metallic
conduits, or protected with strong metallic guards.
When metallic conduits are used, the control and power
cables shall not be placed within the same conduit.
(C) Motor Cable and Flexible Traveling Cable.
Cables supplying the lift or hoist shafts shall not be
incorporated within the flexible traveling cable used in
connection with the control and safety devices.
9.32.3.8 Tankers Intended for the Carriage in Bulk
of Oil Cargo Having a Flash Point Below 60°C
(Closed Cup Test).
(A) Cofferdams Adjoining Cargo Tanks.
(1) Electric Depth-Sounding Devices. Electric
depth-sounding devices hermetically enclosed,
located clear of the cargo tank bulkhead, shall
be provided with cables installed in heavy gauge
steel pipes with gastight joints up to the main
deck.
(2) Impressed Current Cathodic Protection
Systems. Where impressed current cathodic
protection systems are fitted, and it is essential
for the connection cables to pass through the
cofferdams, the cables shall be installed in heavy
gauge steel pipes ,,itb gastight joints up to the
main deck.
(3) Permanent Ballast Tanks. Cables passing
throu~b permanent ballast tanks (compartment
filled '1.ith sea water) shall be protected with
corrosion-resistant pipes for adequate mechanical
protection.
(4) Other Cables. Where it is necessary for cables
to pass through cofferdams adjoining cargo
tanks, other than those supplying the equipment
described in (1), (2), and (3) above, they shall be
installed in heavy gauge steel pipes with gastight
joints.
(B) Cargo Pump Room.
(1) Same requirements as in (A) above.
(2) Cables for Lighting. Lighting cables shall be
located in the non-dangerous space. Where it is
necessary for cables other than those supplying
lighting to pass through cargo pump room
entrances, they shall be installed in heavy gauge
steel pipes with gastight joints.
9.32.3.9 AC Installation, and Special DC Installations.
(A) AC Installations.
(1) Multicore Cables. Multicore cables shall be
used in ac installation. On three-phase, four-wire
circuits, the cross-section of the neutral core
shall be the same as for a phase core up to 16
mm2, and at least 50% of that of a phase core for
larger cross-section up to 50 mm2. By parallel
connection of multicore cables, the core of such
cable shall be used for each phase, as respective
neutral connection.
(2) Single-Core Cables. Where single-core cables
are used, the requirements in Section 9.32.2.S(N)
(l)a to i shall be complied with.
(B) DC Installations. The above requirements for ac
installations shall also apply for de installations with a
high "Ripple" content. (e.g. Thyristor "SCR" units).
9.32.3.10 High Voltage Cables.
(A) Mechanical Protection. High voltage cables
shall have a metallic sheath or armor. Where the high
voltage cables having neither metallic sheath nor armor
are used, they shall be protected by metallic ducts or
pipes throughout their lengths. The metallic pipes or
ducts shall be assured of their electrical continuity with
ground.
In open, (e.g. carrier plating) when they are to be
provide-d v.ith a continuous metallic sheath or armor
which is effectively bonded to ground to reduce danger
to personnel, the metallic sheath or armor may be
omitted provided that the cable sheathing material has a
longitudinal electrical resistance high enough to prevent
sheath currents which may be hazardous to personnel.
(B) N ot Run Through Accommodation Spaces.
Where practicable, high voltage cables shall not be run
through accommodation spaces.
(C) Segregated from Cables of Lower Voltages. High
voltage cables shall be segregated, as far as practicable,
from cables operating in lower voltages.
(D) Identifiable. All high voltage cables shall be readily
identifiable by suitable marking.
911
 ARTICLE 9.32 - SHIPBOARD WIRING SYSTEMS
(E) Circulating Currents. Where single-core' cables
are used, precautions shall be taken against circulating
currents in the sheath or armor and the cables shall be
transposed at intervals of about 16 m.
(F) Adequate Space. All high voltage equipment shall
be so designed and located that adequate spaces are
provided to ensure efficient cable terminations.
(G) Barriers. Wherever practicable, all conductors
shall be effectively covered with suitable insulating
material. In terminal boxes, if conductors are not
insulated, phases shall be separated from ground and
from each other by substantial barriers of suitable
insulating material.
9.32.3.11 Lightning Ground Conductors. Each
wooden mast or topmast shall be fitted with lightning
ground conductors. They shall not be fitted to steel mast.
9.32.4 Installation Requirements
9.32.4.1 Propulsion Cables. (See Parts 9.6.31 and
9.6.32). Propulsion cables shall not have splices or
joints except terminal joints and all cable terminals
shall be sealed against the admission of moisture or air;
similar precautions shall be taken during installation by
sealing all cable ends until the terminals are permanently
attached. Cable supports shall be designed to withstand
short-circuited conditions; they are not to be spaced
more than 915 mm apart and are to be arranged to
prevent chafing of the cable.
(A) Alternating-current Cable Installation. In
general, in order to avoid overheating by induction, all
phase wires shall be contained within the same sheath
by use of multiple conductor cables.
(B) Multi-conductor AC Cables. Multi-conductor
alternating-current cables shall be mounted on supports.
9.32.4.2 Generator Cables. Cables for main generator
shall as far as possible be divided between two or more
cable runs and separated as far as practicable. Generator
cables shall not be installed in the bilges.
9.32.4.3 Feeders. Feeders shall avoid as far as
practicable, spaces where excessive heat and gases may
be encountered, also spaces where they may be exposed
to damage, such as exposed sides of deckhouses.
Electrical conductors shall not enter oil tanks nor
pass through cofferdams immediately adjacent to and
extending below the top of the oil tanks.
9.32.4.4 Essential, and Emergency Feeder and
Branch Circuits. As far as practicable, circuits for
essential or emergency equipment shall not pass through
912
Category A machinery spaces, spaces contammg
internal combustion engines or oil fired units, galleys or
laundries. Cables shall be routed clear of the boundaries
of these spaces.
Where fiber optic cables enter the equipment enclosure,
the use of angled stuffing tubes shall be considered. The
cables shall be installed to avoid abrading, crushing,
twisting, kinking or pulling around sharp edges.
9.32.4.5 Internal Communication Cables. Cables
used for internal communication shall be installed in
a similar manner as cables installed for lighting and
power. They shall be separated from other cables run
or bunched together to eliminate signal interferences.
For particularly sensitive connections, such as those for
low interference level signals, additional precautions
may be necessary including: the use of twisted pair
conductors, and the use of shieldings.
The shieldings of cables used for sensitive connections
shall be insulated in their entire length and grounded
at a single point. Insulation may be by means of vinyl
chloride sheath. Circuits shall be arranged, terminal
boxes designated and marked to facilitate fault finding,
and to enable the necessary repairs to be made with the
minimum possible disturbance to other circuits. Cables
shall be chosen with regard to the rated voltage and
current, and to the conditions of use and installations.
9.32.4.6 Watercraft's Service Cables.
(A) Cable Joints and Sealing. Cables not having
a moisture-resistant insulation (such as varnished
cambric or mineral insulated) shall be sealed against
the admission of moisture by methods such as taping
in combination with insulating compound or sealing
devices. Cables shall be installed in such a manner
that stresses on the cable are not transmitted to the
conductors. Joints in wires and cables shall be made
in :flame-retarding wiring appliances, except that
consideration may be given to methods of splicing that
retain the original mechanical and electrical properties
of the cable. Terminal boxes shall be secured in place
and the moisture-resistant jacket is to extend through
the cable clamp. Enclosures for outlets, switches, and
similar fittings are to be flame- and moisture-resistant
and of adequate mechanical strength and rigidity to
protect the contents and to prevent distortion under all
likely conditions of service. See also Section 9.32.4.4.
(B) Cable Supports and Radii of Bends. Where cables
are run in groups, they are preferably to be supported in
metal hangers arranged as far as practicable to permit
painting of the surrounding structure without undue
 ARTICLE 9.32 - SHIPBOARD WIRING SYSTEMS
disturbance to the installation. Single-cable runs may
be supported by metal clips screwed directly to deck
or bulkhead except on watertight bulkheads. Cables
grouped in a single hanger are to be limited preferably
to two banks. Supports for cables are to be spaced not
more than 610 mm apart in both the horizontal and
vertical directions. Cables running transversely to and
supported by clips or straps on the under side of beams
are to be run on backing plates, cable racks or the
equivalent. Metal supports are to be designed to secure
cables without damage to insulation or armor and are
to be so arranged that the cable will bear over a length
of at least 13 mm. For bending radius requirements, see
Table 9.32.4.8. Terminal connections, type and spacing
of supports for mineral-insulated metal-sheathed cable
will be subject to special consideration. (See Section
9.32.4.9)
The installation of fiber optic cables shall be in
accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations
to prevent sharp bends where the fiber optic cables enter
the equipment enclosure. Consideration is to be given
to the use of angled stuffing tubes. The cables are to
be installed so as to avoid abrading, crushing, twisting,
kinking or pulling around sharp edges.
(C) Cable Run in Bunches. Where cables which may
be expected to operate simultaneously are laid close
together in a cable bunch in such a way that there is
an absence of free air circulation around them the
following derating factor shall be applied to the current
rating:
Number of Cables in One Bunch Derating Factor
1 to 3 1.0
4 to 6 0.80
7 to 24 0.70
25 to 42 0.60
43 and above 0.50
A clearance shall be maintained between any tv;o cable
bunches of at least the diameter of the largest cable in
either bunch. Otherwise, for the purpose of determining
the number of cables in the bunch the total number of
cables on both sides of the clearance ,,·ill
be used
The ampacity of each cable in a bunch shall be
determined based on the lowest conductor temperature
rating of any cable in the bunch.
Except for fiber optic cables, non-shielded signal cables
for automation and control systems essential for the
safe operation of the vessel which may be affected by
electromagnetic interference shall not be run in the
same bunch with power or lighting cables.
(D) Alternating-current Cable Installations.
Alternating-current cable installations shall comply
with Section 9.32.4.l(A).
(E) Deck and Bulkhead Penetrations. Where cables
pass through watertight, firetight, or smoke-tight
bulkheads or decks, the penetrations shall be made
through the use of approved stuffing tubes, transit
devices, or pourable materials which will maintain
the watertight, fire.tight, or smoke-tight integrity of the
bulkheads or decks. Additionally, each such stuffing
tube, transit device, or pourable material shall be of a
character so as not to damage the cable physically or
through chemical action or through heat build-up. when
cables pass through nonwatertight bulkheads where the
bearing surface is less than 6.4 mm, the holes shall be
fitted with bushing having rounded edges and a bearing
surface for the cable of at least 6.4 mm in length. Where
cables pass through deck beams, or similar structural
parts, all burrs shall be removed in way of the holes
and care shall be taken to eliminate sharp edges. (See
Section 9.32.4.23).
(F) Grounding of Cable ~etallic Covering. Each
armored cable and each mineral-insulated metal-
sheathed cable shall have the metallic covering
electrically and mechanically continuous and grounded
to the metal hull at each end of the run except that final
subcircuits may be grounded at the supply end only.
(G) Mechanical Protection. All cables liable to
damage, such as in locations in way of cargo ports,
hatches, tank tops. open decks subject to seas, and
where passing through decks, shall be protected by
substantial metal shields, structural shapes, pipe or
other equivalent means. All such coverings shall be of
sufficient strength to provide effective protection to the
cables and if metallic are to be electrically continuous
and grounded to the metal hull. Horizontal pipes or the
equivalent used for cable protection shall be provided
with drainage holes and where they are carried through
decks or bulkheads, arrangements shall be made to
insure the integrity of the water or gas tightness of the
structure.
(H) Mineral-insulated Metal-sheathed Cable. At
all points where mineral-insulated metal-sheathed
cable terminates an approval seal shall be provided
immediately after stripping to prevent entrance of
moisture into the mineral insulation and, in addition,
the conductors extending beyond the sheath shall
be insulated with an approved insulating material.
When mineral-insulated cable is connected to boxes
or equipment, the fittings shall be approved for the
conditions of service.
 ARTICLE 9.32 - SHIPBOARD W IRING SYSTEMS
9.32.4. 7 Choice of Cable Runs.
(A) Straight and Accessible. Cable runs shall be, as far
as practicable straight and accessible.
(B) Cables Behind Paneling and in Dome Fixtures.
Cables may be run behind paneling, provided all
connections are readily accessible without removal of
the panels, and the location of concealed connection
boxes is indicated. When runs are carried behind panels
in accommodation spaces (except when carried in pipes
or ducts), the panels shall be hinged or fixed (e.g. by
screws), so that they can be removed for inspection
without damage.
Exception: For single cables to lighting fittings,
switches, socket-outlet, etc. in dry accommodation
spaces, where the ceilings and walls constructions are
of incombustible materials.
Dome fixtures shall be installed so that they are vented
or they shall be fitted with fire-resistant material in such
a manner as to protect the insulated wiring leading to
the lamps and any exposed woodwork from excessive
temperature.
(C) Cables Behind Sheathing. Cables may be installed
behind sheathing, but they shall not be installed behind
nor embedded in structural insulation, they shall pass
through such insulation at right angles and shall be
protected by a continuous pipe or duct with stuffing
tube at one end. For deck penetrations, this stuffing
tube shall be at the upper end of the pipe, and for
bulkhead penetrations shall be at the insulated side of
the bulkhead.
For refrigerated space insulation the pipe shall be of
phenolic or similar heat-insulating material joined to
the bulkhead stuffing tube or a section of such material
shall be inserted between the bulkhead tube and the
metallic pipe.
Cable runs are generally not to be laid in or covered
with thermal insulation (e.g. through refrigerated cargo
holds) but may cross through such insulation.
(D) Cables Installed Well Clear of Substantial Heat
Sources. Cable runs shall be installed well clear of
substantial heat sources such as boilers, heated oil
tanks, steam, exhaust or other heated pipes, unless it
is ensured that the insulation type and current rating is
adapted to the actual temperature at such spaces.
(E) Cable Trays, Pipes or Ducts. Cable trays and cable
pipes or ducts are generally not to b e used for other
purposes, (e.g. for carrying water, oil or stream pipes).
(F) Different Routes of Duplicate Cables. The cables
for duplicated steering gear motors shall follow different
914
routes and shall be separated throughout their lengths
as widely as practicable. This also applied to control
circuits for the steering gear motors sraners. and to
cables for remote control of the rudder from tht.! bridge.
(G) Cables for Main Generators. (See Section
9.32.4.2).
(H) Cables Serving Essential and Important Loads.
Cables supplying essential or important loads shall
generally not to pass through such rooms which enclo!>e
compartments for fuel or lube oil purifiers, paint store::,.
welding gas bottles, galleys, laundries, and other high
fire risk areas.
(I) Cables for Emergency Use. Emergency cable n::1,
shall not be carried through rooms with excessiw fre
hazard as mentioned in (H) above. Further, such cat>:e._
shall not be passed through the engine room pa..:e::- 0 :-
installed on bulkheads or decks adjacent to such space=,
unless the bulkhead or deck is appropriately insulatei .
(J) Across Expansion Joints. The installat:o:: 1.. :-
cables across expansion joints in any structure sh1:.:'...:
be avoided. Where this is unavoidable, a loop o:· .:;...:'.a:
length proportional to the expansion of the jo:::: :,:-__::
be provided. The internal radius of the loop ~ha!! :-a: .::
least 12 times the external diameter of the cable. s~
Table 9.32.4.8).
(K) Cables of Different Maximum Rated Conductor
Temperature. Cables with different temperahLa: :-::::::;,
shall not be bunched together. Where such b:.:::.::::::;
is unavoidable the cables shall be operated so :::::.: :: i
cable may reach a temperature higher than :ne :(";. ;:::,:
temperature rated cable in the group.
(L) Voltages up to 1000 Volts. Cables :·o:- ·, (<:~; ~,
up to l 000 volts shall not be bunched taget::e:- ~~:- :-..:::
through the same pipes or ducts, or be term:r.a:e.:. :.:-. :::a:
same box as cables for higher voltages.
(M) Damage to Covering of Other Cable . C.:.:-:es
having protective covering which may d2:::;a;e :::~
covering of other cables shall not be bunched \\:::: :::05a:
other cables.
(='i) Increase Personnel Safety. To increa:,e ;::e:-:,u:i..,el
safety (e.g. for socket-outlets in locations whe:-e extra
precautions against shock are neces a.~· . :he cables for
lower Yoltage shall not be bunched toge;her with or run
through the same pipes or ducts as cable for voltages
above 600 volts. The termination of cables for lower
voltage shall not be in the same box as cables for higher
voltage.
 ARTICLE 9.32 - SHIPBOARD WIRIKG SYSTEMS
9.32.4.8 Minimum Internal Radius of Bend of Cable. the release of cables during a fire.
The minimum internal radius of bend of cable shall
9.32.4.11 Cable Supports. [See Section 9.32.4.6(B)].
be in accordance with Table 9.32.4.8. [See Section
9.32.4.6(B)]. (A) Run in Groups. Where cables are run in groups,
they shall be supported by metal hangers arranged, as
9.32.4.9 Securing Cables. [See Section 9.32.4.6(B)]
far as practicable, to permit painting of the surrounding
(A) Effectively Supported. Cables shall be effectively structure without undue disturbances to the installation.
supported and secured without their covering being
(B) Single Cable Run. Single cable run shall be
damaged, except cables of portable appliances and of supported by metal clips screwed to deck or bulkhead,
those installed in pipes, conduits or special casings.
except on watertight bulkheads or decks.
(B) Distance Between Supports. The distances
(C) Cables Grouped in Single Hanger. Cables
between supports shall not be more than the distances grouped in a single hanger shall be limited preferably
given in Table 9.32.4.9(B) and in accordance with the to two banks.
type of cable.
(D) Spacing. Supports for cables shall be spaced in
9.32.4.10 Cable Clips and Accessories.
accordance with Table 9.32.4.9(B). For cables run in
(A) Sturdy and Surface Area. Clips shall be sturdy groups see Section 9.32.4.1 8, and for propulsion cable
and shall have surface areas so large and shaped that the supports shall not be spaced more than 915 mm apart,
cables remain tight without their coverings being damaged. and arranged to prevent chafing of the cable.
(B) Corrosion-Resistant. Clips and accessories shall (E) Cables Running Transversely. Cables running
be of corrosion resistant material. transversely to and supported by clips or straps on the
underside of beams shall be run on backing plates, cable
(C) Flame-Retardant. Clips made of material other
racks or the equivalent between beams.
than metal shall be flame-retardant.
(F) Metal Supports. Metal supports shall be designed
(D) Release of Cables During Fire. Cables not laid on
to secure cables without damage to insulation or armor
top of horizontal cable trays or cable supports but are
and shall be so arranged that the cable will bear over a
supported by means of clips referred to in (C) above,
length of at least 13 mm.
special considerations shall be given in order to prevent
Table 9.32.4.8 Minimum Internal Radii of Bends in Cables for Fixed Wiring.
Minimum Internal Radius
Insulation Finish Overall diameter of Bend (Times Overall
Diameter of Cable)
Not exceeding 10 mm 3
Rt:bber PVC (circular copper Wire braid armored and Exceeding 10 mm but not
4
conductors) unarmored exceeding 25 mm
Exceeding 25 mm 6
Spiral steel wire armored Any 6
Wire braid armored, spiral
Rcl>be:-o:- P\T shzped
s~eel \\ire armored or Any 8
CO?pt:':" COTICl!C:OI'S

:\fu:e:-a
I c~ored
Coppe:- sheathed \\;th or
\\T.ho::: P\T cowring
.-\m· 4

Table 932A.9(B) Di· .ance Bemeen Supports

Overall Diameter of Cable Distance Between Supports (mm)
(mm) ~on-armored Cables Armored Cables \Iineral Insulated Cables
~ot exceeding 7.6 200 250 300
Exceeding 7.6 and not exceeding 12.7 250 300 370
Exceeding 12.7 and not exceeding 20 300 350 450
Exceeding 20 and not exceeding 30 350 400 450
Exceeding 30 400 450 450
Note: Jn case ot verhcal runs, the distance may be increased by LYYo.

915
 ARTICLE 9.32 - SHIPBOARD WIRING SYSTEMS
9.32.4.12 Cable Joints. If a joint is necessary it shall
be made so that all conductors are adequately secured,
insulated and protected from atmospheric action. They
shall be arranged and supported in a manner suitable
for withstanding the electromechanical forces due to a
short circuit. [See Section 9.32.4.6(A)]
(A) Flame-Retardant. Joints in cables shall be made
flame-retardant for circuits serving appliances.
(B) Sealed Against Admission of Moisture. Cables not
having a moisture-resistant insulation ( e.g. varnished
cambric or mineral-insulated) shall be sealed against
the entry of moisture.
(C) Carried in Suitable Box. Joint of cable shall
be made in a suitable box, except where method of
connections causes no possible risk ofaffecting physical,
mechanical or electrical characteristics of cables.
(D) Corrosive Soldering Fluxes. Soldering fluxes
containing corrosive substances shall not be used in
soldering the joints.
(E) Length of Soldered Parts. The length of soldered
part of copper tube terminals shall not be less than 1.5
times the diameter of the conductor.
9.32.4.13 Cable Splicing. [See Section 9.32.4.6(A)].
(A) Splicing of Propulsion Cables. Propulsion cables
shall not have splices or joints except terminal joints
and all cable terminals shall be sealed against entry of
moisture or air; similar precaution shall be taken during
installation by sealing all cable ends until the terminals
are permanently attached.
(B) Splicing of Electrical and Fiber Optic Cables.
(1) Continuous Lengths. Electric cables shall
be installed in continuous lengths between
terminations. Splices will be permitted at
interfaces of new construction modules, when
necessary to extend existing circuits for a
watercraft undergoing repair or alteration, and in
certain cases to provide for cables of exceptional
length.
(2) Replacement Insulation and Jacket.
Replacement insulation shall be fire resistant and
equivalent in electrical and thermal properties
to the original insulation. The replacement
jacket shall be at least equivalent to the original
impervious sheath and shall assure a wate1tight
splice. Splices shall be made using an approved
splice kit which shall contain the following:
a. Connector of correct size and number;
b. Replacement insulation;
c. Replacement jacket; and
d. Instructions for use.
In addition, it will be required that completed splices
be tested for fire resistance, water-tightness, dielectric
strength.
(3) Splices. Splices shall be made after the cable
is in place and accessible for inspection. The
conductor splice shall be made using a pressure
type butt connector and a compression tool.
(4) Location. Splices may be located in protected
enclosures or open wireways. Armored cables
having splices shall not be required to have the
armor replaced provided that the remaining
armor has been grounded in compliance with
Section 9.32.4.6(F) or provided the armor is
made electrically continuous. Splices shall be so
located such that stresses (as from the weight of
the cable) are not carried by the splice.
(5) Hazardous Location. No splices shall be allowed
in hazardous locations except in intrinsically safe
circuits.
(6) Fiber Optic Cables. Splicing of fiber optic
cables shall be by means of approved mechanical
or fusion methods.
9.32.4.14 Terminals and Terminal Boxes.
(A) Terminals. Terminals shall be of dimensions
adequate for the cable rating and shall have sufficient
contact surface and pressure.
(B) Terminal Boxes. Terminal boxes shall be secured
in place and the moisture-resistant jacket shall extend
through the cable clamp. [See Section 9.32.4.6(A)].
9.32.4.15 Enclosures. Enclosures for outlets, switches
and similar fittings shall be flame-resistant and
moisture-resistant, and of adequate mechanical strength
and rigidity to protect the contents and to prevent
distortion under all likely condition of services. [See
Section 9 .32.4.6(A)].
9.32.4.16 Mechanical Protection of Cables.
(A) Risk of Mechanical Damage. Cables exposed
to risk of mechanical damage, such as in locations in
way of cargo holds, tank tops, bunkers and open decks
exposed and subjected in sea water splashing, in ,1.-ay
of vehicle, cargo and van handling, and where passing
through decks, shall be protected by substantial mern~
shields (e.g. metal channels or casings of any structum.:.
shapes that fit the purpose) or enclosed in steel con<rc:.::
 ARTICLE 9.32 - SHIPBOARD WIRING SYSTEMS
or ducts, unless the protective covering of the cable is
sufficient to withstand the possible damage.
(B) Drainage Holes. Horizontal and vertical pipes or
ducts used for cable protection shall be provided with
drainage holes at its lowest portion to prevent water
accumulation in the pipes or ducts.
(C) Water or Gas Tightness. Where cables provided
with mechanical protection of pipes and ducts passes
through decks and bulkheads, arrangements shall be
made to insure the integrity of the water or gas tightness
of the structure. (See Section 9.32.4.23 - Penetration of
Bulkheads, Deck, Beam and Similar Structural Parts).
(D) Sturdy and Corrosion-Resistant. Mechanical
protections shall be sturdy and of corrosion-resistant
material or suitably corrosion inhibited before erection.
(E) Effectively Grounded. The mechanical protection
shall be effectively grounded to the metal hull. In case
of wooden hull, they shall be bonded and grounded to
the metal frames of the machine or equipment.
9.32.4.17 Cable Ends.
(A) Ends of Conductors. The ends of all conductors
of cross-sectional area greater than 3.5 mm2 shall be
provided with soldering lugs, compression type lugs or
mechanical clamps. Corrosive fluxes shall not be used.
(B) Supplementary Insulating Belt. Cables having a
supplementary insulating belt beneath the protective
sheath shall have additional insulation at those points
where the insulation of each core makes or may make
contact with grounded metal.
(C) Hygroscopic Insulation. Cables having
hygroscopic insulation (e.g. mineral-insulated) shall
have their ends sealed against entry of moisture.
9.32.4.18 Cables Run in Groups. Cables run in groups
shall be supported with metal hangers installed to permit
painting of the armor thoroughly. Single run cable may
be supported by metal clips. Supports shall be placed
not more than 600 mm apart. Supports shall not damage
armor or insulation and shall be at least 10 mm wide.
9.32.4.19 Cables within Vicinity of Fire Zone. Cables
shall be of flame-retardant or fire-resisting type, except
that non-flame-retardant cables may be used for final
circuits only in the following cases:
Case 1: Where cables are installed in metallic conduits
having internal diameter not exceeding 25 mm and
proYided the conduits are mechanically and electrically
continuous.
Case 2: Lead-sheathed cable having conductor cross-
sections exceeding 5.5 mm2 •
9.32.4.20 Cables for Grounding Conductor. For
material and size refer to Part 9.4.5.
9.32.4.21 Portable and Flexible Cables. In general,
portable cables and cables subject to flexing service
need not be armored. The use of flexible cables in
permanent installations shall be limited to applications
where flexibility is necessary, and the lengths of such
flexible cables shall be kept as short as practicable.
9.32.4.22 Parallel Connection of Cables. Parallel
connection shall be used for cables having conductor
cross-section 8.0 mm2 or more. All cables which are
parallel connected shall be of the same length and
cross-section. The ampacity is the sum of all parallel
conductors' ampacities.
9.32.4.23 Penetration of Bulkhead, Deck, Beam and
Similar Structural Parts. [See Section 9.32.4.6(E)].
(A) Penetration of Watertight Bulkheads or Decks.
Penetration of watertight bulkheads or decks shall
be provided with pipe sleeves or stuffing tube, with
watertight packing. They shall be carried out with either
individual watertight glands or with packed watertight
boxes carrying several cables, to maintain the watertight
integrity of the bulkhead or deck. Where polyvinyl
chloride insulation is employed, particular care shall
be taken to avoid damage to the sheathing during the
fitting of watertight bulkhead glands.
(B) Penetration of Non-watertight Bulkhead. In the
penetration of non-watertight bulkheads, the holes shall
be fitted with steel or bronze bushings having rounded
edges and a bearing surface of at least 12 mm in length.
The bushing shall be of the lockout type fitted with
cable clamps of an approved type.
(c) Cables Passing Through Decks. Cables passing
through decks shall be protected by deck tubes or
pipes or ducts, extending 460 mm above the deck, with
stuffing glands on the upper end and rounded bushings
on the lower end. On vertical runs of more than one
deck height the upper end of the protective pipe shall
be fitted with strain tube which tightens with the weight
of the cable, the lower end of such pipe should be left
open.
(d) Cables Passing Through Deck Beams or Similar
Structural Steel. Where cables pass through deck
beams or similar structural steel, the holes shall be
bushed with lead or other equivalent approved material.
917
 ARTICLE 9.32 -
If the steel is 6 mm thick, adequately rounded edges
may be accepted as the equivalent of bushing.
(e) Cables Passing Through Gastight Bulkheads or
Decks. Where cables pass through gastight bulkheads
or decks separating hazardous zones or spaces,
arrangements shall be such that the gastight integrity of
the bulkhead or deck is not impaired.
9.32.4.24 Installation of Cables in Pipes and
Conduits.
(A) Metal Conduit System. Metal conduit systems
shall be grounded and mechanically and electrically
continuous across joints. Individual short lengths of
conduit need not be grounded.
(B) Bends of Pipes and Conduits. The internal radius
of bend of pipes and conduits shall not be less than
that given in Table 9.32.4.8, provided that for pipes
exceeding 64 mm diameter the internal radius of bend
shall not be less than twice the diameter of the pipe.
SHIPBOARD WIRING SYSTEMS
(1) PVC insulated cables shall not be used. If used,
they shall be of a low temperature grade;
(2) Cables shall have lead sheath or cold-resisting
impervious sheath;
(3) Cables shall be embedded m structural heat
insulation;
(4) Where cables have to pass through structural heat
insulation, they shall be installed at right angle to
such insulation and shall be protected by a pipe
preferably fitted with a watertight stuffing tube at
each end;
(5) Cables shall be installed so as to leave a space
behind the face of the chamber or air duct casings
and shall be supported by plate, hangers, or cleats:
and
(6) Supporting strips, plate, or hangers us~d for
securing the cables shall be gah·anized or
otherwise protected against corro ion.

(C) Drawing-in Factor. The drawing-in factor (ratio of
the sum of the cross-sectional areas of the cables to the
internal cross-section area of the pipe) shall not exceed
0.4.
(D) Expansion Joints. Expansion j oints shall be
provided where necessary. Expansion joints on decks
should be avoided.
(E) Ventilation Openings. Where necessary,
ventilation openings shall be provided at the highest and
lowest points to permit air circulation and to prevent
accumulation of w ater.
(F) Cables Laid in Trunks. Where cables are laid
in trunks, the trunks shall be so constructed as not to
afford passage for fire from one between deck and
compartment to another.
(G) Cables for Cold Cathode Luminous Discharge
Lamps. Cables used for cold cathode luminous
discharge lamps shall not be installed in metal conduit
unless protected by m etal sheath or screen.
(H) Nonmetallic Duct or Conduit. Nonmetallic duct
or conduit shall b e of flame-retardant material. PVC
conduit shall not be used in refrigerated spaces or on
open decks, unless specially approved.
9.32.4.25 Installation of Cables in Refrigerated
Spaces.
(A) General. Cables shall not be installed in refrigerated
spaces, as far as possible. However, where cables are
installed of necessity in such spaces, wiring shall be in
accordance with the following requirements :
918
(B) Protection Against :\Iechanical Damage and
Corrosion. Cables installed in refrigerated spaces shall
have a watertight or imperYious sheath and shall be
protected against mechanical damage. If an armored
cable is used, the armor. unless galYanized, shall be
protected against corrosion by a moisture-resistant
covenng.
(C) Protection by Sealed Tube. Cables entering a
refrigerated space shall pass directly through the walls
or lugging and shall be protected by a tube sealed at
each end. Alternatively, the cables may be passed
through solid door frames, the necessary holes being
sealed at each end.
9.32.4.26 Shore Power Connection Cable and
kWHR Meter. Watercrafts while on drydock or afloat
undergoing repair or alteration, and watercraft under
construction shall be supplied with external electrical
power. For general lighting and domestic use of
personnel, flexible cable shall be connected from the
shipyard power terminals to the fixed cables through
the terminals of the Shore Connection Safety Switch
box of the watercraft (see Section 9.9. 1.6) .
9.32.4.27 Choice of Cables.
(A) High Conductivity. High conductivity annealed
copper conductor shall be used. For rubber-insulated
cables the copper wire shall be tinned or alloy coated
and the surface shall be bright.
(B) Adequate Flexibility. Conductor composition and
stranding shall be selected so that adequate flexibility
 ARTICLE 9.32 ~ SHIPBOARD WIRING SYSTEMS
of the finished cable is assured. Conductors of nominal (5) Any other location where water condensation or
cross-section 3 .5 rnm 2 and less need not be stranded. harmful vapor, such as oil vapor, may be present
This requirement does not apply to mineral-insulated shall have an impervious sheath. In pem1anently
cables which have solid conductors. Cores of multi- wet situations, metallic sheaths shall be used for
core cables shall be readily identifiable. cables with hygroscopic insulation.

(C) Maximum Rated Conductor Temperatures. The
maximum rated operating temperature of the insulating
material shall be at least 10°C higher than the maximum
ambient temperature liable to be produced in the space
where the cable is installed. Permitted insulating
materials with maximum rated conductor temperatures
shall be in accordance with Table 9.32.4.27(C).
Table 9.32.4.27(C) Maximum Rated Conductor
Temperature
Maximum rated
Insulating
Conductor
Material
Temperature, ( C) 0
(C) Final Circuits. All cables shall be flame-retardant
or fire-resistant types, except that flame-retardant cables
may be used for final circuits only in the following
cases:
Case 1: Where cables are installed in metallic conduits
having internal diameter not exceeding 25 mm and
provided the conduits are mechanically and electrically
continuous.
Case 2: Lead-sheathed cable having conductor sections
Maximum not exceeding 5.5 mm2 .
Ambient
Temperature, ( C) 0

9.32.5 Current Rating

Polyvinyl chloride
compound (general 60 50
purpose) 9.32.5.1 Highest Continuous Load and Diversity
Polyvinyl chloride Factor. The highest continuous load caITied by a cable
compound (heat 75 65 shall not exceed its ampacity rating. The diYersity
resisting) factor of the individual loads and the duration of the
"\"atural rubber
75 65 maximum demand may be allowed for in estimating the
(heat resisting) maximum continuous load and is to be shown on plans/
Bury'. rubber 80 70 drawings or on separate sheets of uniform ize paper as
EPrubb-.:r 85 75 called for in Section 9. l .2.3(E).
tiicon :-:ibbcr 9:5 (150) -
:\liceral 9:5 (unlimited ) - 9.32.5.2 Voltage Drop. The \·oltage drop from the main
f~~ ;::.::e ::1 .~ - . . . , ~ :S .:,e:"C!:!:C'1 "he-:1 instalfed whe:e
);o~~ : 1: 15 ::Oi
switchboard busbars ·o any po::1: i:1 the installation
hab!<! :,. be :o.:.:!i~ b:- ~ =~":'s ; e:scr...::e'. \\::e-:: s:l:co:i :1JDbe:-c:n:~ is
~he.:nb:c m:b ! ~ ::._1-,n, e -.~::_~::. :o be ~;:e(! :o :20. when the cables are carrying :naxi.r.lmn current under
:\me::!: Po,~,"!:::: cl?!ir.c.e =-;ioc:x1, ~i!!:d ~ =2F?::..o-c :o P\"C
sheathed cO:C. a::i! :.!':~~~ .:-=:-:~.Z:X ;,o::-.. -_.. : _::=.:-::~ ..:-c~·.... .;, ':.!'.:.:
normal conditio:is o: se:, ;: e sha] no: exceed 3 percent
a: !he :a;-ces: ou::e: o:· power. hea:i:1g. and lighting
res1Snng) are app::ea ro OL~ PYC =!:::re ~:es..
:oads. or co~b~- a:10:T o:· -:ich :oads and where the
9.32.4.28 Choice of Protective CoYering. ~a.'C.C.::m :o~ rn::.age crop on both feeders and branch
(A) Sheaths and Protecthe Cowrin~ C2b'.e- sh2!~ circci:s :o the :anhest omlet does not exceed 5 percent.
be protected by one or more of the :ol!ow:.:::ig a,d dle
sheath or protective covering shall be COII'.pat:ble wi:b 9.32.5.3 C ables for Deck \lachineries. Cables
the insulation. -uppl:ing deck machineries, -uch as cargo or van
,,i nches. cranes. anchor windlass. capstan . etc.. shall
(1) Sheaths. Lead-alloy, copper, nonmetallic. be uitably rared for their duty. Cnles the duty is such
(2) Protective Coverings. Steel-wire annor, reel- as to require a .onger rime rating. cables for \Yinch or
tape armor, metal-braid armor (basket weave). crane morors may be HALF HOUR rated on the basis
fibrous braid. of the half hour k\~.\ rating of the motors. Cables for
\,·indlass and capstan mmors shall not be less than ONE
(B) Locations. Cables installed m the following H01JR rated on the basis of the one hour kVA rating
locations: of the motors. In all cases the rating shall be subject to
(1) Decks exposed to the weather; the voltage drop being " ·ithin the specified limits. (See
Section 9.32.7.1 ).
(2) Bathrooms;
(3) Refrigerated spaces; 9.32.5.4 Current Ratings. Referred to the tables of
3.10.2.6.
(4) Machinery spaces; and

919
 ARTICLE 9.33 - ADDITIONALREQUIREMENTS FOR WATERCRAFTS CARRYING HAZARDOUS CARGOES
9.32.6 Ambient Temperature ARTICLE 9.33 -ADDITIONAL
REQUIREMENTS FOR WATERCRAFTS
9.32.6.1 Definition. CARRYING HAZARDOUS CARGOES
Ambient Temperature. Means surrounding
9.33.1 Watercrafts of the Bulk-oil-carrier Type and
temperature. (See Section 9.19 .1.5 - Explosion-proof
Watercrafts Carrying Oil Having a Flash Point of
electrical equipment).
60°C or Less
9.32.6.2 Ambient Temperature of 45°C. The current
9.33.1.1 Equipment Location. Electrical equipment
ratings are based on an ambient temperature of 45°C.
of the intrinsically-safe type only shall be installed in
cargo-pump rooms, 'tween decks, cofferdams, enclosed
9.32.6.3 Correction Factor. For other values of
spaces immediately adjoining the cargo oil tanks, or
ambient temperatures, the correction factors given in
any similar spaces where vapor or gas may normally
Table 9.32.6.3 shall be applied.
be expected to accumulate. Lighting fixtures, of the
9.32.7 Intermittent Service explosion-proof type only, shall be used in 'tween-
deck spaces immediately above oil tanks. They shall
9.32.7.1 Application. Where the load is intermittent, be wired with moisture-resistant jacketed (impervious-
the correction factors given in Table 9.32.7.1 may be sheathed) and armored or mineral-insulated metal-
applied for HALF HOUR and ONE HOUR ratings. sheathed cable and the controlling switches shall be
In no case shall a shorter rating than ONE HALF of the two-pole type located outside of the space and
HOUR rating shall be used, whatever the degree of their enclosures shall be suitable for the location where
intermittency. installed. For pump-room lighting see Section 9.33.1.5
and concerning arrangements for driving equipment
located in the pump room.
Table 9.32.6.3 Correction Factors for Ambient (A) Equipment Compartments in 'Tween-deck
Temperature Spaces. Any electrical equipment additional to the
Correction Factor for light fixtures referred to in Section 9.33.1. 1 should be
Insulation Ambient Temperature, (0 C) installed in 'tween-deck spaces immediately above
25 30 35 40 45 50 55 cargo tanks provided that such equipment is housed in
Rubber PVC a suitably ventilated compartment having access solely
1.53 1.41 1.29 I.JS I 0.82 0.58
(General purpose) from the deck above and of which the deck is separated
PVC (Heat-resisting from the cargo tanks by a cofferdam and the boundaries
1.29 1.22 I.JS 1.08 I 0.91 0.82
quality) are oiltight and gastight with respect to the cofferdam
Butyl rubber 1.25 1.2 1.13 1.07 I 0.93 0.85 and the 'tween-deck spaces.
Ethylene propylene
(B) Equipment on Deck. Equipment installed within
rubber, cross-linked 1.22 1.17 1.12 1.06 1 0.94 0.87
polyethylene zones on the open deck over all cargo tanks (including
Mineral, Silicone
all ballast tanks within the cargo tank block) and to the
- - - 1.05 I 0.95 0.89 full width of the watercraft plus 3 m fore and aft on the
rubber

Table 9.32.7.1 Correction Factor for Intermittent Service

Half-hour Rating One Hour Rating
Correction Factor With Metallic Sheath Without Metallic With Metallic Sheath Without Metallic
(mm2) Sheath (mm2) (mm2) Sheath (mm2)
1 Up to 20 Up to 75 Up to 67 Up to 230
1.1 21 - 40 76 - 125 68 - 170 231 - 400
1.15 41 - 65 126 - 180 171 - 290 401 - 600
1.2 66 - 95 181 - 250 291 - 430 -
1.25 96 - 130 25 1- 320 431 - 630 -
1.3 131 - 170 321 - 400 - -
1.35 171 - 220 401 - 500 - -
I 1.4 221 - 270 - - -

c .. -
 ARTICLE 9.33 - ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR WATERCRAFTS CARRYING HAZARDOUS CARGOES
open deck up to a height of 2400 mm shall be of an
approved explosion-proof type or shall be intrinsically
safe. In addition, any electrical equipment within 3 m
of any cargo oil tank outlet or gas or vapor outlet shall
be of an approved explosion-proof or intrinsically-
safe type. (Electrical equipment within the area from
3 m to 5 m of pressure/vacuum valves or within the
area from 3 m to 10 m of vent outlets for free fl.ow of
vapor mixtures and high velocity vent outlets for the
passage of large amounts of vapor, air or inert gas
mixtures during cargo loading and ballasting or during
discharging shall be of an approved explosion-proof
type, or shall be intrinsically safe, or shall be of an
approved type which ensures the absence of sparks
or arcs and absence of ignition surfaces temperatures
during normal operation).
(C) Equipment in Enclosed or Semi-enclosed Spaces.
Equipment in enclosed or semi-enclosed spaces having
a direct opening into zones described in (B) above shall
be of an approved explosion-proof or intrinsically-safe
type.
(D) Equipment in Enclosed Spaces Separated from
Hazardous Locations by Air Locks. Equipment in
enclosed spaces other than category A machinery spaces
having access from zones described in (B) above need
not be of an approved explosion-proof or intrinsically-
safe type provided the access is through a double door
air lock and the arrangements comply with either (1) or
(2) as follows:
(1) a. The air-lock shall consist of two gas tight steel
doors of self closing type with no holding back
arrangement spaced at least 1500 mm but not
more than 2500 mm apart and shall be provided
with mechanical ventilation.
b. The non-hazardous space shall be maintained
at overpressure relative to the external hazardous
zone.
c. The relative overpressure or air fl.ow shall be
continuously monitored and so arranged that in
the event of ventilation failure an audible and
visual alann is given at a manned control station
and the electrical supply to all equipment not
of an approved explosion-proof or intrinsically-
safe type is automatically disconnected. A time
delay on the disconnect will be considered where
necessary.
d. Equipment for maneuvering, anchoring, and
mooring as well as the emergency fire pump and
any other electrical equipment, the shutdown of
which could in itself introduce a hazard, shall not
be located in spaces covered by this section unless
the equipment is of an approved explosion-proof
or intrinsically-safe type.
(2) a. The air-lock shall consist of two gas tight steel
doors of self closing type with no holding back
arrangement spaced at least 1500 mm but not
more than 2 500 mm apart.
b. The nonhazardous space and the air lock
shall be maintained at overpressure relative to
the external hazardous zone by independent
mechanical ventilation systems arranged such that
a single failure will not result in the simultaneous
loss of overpressure in both the nonhazardous
space and air-lock.
c. Failure of either ventilation system described
in (2)b above is alarmed at a normally manned
control station.
9.33.1.2 Cable Installation. A grounded distribution
or a hull-return system shall not be used. Electric
conductors shall avoid, as far as practicable, spaces
where gas may normally be expected to accumulate
and shall not enter oil tanks nor shall pass through
pump rooms or cofferdams immediately adjacent
to and extending below the top of oil tanks, except
that certain electrical devices such as echo depth-
sounding apparatus, cathodic protection anodes, or safe
instruments shall be specially considered for installation
in these spaces; complete-details and arrangements
shall be submitted. Impressed current systems shall not
be installed in cargo tanks.
9.33.1.3 Cable Type. All cables installed within the
hazardous zones on deck and in spaces described in
Section 9.33.1.1 shall be moisture-resistant jacketed
(impervious-sheathed) and armored or mineral-
insulated metal-sheathed and all metallic protective
coverings shall be grounded in accordance with Section
9 .32.4.6(F).
9.33.1.4 Electrical Instrumentation. Low-energy
electrical measuring or recording equipment such
as resistance thermometers, thermocouples, liquid-
level gauging devices or alarms, and gas-detecting
equipment, may be installed in the tank or in enclosed
spaces immediately adjoining the cargo oil tanks,
provided such equipment has been tested and certified
by a competent independent testing laboratory as
being safe for the hazardous atmosphere in which it is
installed. (See also Section 9 .3 3 .1.2).
9.33.1.5 Pump-room Lighting. The lighting fixtures
for pump-room spaces are to be permanently wired and
921
 ARTICLE 9.34 - ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENT FOR RO/RO WATERCRAFTS
fitted outside of the pump room except as noted below.
Pump rooms adj acent to engine rooms or similar safe
spaces shall be lighted through substantial glass lenses
or ports pe1manently fitted in the bulkhead or deck to
maintain the watertight and gastight integrity of the
structure. An externally-mounted lighting fixture shall
be designed so that the gastight flanged port forms a
part of the fixture. Where the location of the pump room
does not permit use of bulkhead lighting arrangement
or where deck installations would not furnish sufficient
light in lower pump rooms, explosion-proof lighting
fixtures shall be installed and shall be wired with
moisture-resistant jacketed (impervious-sheathed) and
armored or mineral-insulated metal-sheathed cable.
Lights shall be so arranged that the failure of any one
branch circuit ,vill not leave these spaces in darkness.
The switches for explosion-proof pump-room lights
shall be of the n,·o-pole type, not located inside of the
pump room. and their enclosures shall be suitable for
the location where installed.
9.33.1.6 Pump Room Ventilation. Cargo oil pump
rooms shall haYe a mechanical ventilating system capable
of providing at least twenty air changes per hour based
on the gross volume of the pump room. The system shall
have mechanical exhaust, natural or mechanical supply,
and ducting as required to effectively purge all areas
of the pump room. Fan motors shall be located outside
the pump room and outside the ventilation ducts. Fans
shall be of nonsparking construction. Provision shall be
made for immediate shutdown of the fan motors upon
release of the fire extinguishing medium.
922
9.33.1.7 Duct Keel Ventilation and Lighting. Where
a permanent lighting system is installed in enclosed
spaces such as pipe tunnels, double bottoms, or duct
keels it shall be in accordance with Section 9.33 .1.5.
The switches shall be located in a safe place outside
of the spaces and shall be accessible to authorized
personnel only.
(A) Ventilation. A mechanical ventilating system
capable of providing at least eight air changes per
hour based on the gross volume of the space shall be
provided. The system shall have mechanical exhaust.
natural or mechanical supply, and ducting as required
to effectively purge this space and all connecting access
trunks. Construction and locations of fans and fan
motors shall be as required by Section 9.33. l.6.
(B) Gas Detection System. An approved gas detection
system shall be provided. Gas detection points shall be
located as required to adequately monitor the double
bottom (pipe trunk) spaces. The system alarm shall be
located adjacent to the lighting control switches.
ARTICLE 9.34 - ADDITIONAL
REQUIREMENT FOR RO/RO WATERCRAFTS
9.34.1.1 Ventilation Systems. Closed ro/ro spaces
shall be provided with an effective power ventilation
system sufficient to provide at least six air changes
per hour based on an empty hold. The system shall be
separated from other ventilating systems and the ducts.
including dampers, shall be made of steel. Means shall
be provided to indicate on the navigating bridge or
other appropriate locations any loss or reduction of the
required ventilating capacity.
 ARTICLE 9.35 - TABLES
ARTICLE 9.35 TABLES
Table 9.35.1.1 Cables and Flexible Cords for Watercraft

Type of Cable Symbol Refer to Table

660V Single core, butyl rubber insulated, polyvinyl-
660V - SBYC 9.35.1.l (A)
chloride sheathed and steel wire braided cable.
660V Double core, butyl rubber insulated, polyvinyl- 9.35.1.l(B)
660V -DBYC
chloride sheathed and steel wire braided cable.
660V Three core, butyl rubber insulated, polyvinyl-
660V - TBYC 9.35.1.l(C)
chloride sheathed and steel wire braided cable.
660V Single core, rubber insulated, polyvinylchloride 9 .35.1.1 (A)
660V - SRYC
sheathed and steel wire braided cable.
660V Double core, rubber insulated, polyvinyl-chloride 9.35.1.l(B)
660V-DRYC
sheathed and steel wire braided cable.
660V Three core, butyl rubber insulated, polyvinyl-
660V-TRYC 9.35.1.l(C)
chloride sheathed and steel wire braided cable.
250V Single core, rubber insulated, polyvinylchloride 9 .35.1.1 (D)
250V - SRYC
sheathed and steel wire braided cable.
250V Double core, rubber insulated, polyvinyl-chloride 9.35.1.l(E)
250V-DRYC
sheathed and steel wire braided cable.
250V Multicore, rubber insulated, polyvinylchloride 250V -MRYC 9.35 .1.l (G)
sheathed and steel wire braided cable.
250V Double core, rubber insulated and polychloroprene 9.35.1.l (H)
250V-DNP
sheathed flexible cord.
250V Three core, rubber insulated and polychloroprene 9.35.1.l(H)
250V -TNP
sheathed flexible cord.
250V Four core, rubber insulated and polychloroprene 9.35.1.l(H)
250V -FNP
sheathed flexible cord.
250V Three core, butyl rubber insulated, polyvinyl-
250V-TBYC 9.35.1.l (I)
chloride sheathed and steel wire braided cable.
250V Three core, rubber insulated, lead seathed and steel
250V - TRLC 9.35 .1.1 (J)
wire braided cable.

923
 ARTICLE 9.35-TABLES
Table 9.35.1.l(A)
660V Single core, butyl rubber insulated, polyvinylchloride sheathed and steel wire braided cable.
(660V-SBYC)
660V Single core, rubber insulated, polyvinylchloride sheathed and st eel wire braided cable.
(660V-SRYC)

Conductor Tolerance
of
Diameter
Over
:-;:o. of
l'iominal Diameter Sheath
Cores
Nominal No. and D iameter of Metal Nominal and Conductor Insulation
Sectional Diamete r Over Wire for Overall Overall Approx. Resistance Test Resistance Standard
Area of W ires Diameter S heath Braid Diameter Diameter Weight (20°C) Voltage (20°C) Length
mm 2 mm mm mm mm mm :1:mm kg/km Q/km V Mil/km m
1.25 7/0.45 1.35 7. 1 0.32 8.7 0.4 150 16.70 2500 1500 500
2.0 7/0.6 1.8 7.5 0.32 9.1 0.4 165 9.42 2500 900 500
3.5 7/0.8 2.4 8.0 0.32 9.7 0.4 195 5.20 2500 800 500
5.5 7/1.0 3.0 8.7 0.32 10.3 0.4 225 3.29 2400 700 500
8.0 7/ 1.2 3.6 9.5 0.32 I 1.1 0.4 270 2.29 2400 600 500
14 7/ 1.6 4.8 10.9 0.32 12.5 0.5 365 1.29 2500 500 500
I 22 19/ 1.2 6.0 12.5 0.32 14. 1 0.6 475 0.843 2500 400 500
30 19/ 1.4 7.0 13.9 0.32 15.5 0.6 590 0.619 2500 400 500
38 19/1.6 8.0 15.5 0.32 17. 1 0.7 725 0.474 2500 350 500
50 19/ 1.8 9.0 16.7 0.32 18.3 0.7 860 0.375 2500 350 500
60 19/2.0 10.0 18.1 0.32 19.7 0.8 1020 0.304 2500 350 500
80 37/1.6 11.2 19.5 0.32 21.1 0.8 1200 0.244 2500 350 500
100 37/ 1.8 12.6 21.3 0.32 22.9 0.9 1440 0.192 2500 300 500
! Construction 2. Test item Notes
(I) Coated, annealed copper wire, stranded ( 1) Construction test (1) Working Voltage;
(2) Butyl rubber or rubber insulation (2) Conductor resistance test a.c. 660V or less
(3) Cloth tape (identified) (3) Dielectric strength test d.c 1OOOV or less
(4) P.V.C. sheath (4) Insulation resistance test (2) Maximum rated conductor temperature;
(5) Metal wire braid (5) Bending test Butyl rubber insulation : 80-C
(6) Paint (6) Flammability test (Fire resisting) Rubber insulation : 75°C
(7) Material test

924
 ARTICLE 9.35 - TABLES
Table 9.35.1.l(B)
660V Double core, butyl rubber insulated, polyvinylchloride sheathed and steel wire braided cable.
(660V-DBYC)
660V Double core, rubber insulated, polyvinylchloride sheathed and steel wire braided cable.
(660V-DRYC)

Conductor Tolerance
of
Diameter
O ver
No. of Nominal Diameter Sheath
Cores Nominal and Conductor Insulation
Nominal No. and D iameter of Metal
Sectional Diameter Over Wire for Overall Overall Approx. Resistance Test Resistance Standard
Area of Wi res Diameter Sheath Braid Diameter D iameter Weight (20°C) Voltage (20°C) Length
mm 2 mm mm mm mm mm ± mm kg/ km Q/km V MQ/km m

1.25 7/0.45 1.35 12.4 0.32 14.0 0.6 300 17.1 0 2500 1500 500

2.0 7/0.6 1.8 13.3 0.32 14.9 0.6 345 9.61 2500 900 500

3.5 7/0.8 2.4 14.9 0.32 16.S 0.7 430 5.30 2500 800 500

5.5 7/ 1.0 3.0 16. 1 0.32 17.7 0.7 500 3.36 2400 700 500

8.0 7/ 1.2 3.6 17.5 0.32 19.1 0.8 600 2.33 2400 600 500

14 7/ 1.6 4.8 20.5 0.32 22. l 0.9 825 1.3 1 2500 500 500

2 22 19/ 1.2 6.0 23 .5 0.32 25. 1 1.0 1080 0.860 2500 400 250

30 19/ 1.4 7.0 26.5 0.32 28. 1 I.I 1350 0.631 2500 400 250

38 19/1.6 8.0 29.1 0.32 30.7 1.2 1650 0.484 2500 350 250

50 19/1.8 9.0 31.7 0.32 33.3 1.3 1980 0.382 2500 350 100

60 19/2.0 10.0 34.3 0.32 35.9 1.4 2320 0.310 2500 350 100

80 37/ 1.6 11.2 37.3 0.32 38.9 1.6 2760 0.248 2500 350 100

100 37/ 1.8 12.6 40.9 0.32 42.5 1.6 3320 0. 196 2500 300 100
I. Construction 2. Test item Notes
( ! ) Coated, annealed copper wire, stranded (I) Construction test (I) Working Voltage;
(2) Butyl rubber or rubber insulation (2) Conductor resistance test a.c. 660V or less
(3) Cloth tape (identified) (3) Dielectric strength test d.c I OOOV or less
(4) Cabling (With jute) (4) Insulation resistance test (2) Maximum rated conductor temperature;
(5) Cloth tape (5) Bending test Butyl rubber insulation : 80°C
(6) P.V. C. sheath (6) Flammability test (Fire resisting) Rubber insulation : 75°C
(7) Metal w ire braid (7) Material test
(8) Paint

925
 ARTICLE 9.35 - · TABLES
Ta ble 9.35.1.l(C)
660V Thr ee core, butyl rubber insulated, polyvinylchloride sheathed and steel wire braided cable.
(660V-TBYC)
660V Three core, rubber insulated, polyvinylchloride sheathed and steel wire braided cable.
(660V-TRYC)

Conductor Tolerance
of
Diameter
Over
No. of
Nominal Diameter Sheath
Cores
l'iominal No. and Dia meter of Metal Nominal and Conductor Insulation
Sectional Diameter Over Wire fo r Overall Overall Approx. Resistance Test R esistance Sta nda rd
Area of Wires Diameter Sheath Braid Diam eter Diameter Weight (20°C) Voltage (20°C) Length
mm' mm mm mm mm mm ±mm kg/km illkm V MQ/km m
1.25 7/0.45 1.35 13.l 0.32 14.7 0 .6 340 17.10 2500 1500 500
2.0 7/0 .6 l.8 14.1 0.32 15.7 0.6 390 9.61 2500 900 500
3.5 7/0.8 2.4 15.8 0.32 17.4 0.7 500 5.30 2500 800 500
5.5 7/ l.O 3.0 17.0 0.32 18.6 0.7 610 3.36 2400 700 500
8.0 7/ 1.2 3.6 18.5 0.32 20.l 0.8 730 2.33 2400 600 500
14 7/ l.6 4.8 2 1.8 0.32 23.4 0.9 1020 1.31 2500 500 250
3 22 19/ 1.2 6.0 25.0 0.32 26.6 l.O 1350 0 .860 2500 400 250
30 19/ 1.4 7.0 28.4 0.32 30.0 1.1 1760 0 .63 1 2500 400 250
38 1911 .6 8.0 31.2 0.32 32.8 1.2 2150 0.484 2500 350 100
50 19 1.8 9.0 34.0 0.32 35.6 1.3 2580 0.382 2500 350 100
60 19 2.0 10.0 36.- 0.32 3 .3 1.4 3060 0.310 2500 350 100
80 37 1.6 11.2 40.0 0.32 41.6 1.6 3640 0.248 2500 350 100
JOO r 1.8 12.6 ~ .O 0.32 45.6 1.6 4440 0. 196 2500 300 100
I. Construction 2. Test item Notes
( I ) Coated. annealed copper wue. ~uanded (I) Construction test (I) Working Voltage;
(2) Butyl rubber or rubber msulanon (2) Conductor resistance test a.c. 660V or less
(3) Cloth tape (identified ) (3) Dielectric strength test d.c l OOOV or less
(4) Cabling (With j ute) (4) Insulation resistance test (2) Maximum rated conductor temperature;
(5) Cloth tape (5) Bending test Butyl rubber insulation : 8Q<>C
(6) P.V.C. sheath (6) Flammability test (Fire resisting) Rubber insulation : 75°C
(7) Metal wire braid (7) Material test
(8) Paint

926
 ARTICLE 9.35 - TABLES
Table 9.35.1.l(D)
250V Single core, rubber insulated, polyvinylchloride sheathed and steel wire braided cable. (2SOV-SRYC)

Conductor Tolerance
of
Diameter
Over
No. of
Nominal Diameter Sheath
Cores
Nominal No. and Diameter of Metal Nominal and Conductor Insulation
Sectional Diameter Over Wire for Overall Overall Approx. Resistance Test Resistance Standard
Area of Wires Diameter Sheath Braid Diameter Diameter Weight (20°C) Voltage (200C) Length
mm2 mm mm mm mm mm ±mm kg/km Q/km V Mn/km m
1.25 7/0.45 1.35 6.1 0.32 7.7 0.4 120 16.70 1500 900 500
2.0 7/0.6 1.8 6.7 0.32 8.3 0.4 145 10.42 1500 700 500
3.5 7/0.8 2.4 7.3 0.32 8.9 0.4 170 5.20 1500 600 500
5.5 7/ 1.0 3.0 8. 1 0.32 9.7 0.4 2 10 3.29 1500 500 500
I 8.0 7/ 1.2 3.6 9. 1 0.32 10.7 0.4 260 2.29 1500 500 500
14 7/ 1.6 4 .8 10.5 0.32 12.1 0.5 350 1.29 1500 400 500
22 19/1.2 6.0 12.1 0.32 13.7 0.5 460 0.843 1500 350 500
30 19/ 1.4 7.0 13.3 0.32 14.9 0.6 565 0.619 1500 350 500
38 19/ 1.6 8.0 14.9 0.32 16.5 0.7 700 0.474 1500 350 500
1. Construction "l.. Test item Notes
( I) Coated, annealed copper w ire, stranded (I) Construction test (I ) Working Voltage;
(2) Butyl rubber or rubber insulation (2) Conductor resistance test a.c. 250 \' or less
(3) Cloth tape (identified) (3) Dielectric strength test d.c 450\ . or Jess
(4) P.V.C. sheath (4) Insulation resistance test (2) Maximum rated conductor temperature;
(5) Metal wire braid (5) Bending test Temperature : - 5. C
(6) Paint (6) Flammability test (Fire resisting)
(7) Material test

Table 9.35.1.l(E)
250\ · Double core, rubber insulated, polyvinylchloride sheathed and steel "ire braided cable. (250\'-DRYC)

Conductor I Tolerance
of
I I Diameter
'>o. of
I Ch er
"'oi:::inal Di.1.::leter _ besili
Cores of \[ea!
'>o:=tln2.l '>a. t.:2d Dt1=iflrr '>o::±u.l lllld Conductor Insulation
:)et:UG~ ~ Cha- \ \ ~ :g:- Chenill Cherall Approx. Resistance Test Resistance Standard
~ ef \ \ ~ Di:!=.H' mm Bnic. Dh=aer Diameter \\ eight (20°C) \'oltage (20°C) Length
I =- = = Ij =- ,., = =
.,
=mm kg k m Q km \' Mn/km m
- :.!5 --
~

--' •' . ·- - 05 2~0 l?.10 1500 900 500

- ... .::::
-' ~
~' .. - -- ·- 0.5 280 9.6 1 1500 700 500
-~ - o._,
-- . --
·- ~
-- :4.5 0.6 350 5.30 1500 600 500
-. I
.:; ' - :.! .:i -- : 6.5 0.7 455 3.36 1500 500 500

-- :5~ - .· -- :,t, :~5 I --,

"" ~ - 18. 1 0.7 555 2.33 1500 500 500
l .! - • tl .!, :"t 5 G.32 2 i. l 0.8 775 1.31 1500 400 500
.,.
- :o L.:: t,j) _..,' 0.32 24. 1 1.0 1030 0.860 1500 350 250

-~
'"
3
:o ! ~
]9 ! 6
-"
.0
2S:
---
0.32
0.32
?.6.7
29.3
1.1

1.2
1280
1560
0.631
0.484
1500
1500 350
350
250
250

-
L L O:J.•c:"..!:=c:i ?.. Test item Notes
t 11 Crotoo.. = e.:i!ec cop;,e:- \\L-e. s::rand~ ( I ) Construction test (1) Working Voltage;
(21Bu(:: rubbe: or ::ubbe: :.;.·15:i;anon (2) Conductor resistance test a.c. 250 V or less
(3 ) C!oih :ape I identified) (3) Dielectric strength test d.c 450V or less
(4 1 Cabling 1Wrili j me ) (4) Insulation resistance test (2) Maximum rated conductor temperature;
(5) Cloth rape (5) Bending test Temperature : 75°C
(6) P.\'.C. sheath (6) Flammability test (fire resisting)
(7) Y!etal wire braid (7) Material test
(8) Paint

927
 ARTICLE 9.35 - TABLES
Table 9.35.1.l(G)
250V Multicore, rubber insulated, polyvinylchloride sheathed and steel wire braided cable. (250V-MRYC)

Conductor Tolerance
of
Diameter
No.of Over
Cores Nominal Diameter Sheath
Nominal No. and Diameter of Metal Nominal and Conductor Insulation
Sectional Diameter Over Wire for Overall Overall Approx. Resistance Test Resistance Standard
Area of Wires Diameter Sheath Braid Diameter Diameter Weight (20'C) Voltage (20'C) Length
mm2 mm mm mm mm mm ±mm kg/km 0/km V MO/km m
4 l.25 7/0.45 1.35 12.3 0.32 13.9 0.6 320 17.1 1500 900 500
5 l.25 7/0.45 1.35 13.4 0.32 15.0 0.6 370 17.1 1500 900 500
7 l.25 7/0.45 1.35 14.9 0.32 16.5 0.7 450 17.1 1500 900 500
I
9 1.25 7/0.45 1.35 17. 1 0.32 18.7 0.7 550 17.l 1500 900 500
12 1.25 7/0.45 1.35 19.3 0.32 20.9 0.8 685 17.1 1500 900 500
16 1.25 7/0.45 1.35 21.5 0.32 23.1 0.9 825 17.1 1500 900 250
19 1.25 7/0.45 1.35 22.8 0.32 24.4 1.0 930 17.l 1500 900 250
l. Constructwn L. lest item Notes
( l) Coated, annealed copper wire, stranded (I) Construction test ( 1) Working Voltage;
(2) Butyl rubber or rubber insulation (2) Conductor resistance test a.c. 250 V or less
(3) Cloth tape (identified) (3) Dielectric strength test d.c 450V or less
(4) Cabling (With jute) ( 4) Insulation resistance test (2) Maximum rated conductor temperature;
( 5) Cloth tape ( 5) Bending test Temperature : 75'C
(6) P.V.C. sheath (6) Flammability test (Fire resisting)
(7) Metal wire braid (7) Material test
(8) Paint

Table 9.35.1.l(H)
250V Double core, rubber insulated and polychloroprene sheathed flexible cord. (250V-DNP)
250V Three core, rubber insulated and polychloroprene sheathed flexible cord. (250V-TNP)
250V Four core, rubber insulated and polychloroprene sheathed flexible cord. (250V-FNP)

Tolerance
of
Diameter
Over
Sheath Insulation
Nominal No. a nd Nominal and Conductor Resis-
Sectional Diameter Overall Overall Approx. Resistance Test tance Standard
No. of Area of Wires Diameter Diameter Diameter Weight (20°C) Voltage (20°C) Length
Symbol Cores mm' mm mm mm =mm kg/km il/km V Mil/km m
0.75 30/0. 18 l.2 9.2 0.4 115 26.4 1500 900 200
1.25 50/0.18 l.5 9.8 0.4 140 15.8 1500 800 200
2.0 37/0.26 1.8 10.8 0.4 175 10.3 1500 700 200
250V-DNP 2 3.5 45/0.32 2.5 13.0 0.5 260 5.41 1500 600 200
5.5 70/0.32 3.1 14.4 0.6 340 3.48 1500 500 200
8.0 50/0.45 3.7 16.2 0.6 440 2.46 1500 450 200
14 88/0.45 4.9 19.6 0.8 680 1.40 1500 400 200
0.75 30/0.18 1.2 9.7 0.4 135 26.4 1500 900 200
1.25 50/0.18 1.5 10.7 0.4 170 15.8 1500 800 200
2.0 37/0.26 1.8 11.4 0.5 205 10.3 1500 700 200
250V-TNP 3 3.5 45/0.32 2.5 13.7 0.5 315 5.41 1500 600 200
5.5 70/0.32 3.1 15.4 0.6 4 15 3.48 1500 500 200
8.0 50/0.45 3.7 17.3 0.7 540 2.46 1500 450 200
14 50/0.45 4.9 20.9 0.8 840 1.40 1500 400 200
(continues)

928
 ARTICLE 9.35 ~ TABLES
Table 9.35.1.l(H) (Continued)

Tolerance
of
Diameter
Over
Sh eath Insulation
N ominal No. and Nominal and Condu ctor Resis-
Sectional Diameter Overall Overall Approx. Resistance Test tance Standard
No. of Area of Wires Diameter Diameter Diameter Weight (20°C) Voltage (20°C) Length
Symbol Cores mm' mm mm mm ±mm kg/km !l/krn V M!l/km m

0.75 30/0.18 1.2 10.9 0.4 165 26.4 1500 900 200

1.25 50/0.18 1.5 11.8 0.5 210 15.8 1500 800 200

2.0 37/0.26 1.8 12.5 0.5 250 10.3 1500 700 200

250V-FNP 4 3.5 45/0.32 2.5 15.3 0.6 395 5.41 1500 600 200

5.5 70/0.32 3.1 17.0 0.7 520 3.48 1500 500 200

8.0 50/0.45 3.7 19.3 0.8 690 2.46 1500 450 200

14 88/0.45 4.9 23.5 0.9 1085 1.40 1500 400 200

1. Construction 2. Test item ~otes
( 1) Coated, annealed copper wire, stranded (1) Construction test ( 1) Working Voltage;
(2) Paper tape (2) Conductor resistance test a.c. 250 V or less
(3) Rubber insulation (identified) (3) Dielectric strength test d.c 450V or less
(4) Cabling (4) Insulation resistance test (2) Maximum rated conductor temperature;
(5) P.C.P. sheath (5) Bending test Temperature : 75°C
(6) Flammability test (Fire resisting)
(7) Material test

Table 9.35.1.1(1)
250V Three core, butyl rubber insulated, polyvinylchloride sheathed and steel wire braided cable.(250V-TBYC)

Conductor Toler ance

of
Diameter
Over
No. of Nomina l Diameter Sheath
Cores Diameter of Metal Nominal and Conductor Insula tion
Nominal No. and
Sectional Diameter Over Wire fo r Over all Overall Approx. Resistance Test Resistance Standard
Ar ea of Wires Diameter Sheath Braid Diameter Diameter Weight (20°C) Voltage (20°C) Length
mm' mm mm mm mm mm ±mm kg/km Qi km V Mn/km m

1.25 7/0.45 1.35 11.2 0.32 12.8 0.5 275 17.10 1500 900 500

2.0 7/0.6 1.8 12.3 0.32 13.9 0.6 335 9.61 1500 700 500

3.5 7/0.8 2.4 13.6 0.32 15.2 0.6 415 5.30 1500 600 500

5.5 7/ 1.0 3.0 15.8 0.32 17.4 0.7 545 3.36 1500 500 500

3 8.0 7/1.2 3.6 17.7 0.32 19.3 0.8 690 2.33 1500 500 500

14 7/1.6 4.8 20.9 0.32 22.5 0.9 995 1.31 1500 400 500

22 19/1.2 6.0 24.1 0.32 25.7 1.1 1320 0.860 1500 350 250

30 19/1.4 7.0 26.9 0.32 28.5 1.1 1660 0.631 1500 350 250

38 19/ 1.6 8.0 29.7 0.32 31.3 1.3 2040 0.484 1500 350 250
1. Construction 2. ·1est item Notes
( 1) Coated, annealed copper wire, stranded ( 1) Construction test (1) Working Voltage;
(2) Butyl rubber or rubber insulation (2) Conductor resistance test a.c. 250 V or less
(3) Cloth tape (identified) (3) Dielectric strength test d.c 450V or less
(4) Cabling (With jute) (4) Insulation resistance test (2) Maximum rated conductor temperarure;
(5) Cloth tape (5) Bending test Temperature : 75'C
(6) P.V.C. sheath (6) Flammability test (Fire resisting)
(7) Metal wire braid (7) Material test
(8) Paint
 ARTICLE 9.35 - TABLES
Table 9.35.1.l(J)
250V T hree core, rubber insulated, lead and steel wire braided cable. (250V-TRLC)

Conductor

Tolerance
of
No.of Diameter
Cores Nominal Radial Diameter Over
Nominal No. and Diameter Thick- of Metal Nominal Sheath and Conductor Ins ulation
Sectional Diameter Over ness of Wire for Overall Overall Approx. Resistance Test Resistance S tandard
Area of Wires Diameter Sheath Tape Braid Diameter Diameter Weight (20'C) Voltage (20' C) Length
mm' mm mm mm mm mm mm ± mm kg/km ntkm V Mn/km m
1.25 7/0.45 1.35 11.2 0.5 0.32 13.8 0.6 755 17.10 1500 900 500
2.0 7/0.6 1.8 12.3 0.5 0.32 14.9 0.6 900 9.6 1 1500 700 500
3.5 7/0.8 2.4 13.6 0.5 0.32 16.2 0.6 1050 5.30 1500 600 500
5.5 7/ 1.0 3.0 15.8 0.5 0.32 18.4 0.7 1370 3.36 1500 500 500
3 8.0 7/ 1.2 3.6 17.7 0.5 0.32 20.3 0.8 1670 2.33 1500 500 500
14 7/ 1.6 4.8 20.9 0.5 0.32 23.5 0.9 2210 1.31 1500 400 500
22 19/ 1.2 6.0 24.l 0.5 0.32 26.7 I.I 2820 0.860 1500 350 250
30 19/ 1.4 7.0 26.9 0.5 0.32 29.5 I.I 3420 0.63 1 1500 350 250
38 19/ 1.6 8.0 29.7 0.5 0.32 32.3 1.3 4080 0.484 1500 350 250
I. Construction 2. Test item Notes
(I) Coated, annealed copper wire, stranded (I) Construction test ( !) Working Voltage;
(2) Rubber insulation (2) Conductor resistance test a.c. 250 V or less
(3) Cloth tape (identified) (3) Dielectric strength test d.c 450V or less
(4) Cabling (With jute) (4) Insulation resistance test (2) Maximum rated conductor temperature;
(5) Cloth tape ( 5) Bending test Temperature : 75°C
(6) Lead alloy sheath (6) Flammability test (Fire resisting)
(7) Bituminous Compound (7) Material test
(8) Cloth tape
(9) Metal wire braid
( IO) Paint

930
 ARTICLE 9.35 - TABLES
Table 9.35.1.2 Marine Cable
(PVC Insulated, PVC Sheathed, Copper Braided Watercraft Cable)

1-----~-C_o_n_du_c_t_or_ _ _ _-----l Insulation Diameter Over Wire Diameter Nominal Overall Conductor Test Packing
Size Construction Diameter Thickness Sheath for Braid Diameter Resistance Voltage Length
mm' (n/mm) mm mm mm mm mm Q/km V m
2.0 7/0.6 1.8 1.2 5.8 0.32 7.4 9.42 2500 500
3.5 7/0.8 2.4 1.2 6.4 0.32 8.0 5.20 2500 500

5.5 7/ 1.0 3.0 1.2 7.0 0.32 8.6 3.29 2500 500
8.0 7/1.2 3.6 1.6 8. 0.32 10.0 2.29 2500 500
14 7/1.6 4.8 1.6 9.6 0.32 11.2 1.29 2500 500
22 19/1.2 6.0 1.6 10.8 0.32 12.4 0.843 2500 500
30 19/1.4 7.0 1.6 11.8 0.32 13.4 0.619 2500 500
38 19/1.6 8.0 2.0 14.4 0.32 16.0 0.474 2500 500
50 19/1.8 9.0 2.0 15.4 0.32 17.0 0.375 2500 250
60 19/2.0 10.0 2.0 16.4 0.32 18.0 0.304 2500 250
80 37/1.6 11.2 2.0 17.6 0.32 19.2 0.244 2500 250
100 37/1.8 12.6 2.0 19.0 0.32 20.6 0.192 2500 250
TWO - CONDUCTOR (600V -DYYCuB)
2.0 7/0.6 1.8 1.2 10.8 0.32 12.4 9.61 2500 500
3.5 7/0.8 2.4 1.2 12.0 0.32 13.6 5.30 2500 500
5.5 7/1.0 3.0 1.2 13.2 0.32 14.8 3.36 2500 500
8.0 7/1.2 3.6 1.6 16.6 0.32 18.2 2.33 2500 500
14 7/ 1. 4.8 1.6 19.0 0.32 20.6 1.31 2500 500
22 19/1.2 6.0 1.6 22.4 0.32 24.0 0.860 2500 250
30 19/1.4 7.0 1.6 24.4 0.32 26.0 0.631 2500 250

38 19/1.6 8.0 2.0 28.0 0.32 29.6 0.484 2500 250

50 19/ 1.8 9.0 2.0 30.0 0.32 31.6 0.382 2500 100
60 19/2.0 10.0 2.0 32.0 0.32 33.6 0.310 2500 100
80 37/ 1.6 11.2 2.0 34.4 0.32 36.0 0.248 2500 JOO
!00 37/ 1.8 12.6 2.0 37.2 0.32 38.8 0.196 2500 100
THREE - CONDUCTOR (600V -TYYCuB)
:o - o.6 1.8 1.2 ll.45 0.32 13.05 9.61 2500 500
- o. 2.4 1.2 12.74 0.32 14.34 5.30 2500 500
- :o 3.0 1.2 14.64 0.32 16.24 3.36 2500 500
3.6 1.6 17.65 0.32 19.25 2.33 2500 500
.;_g 1.6 : W.24 0.32 21.84 1.31 2500 250
:~ :..: : .6 23.83 0.32 25.43 0.860 2500 250
.3[' : ; : .! :6 25.98 0.32 27.58 0.631 2500 250
3S :..o 29.S6 03 2 31.46 0.484 2500 100
5v ; ., :..Ci 0.32 33.62 0.382 2500 100
60
o,., 35.- 0.310 2500 100
so 0.32 3 .36 0.248 2500 100
• .,
:oo :.:.6 39_- 0~- 4 1.37 0.196 2500 100

931